diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/Chart.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/Chart.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57dd5f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/Chart.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+annotations:
+  artifacthub.io/prerelease: "false"
+  artifacthub.io/signKey: |
+    fingerprint: 1020CF3C033D4F35BAE1C19E1226061C665DF13E
+    url: https://cert-manager.io/public-keys/cert-manager-keyring-2021-09-20-1020CF3C033D4F35BAE1C19E1226061C665DF13E.gpg
+apiVersion: v1
+appVersion: v1.12.17
+description: A Helm chart for cert-manager
+home: https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager
+icon: https://raw.githubusercontent.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/d53c0b9270f8cd90d908460d69502694e1838f5f/logo/logo-small.png
+keywords:
+- cert-manager
+- kube-lego
+- letsencrypt
+- tls
+kubeVersion: '>= 1.22.0-0'
+maintainers:
+- email: cert-manager-maintainers@googlegroups.com
+  name: cert-manager-maintainers
+  url: https://cert-manager.io
+name: cert-manager
+sources:
+- https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager
+version: v1.12.17
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/README.md b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..987b869
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+# cert-manager
+
+cert-manager is a Kubernetes addon to automate the management and issuance of
+TLS certificates from various issuing sources.
+
+It will ensure certificates are valid and up to date periodically, and attempt
+to renew certificates at an appropriate time before expiry.
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- Kubernetes 1.20+
+
+## Installing the Chart
+
+Full installation instructions, including details on how to configure extra
+functionality in cert-manager can be found in the [installation docs](https://cert-manager.io/docs/installation/kubernetes/).
+
+Before installing the chart, you must first install the cert-manager CustomResourceDefinition resources.
+This is performed in a separate step to allow you to easily uninstall and reinstall cert-manager without deleting your installed custom resources.
+
+```bash
+$ kubectl apply -f https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/releases/download/v1.12.17/cert-manager.crds.yaml
+```
+
+To install the chart with the release name `my-release`:
+
+```console
+## Add the Jetstack Helm repository
+$ helm repo add jetstack https://charts.jetstack.io
+
+## Install the cert-manager helm chart
+$ helm install my-release --namespace cert-manager --version v1.12.17 jetstack/cert-manager
+```
+
+In order to begin issuing certificates, you will need to set up a ClusterIssuer
+or Issuer resource (for example, by creating a 'letsencrypt-staging' issuer).
+
+More information on the different types of issuers and how to configure them
+can be found in [our documentation](https://cert-manager.io/docs/configuration/).
+
+For information on how to configure cert-manager to automatically provision
+Certificates for Ingress resources, take a look at the
+[Securing Ingresses documentation](https://cert-manager.io/docs/usage/ingress/).
+
+> **Tip**: List all releases using `helm list`
+
+## Upgrading the Chart
+
+Special considerations may be required when upgrading the Helm chart, and these
+are documented in our full [upgrading guide](https://cert-manager.io/docs/installation/upgrading/).
+
+**Please check here before performing upgrades!**
+
+## Uninstalling the Chart
+
+To uninstall/delete the `my-release` deployment:
+
+```console
+$ helm delete my-release
+```
+
+The command removes all the Kubernetes components associated with the chart and deletes the release.
+
+If you want to completely uninstall cert-manager from your cluster, you will also need to
+delete the previously installed CustomResourceDefinition resources:
+
+```console
+$ kubectl delete -f https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/releases/download/v1.12.17/cert-manager.crds.yaml
+```
+
+## Configuration
+
+The following table lists the configurable parameters of the cert-manager chart and their default values.
+
+| Parameter | Description | Default |
+| --------- | ----------- | ------- |
+| `global.imagePullSecrets` | Reference to one or more secrets to be used when pulling images | `[]` |
+| `global.commonLabels` | Labels to apply to all resources | `{}` |
+| `global.rbac.create` | If `true`, create and use RBAC resources (includes sub-charts) | `true` |
+| `global.priorityClassName`| Priority class name for cert-manager and webhook pods | `""` |
+| `global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled` | If `true`, create and use PodSecurityPolicy (includes sub-charts) | `false` |
+| `global.podSecurityPolicy.useAppArmor` | If `true`, use Apparmor seccomp profile in PSP | `true` |
+| `global.leaderElection.namespace` | Override the namespace used to store the ConfigMap for leader election | `kube-system` |
+| `global.leaderElection.leaseDuration` | The duration that non-leader candidates will wait after observing a leadership renewal until attempting to acquire leadership of a led but unrenewed leader slot. This is effectively the maximum duration that a leader can be stopped before it is replaced by another candidate |  |
+| `global.leaderElection.renewDeadline` | The interval between attempts by the acting master to renew a leadership slot before it stops leading. This must be less than or equal to the lease duration |  |
+| `global.leaderElection.retryPeriod` | The duration the clients should wait between attempting acquisition and renewal of a leadership |  |
+| `installCRDs` | If true, CRD resources will be installed as part of the Helm chart. If enabled, when uninstalling CRD resources will be deleted causing all installed custom resources to be DELETED | `false` |
+| `image.repository` | Image repository | `quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-controller` |
+| `image.tag` | Image tag | `v1.12.17` |
+| `image.pullPolicy` | Image pull policy | `IfNotPresent` |
+| `replicaCount`  | Number of cert-manager replicas  | `1` |
+| `clusterResourceNamespace` | Override the namespace used to store DNS provider credentials etc. for ClusterIssuer resources | Same namespace as cert-manager pod |
+| `featureGates` | Set of comma-separated key=value pairs that describe feature gates on the controller. Some feature gates may also have to be enabled on other components, and can be set supplying the `feature-gate` flag to `<component>.extraArgs` | `` |
+| `extraArgs` | Optional flags for cert-manager | `[]` |
+| `extraEnv` | Optional environment variables for cert-manager | `[]` |
+| `serviceAccount.create` | If `true`, create a new service account | `true` |
+| `serviceAccount.name` | Service account to be used. If not set and `serviceAccount.create` is `true`, a name is generated using the fullname template |  |
+| `serviceAccount.annotations` | Annotations to add to the service account |  |
+| `serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken` | Automount API credentials for the Service Account | `true` |
+| `volumes` | Optional volumes for cert-manager | `[]` |
+| `volumeMounts` | Optional volume mounts for cert-manager | `[]` |
+| `resources` | CPU/memory resource requests/limits | `{}` |
+| `securityContext` | Security context for the controller pod assignment | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
+| `containerSecurityContext` | Security context to be set on the controller component container | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
+| `nodeSelector` | Node labels for pod assignment | `{}` |
+| `affinity` | Node affinity for pod assignment | `{}` |
+| `tolerations` | Node tolerations for pod assignment | `[]` |
+| `topologySpreadConstraints` | Topology spread constraints for pod assignment | `[]` |
+| `livenessProbe.enabled` | Enable or disable the liveness probe for the controller container in the controller Pod. See https://cert-manager.io/docs/installation/best-practice/ to learn about when you might want to enable this livenss probe. | `false` |
+| `livenessProbe.initialDelaySeconds` | The liveness probe initial delay (in seconds) | `10` |
+| `livenessProbe.periodSeconds` | The liveness probe period (in seconds) | `10` |
+| `livenessProbe.timeoutSeconds` | The liveness probe timeout (in seconds) | `10` |
+| `livenessProbe.periodSeconds` | The liveness probe period (in seconds) | `10` |
+| `livenessProbe.successThreshold` | The liveness probe success threshold | `1` |
+| `livenessProbe.failureThreshold` | The liveness probe failure threshold | `8` |
+| `ingressShim.defaultIssuerName` | Optional default issuer to use for ingress resources |  |
+| `ingressShim.defaultIssuerKind` | Optional default issuer kind to use for ingress resources |  |
+| `ingressShim.defaultIssuerGroup` | Optional default issuer group to use for ingress resources |  |
+| `prometheus.enabled` | Enable Prometheus monitoring | `true` |
+| `prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled` | Enable Prometheus Operator ServiceMonitor monitoring | `false` |
+| `prometheus.servicemonitor.namespace` | Define namespace where to deploy the ServiceMonitor resource | (namespace where you are deploying) |
+| `prometheus.servicemonitor.prometheusInstance` | Prometheus Instance definition | `default` |
+| `prometheus.servicemonitor.targetPort` | Prometheus scrape port | `9402` |
+| `prometheus.servicemonitor.path` | Prometheus scrape path | `/metrics` |
+| `prometheus.servicemonitor.interval` | Prometheus scrape interval | `60s` |
+| `prometheus.servicemonitor.labels` | Add custom labels to ServiceMonitor | |
+| `prometheus.servicemonitor.scrapeTimeout` | Prometheus scrape timeout | `30s` |
+| `prometheus.servicemonitor.honorLabels` | Enable label honoring for metrics scraped by Prometheus (see [Prometheus scrape config docs](https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/configuration/#scrape_config) for details). By setting `honorLabels` to `true`, Prometheus will prefer label contents given by cert-manager on conflicts. Can be used to remove the "exported_namespace" label for example.  | `false` |
+| `podAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the cert-manager pod | `{}` |
+| `deploymentAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the cert-manager deployment | `{}` |
+| `podDisruptionBudget.enabled` | Adds a PodDisruptionBudget for the cert-manager deployment | `false` |
+| `podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable` | Configures the minimum available pods for voluntary disruptions. Cannot used if `maxUnavailable` is set. | `1` |
+| `podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable` | Configures the maximum unavailable pods for voluntary disruptions. Cannot used if `minAvailable` is set. |  |
+| `podDnsPolicy` | Optional cert-manager pod [DNS policy](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dns-pod-service/#pods-dns-policy) |  |
+| `podDnsConfig` | Optional cert-manager pod [DNS configurations](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dns-pod-service/#pods-dns-config) |  |
+| `podLabels` | Labels to add to the cert-manager pod | `{}` |
+| `serviceLabels` | Labels to add to the cert-manager controller service | `{}` |
+| `serviceAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the cert-manager service | `{}` |
+| `http_proxy` | Value of the `HTTP_PROXY` environment variable in the cert-manager pod | |
+| `https_proxy` | Value of the `HTTPS_PROXY` environment variable in the cert-manager pod | |
+| `no_proxy` | Value of the `NO_PROXY` environment variable in the cert-manager pod | |
+| `dns01RecursiveNameservers` | Comma separated string with host and port of the recursive nameservers cert-manager should query | `` |
+| `dns01RecursiveNameserversOnly` | Forces cert-manager to only use the recursive nameservers for verification.  | `false` |
+| `enableCertificateOwnerRef` | When this flag is enabled, secrets will be automatically removed when the certificate resource is deleted | `false` |
+| `webhook.replicaCount` | Number of cert-manager webhook replicas | `1` |
+| `webhook.timeoutSeconds` | Seconds the API server should wait the webhook to respond before treating the call as a failure. | `10` |
+| `webhook.podAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the webhook pods | `{}` |
+| `webhook.podLabels` | Labels to add to the cert-manager webhook pod | `{}` |
+| `webhook.serviceLabels` | Labels to add to the cert-manager webhook service | `{}` |
+| `webhook.deploymentAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the webhook deployment | `{}` |
+| `webhook.podDisruptionBudget.enabled` | Adds a PodDisruptionBudget for the cert-manager deployment | `false` |
+| `webhook.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable` | Configures the minimum available pods for voluntary disruptions. Cannot used if `maxUnavailable` is set. | `1` |
+| `webhook.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable` | Configures the maximum unavailable pods for voluntary disruptions. Cannot used if `minAvailable` is set. |  |
+| `webhook.mutatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the mutating webhook configuration | `{}` |
+| `webhook.validatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the validating webhook configuration | `{}` |
+| `webhook.serviceAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the webhook service | `{}` |
+| `webhook.config` | WebhookConfiguration YAML used to configure flags for the webhook. Generates a ConfigMap containing contents of the field. See `values.yaml` for example. | `{}` |
+| `webhook.extraArgs` | Optional flags for cert-manager webhook component | `[]` |
+| `webhook.serviceAccount.create` | If `true`, create a new service account for the webhook component | `true` |
+| `webhook.serviceAccount.name` | Service account for the webhook component to be used. If not set and `webhook.serviceAccount.create` is `true`, a name is generated using the fullname template |  |
+| `webhook.serviceAccount.annotations` | Annotations to add to the service account for the webhook component |  |
+| `webhook.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken` | Automount API credentials for the webhook Service Account |  |
+| `webhook.resources` | CPU/memory resource requests/limits for the webhook pods | `{}` |
+| `webhook.nodeSelector` | Node labels for webhook pod assignment | `{}` |
+| `webhook.networkPolicy.enabled` | Enable default network policies for webhooks egress and ingress traffic | `false` |
+| `webhook.networkPolicy.ingress` | Sets ingress policy block. See NetworkPolicy documentation. See `values.yaml` for example. | `{}` |
+| `webhook.networkPolicy.egress` | Sets ingress policy block. See NetworkPolicy documentation. See `values.yaml` for example. | `{}` |
+| `webhook.affinity` | Node affinity for webhook pod assignment | `{}` |
+| `webhook.tolerations` | Node tolerations for webhook pod assignment | `[]` |
+| `webhook.topologySpreadConstraints` | Topology spread constraints for webhook pod assignment | `[]` |
+| `webhook.image.repository` | Webhook image repository | `quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-webhook` |
+| `webhook.image.tag` | Webhook image tag | `v1.12.17` |
+| `webhook.image.pullPolicy` | Webhook image pull policy | `IfNotPresent` |
+| `webhook.securePort` | The port that the webhook should listen on for requests. | `10250` |
+| `webhook.securityContext` | Security context for webhook pod assignment | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
+| `webhook.containerSecurityContext` | Security context to be set on the webhook component container | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
+| `webhook.hostNetwork` | If `true`, run the Webhook on the host network. | `false` |
+| `webhook.serviceType` | The type of the `Service`. | `ClusterIP` |
+| `webhook.loadBalancerIP` | The specific load balancer IP to use (when `serviceType` is `LoadBalancer`). |  |
+| `webhook.url.host` | The host to use to reach the webhook, instead of using internal cluster DNS for the service. |  |
+| `webhook.livenessProbe.failureThreshold` | The liveness probe failure threshold | `3` |
+| `webhook.livenessProbe.initialDelaySeconds` | The liveness probe initial delay (in seconds) | `60` |
+| `webhook.livenessProbe.periodSeconds` | The liveness probe period (in seconds) | `10` |
+| `webhook.livenessProbe.successThreshold` | The liveness probe success threshold | `1` |
+| `webhook.livenessProbe.timeoutSeconds` | The liveness probe timeout (in seconds) | `1` |
+| `webhook.readinessProbe.failureThreshold` | The readiness probe failure threshold | `3` |
+| `webhook.readinessProbe.initialDelaySeconds` | The readiness probe initial delay (in seconds) | `5` |
+| `webhook.readinessProbe.periodSeconds` | The readiness probe period (in seconds) | `5` |
+| `webhook.readinessProbe.successThreshold` | The readiness probe success threshold | `1` |
+| `webhook.readinessProbe.timeoutSeconds` | The readiness probe timeout (in seconds) | `1` |
+| `cainjector.enabled` | Toggles whether the cainjector component should be installed (required for the webhook component to work) | `true` |
+| `cainjector.replicaCount` | Number of cert-manager cainjector replicas | `1` |
+| `cainjector.podAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the cainjector pods | `{}` |
+| `cainjector.podLabels` | Labels to add to the cert-manager cainjector pod | `{}` |
+| `cainjector.deploymentAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the cainjector deployment | `{}` |
+| `cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.enabled` | Adds a PodDisruptionBudget for the cert-manager deployment | `false` |
+| `cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable` | Configures the minimum available pods for voluntary disruptions. Cannot used if `maxUnavailable` is set. | `1` |
+| `cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable` | Configures the maximum unavailable pods for voluntary disruptions. Cannot used if `minAvailable` is set. |  |
+| `cainjector.extraArgs` | Optional flags for cert-manager cainjector component | `[]` |
+| `cainjector.serviceAccount.create` | If `true`, create a new service account for the cainjector component | `true` |
+| `cainjector.serviceAccount.name` | Service account for the cainjector component to be used. If not set and `cainjector.serviceAccount.create` is `true`, a name is generated using the fullname template |  |
+| `cainjector.serviceAccount.annotations` | Annotations to add to the service account for the cainjector component |  |
+| `cainjector.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken` | Automount API credentials for the cainjector Service Account | `true` |
+| `cainjector.resources` | CPU/memory resource requests/limits for the cainjector pods | `{}` |
+| `cainjector.nodeSelector` | Node labels for cainjector pod assignment | `{}` |
+| `cainjector.affinity` | Node affinity for cainjector pod assignment | `{}` |
+| `cainjector.tolerations` | Node tolerations for cainjector pod assignment | `[]` |
+| `cainjector.topologySpreadConstraints` | Topology spread constraints for cainjector pod assignment | `[]` |
+| `cainjector.image.repository` | cainjector image repository | `quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector` |
+| `cainjector.image.tag` | cainjector image tag | `v1.12.17` |
+| `cainjector.image.pullPolicy` | cainjector image pull policy | `IfNotPresent` |
+| `cainjector.securityContext` | Security context for cainjector pod assignment | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
+| `cainjector.containerSecurityContext` | Security context to be set on cainjector component container | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
+| `acmesolver.image.repository` | acmesolver image repository | `quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-acmesolver` |
+| `acmesolver.image.tag` | acmesolver image tag | `v1.12.17` |
+| `acmesolver.image.pullPolicy` | acmesolver image pull policy | `IfNotPresent` |
+| `startupapicheck.enabled` | Toggles whether the startupapicheck Job should be installed | `true` |
+| `startupapicheck.securityContext` | Security context for startupapicheck pod assignment | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
+| `startupapicheck.containerSecurityContext` | Security context to be set on startupapicheck component container | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
+| `startupapicheck.timeout` | Timeout for 'kubectl check api' command | `1m` |
+| `startupapicheck.backoffLimit` | Job backoffLimit | `4` |
+| `startupapicheck.jobAnnotations` | Optional additional annotations to add to the startupapicheck Job | `{}` |
+| `startupapicheck.podAnnotations` | Optional additional annotations to add to the startupapicheck Pods | `{}` |
+| `startupapicheck.extraArgs` | Optional additional arguments for startupapicheck | `[]` |
+| `startupapicheck.resources` | CPU/memory resource requests/limits for the startupapicheck pod | `{}` |
+| `startupapicheck.nodeSelector` | Node labels for startupapicheck pod assignment | `{}` |
+| `startupapicheck.affinity` | Node affinity for startupapicheck pod assignment | `{}` |
+| `startupapicheck.tolerations` | Node tolerations for startupapicheck pod assignment | `[]` |
+| `startupapicheck.podLabels` | Optional additional labels to add to the startupapicheck Pods | `{}` |
+| `startupapicheck.image.repository` | startupapicheck image repository | `quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-ctl` |
+| `startupapicheck.image.tag` | startupapicheck image tag | `v1.12.17` |
+| `startupapicheck.image.pullPolicy` | startupapicheck image pull policy | `IfNotPresent` |
+| `startupapicheck.serviceAccount.create` | If `true`, create a new service account for the startupapicheck component | `true` |
+| `startupapicheck.serviceAccount.name` | Service account for the startupapicheck component to be used. If not set and `startupapicheck.serviceAccount.create` is `true`, a name is generated using the fullname template |  |
+| `startupapicheck.serviceAccount.annotations` | Annotations to add to the service account for the startupapicheck component |  |
+| `startupapicheck.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken` | Automount API credentials for the startupapicheck Service Account | `true` |
+| `maxConcurrentChallenges` | The maximum number of challenges that can be scheduled as 'processing' at once | `60` |
+
+### Default Security Contexts
+
+The default pod-level and container-level security contexts, below, adhere to the [restricted](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/security/pod-security-standards/#restricted) Pod Security Standards policies.
+
+Default pod-level securityContext:
+```yaml
+runAsNonRoot: true
+seccompProfile:
+  type: RuntimeDefault
+```
+
+Default containerSecurityContext:
+```yaml
+allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
+capabilities:
+  drop:
+  - ALL
+```
+
+### Assigning Values
+
+Specify each parameter using the `--set key=value[,key=value]` argument to `helm install`.
+
+Alternatively, a YAML file that specifies the values for the above parameters can be provided while installing the chart. For example,
+
+```console
+$ helm install my-release -f values.yaml .
+```
+> **Tip**: You can use the default [values.yaml](https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/blob/master/deploy/charts/cert-manager/values.yaml)
+
+## Contributing
+
+This chart is maintained at [github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager](https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/tree/master/deploy/charts/cert-manager).
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/NOTES.txt b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/NOTES.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1025354
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/NOTES.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+cert-manager {{ .Chart.AppVersion }} has been deployed successfully!
+
+In order to begin issuing certificates, you will need to set up a ClusterIssuer
+or Issuer resource (for example, by creating a 'letsencrypt-staging' issuer).
+
+More information on the different types of issuers and how to configure them
+can be found in our documentation:
+
+https://cert-manager.io/docs/configuration/
+
+For information on how to configure cert-manager to automatically provision
+Certificates for Ingress resources, take a look at the `ingress-shim`
+documentation:
+
+https://cert-manager.io/docs/usage/ingress/
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/_helpers.tpl b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/_helpers.tpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90db4af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/_helpers.tpl
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+{{/* vim: set filetype=mustache: */}}
+{{/*
+Expand the name of the chart.
+*/}}
+{{- define "cert-manager.name" -}}
+{{- default .Chart.Name .Values.nameOverride | trunc 63 | trimSuffix "-" -}}
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+Create a default fully qualified app name.
+We truncate at 63 chars because some Kubernetes name fields are limited to this (by the DNS naming spec).
+*/}}
+{{- define "cert-manager.fullname" -}}
+{{- if .Values.fullnameOverride -}}
+{{- .Values.fullnameOverride | trunc 63 | trimSuffix "-" -}}
+{{- else -}}
+{{- $name := default .Chart.Name .Values.nameOverride -}}
+{{- if contains $name .Release.Name -}}
+{{- .Release.Name | trunc 63 | trimSuffix "-" -}}
+{{- else -}}
+{{- printf "%s-%s" .Release.Name $name | trunc 63 | trimSuffix "-" -}}
+{{- end -}}
+{{- end -}}
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+Create the name of the service account to use
+*/}}
+{{- define "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" -}}
+{{- if .Values.serviceAccount.create -}}
+    {{ default (include "cert-manager.fullname" .) .Values.serviceAccount.name }}
+{{- else -}}
+    {{ default "default" .Values.serviceAccount.name }}
+{{- end -}}
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+Webhook templates
+*/}}
+
+{{/*
+Expand the name of the chart.
+Manually fix the 'app' and 'name' labels to 'webhook' to maintain
+compatibility with the v0.9 deployment selector.
+*/}}
+{{- define "webhook.name" -}}
+{{- printf "webhook" -}}
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+Create a default fully qualified app name.
+We truncate at 63 chars because some Kubernetes name fields are limited to this (by the DNS naming spec).
+If release name contains chart name it will be used as a full name.
+*/}}
+{{- define "webhook.fullname" -}}
+{{- $trimmedName := printf "%s" (include "cert-manager.fullname" .) | trunc 55 | trimSuffix "-" -}}
+{{- printf "%s-webhook" $trimmedName | trunc 63 | trimSuffix "-" -}}
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{- define "webhook.caRef" -}}
+{{- template "cert-manager.namespace" }}/{{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}-ca
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+Create the name of the service account to use
+*/}}
+{{- define "webhook.serviceAccountName" -}}
+{{- if .Values.webhook.serviceAccount.create -}}
+    {{ default (include "webhook.fullname" .) .Values.webhook.serviceAccount.name }}
+{{- else -}}
+    {{ default "default" .Values.webhook.serviceAccount.name }}
+{{- end -}}
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+cainjector templates
+*/}}
+
+{{/*
+Expand the name of the chart.
+Manually fix the 'app' and 'name' labels to 'cainjector' to maintain
+compatibility with the v0.9 deployment selector.
+*/}}
+{{- define "cainjector.name" -}}
+{{- printf "cainjector" -}}
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+Create a default fully qualified app name.
+We truncate at 63 chars because some Kubernetes name fields are limited to this (by the DNS naming spec).
+If release name contains chart name it will be used as a full name.
+*/}}
+{{- define "cainjector.fullname" -}}
+{{- $trimmedName := printf "%s" (include "cert-manager.fullname" .) | trunc 52 | trimSuffix "-" -}}
+{{- printf "%s-cainjector" $trimmedName | trunc 63 | trimSuffix "-" -}}
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+Create the name of the service account to use
+*/}}
+{{- define "cainjector.serviceAccountName" -}}
+{{- if .Values.cainjector.serviceAccount.create -}}
+    {{ default (include "cainjector.fullname" .) .Values.cainjector.serviceAccount.name }}
+{{- else -}}
+    {{ default "default" .Values.cainjector.serviceAccount.name }}
+{{- end -}}
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+startupapicheck templates
+*/}}
+
+{{/*
+Expand the name of the chart.
+Manually fix the 'app' and 'name' labels to 'startupapicheck' to maintain
+compatibility with the v0.9 deployment selector.
+*/}}
+{{- define "startupapicheck.name" -}}
+{{- printf "startupapicheck" -}}
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+Create a default fully qualified app name.
+We truncate at 63 chars because some Kubernetes name fields are limited to this (by the DNS naming spec).
+If release name contains chart name it will be used as a full name.
+*/}}
+{{- define "startupapicheck.fullname" -}}
+{{- $trimmedName := printf "%s" (include "cert-manager.fullname" .) | trunc 52 | trimSuffix "-" -}}
+{{- printf "%s-startupapicheck" $trimmedName | trunc 63 | trimSuffix "-" -}}
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+Create the name of the service account to use
+*/}}
+{{- define "startupapicheck.serviceAccountName" -}}
+{{- if .Values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.create -}}
+    {{ default (include "startupapicheck.fullname" .) .Values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.name }}
+{{- else -}}
+    {{ default "default" .Values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.name }}
+{{- end -}}
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+Create chart name and version as used by the chart label.
+*/}}
+{{- define "chartName" -}}
+{{- printf "%s-%s" .Chart.Name .Chart.Version | replace "+" "_" | trunc 63 | trimSuffix "-" -}}
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+Labels that should be added on each resource
+*/}}
+{{- define "labels" -}}
+app.kubernetes.io/version: {{ .Chart.AppVersion | quote }}
+{{- if eq (default "helm" .Values.creator) "helm" }}
+app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: {{ .Release.Service }}
+helm.sh/chart: {{ include "chartName" . }}
+{{- end -}}
+{{- if .Values.global.commonLabels}}
+{{ toYaml .Values.global.commonLabels }}
+{{- end }}
+{{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+Namespace for all resources to be installed into
+If not defined in values file then the helm release namespace is used
+By default this is not set so the helm release namespace will be used
+
+This gets around an problem within helm discussed here
+https://github.com/helm/helm/issues/5358
+*/}}
+{{- define "cert-manager.namespace" -}}
+    {{ .Values.namespace | default .Release.Namespace }}
+{{- end -}}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-deployment.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-deployment.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1220173
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-deployment.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+{{- if .Values.cainjector.enabled }}
+apiVersion: apps/v1
+kind: Deployment
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "cainjector.fullname" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- with .Values.cainjector.deploymentAnnotations }}
+  annotations:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+spec:
+  replicas: {{ .Values.cainjector.replicaCount }}
+  selector:
+    matchLabels:
+      app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+  {{- with .Values.cainjector.strategy }}
+  strategy:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+  template:
+    metadata:
+      labels:
+        app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+        {{- include "labels" . | nindent 8 }}
+        {{- with .Values.cainjector.podLabels }}
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+        {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.cainjector.podAnnotations }}
+      annotations:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+    spec:
+      serviceAccountName: {{ template "cainjector.serviceAccountName" . }}
+      {{- if hasKey .Values.cainjector "automountServiceAccountToken" }}
+      automountServiceAccountToken: {{ .Values.cainjector.automountServiceAccountToken }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.global.priorityClassName }}
+      priorityClassName: {{ . | quote }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.cainjector.securityContext }}
+      securityContext:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      containers:
+        - name: {{ .Chart.Name }}-cainjector
+          {{- with .Values.cainjector.image }}
+          image: "{{- if .registry -}}{{ .registry }}/{{- end -}}{{ .repository }}{{- if (.digest) -}} @{{ .digest }}{{- else -}}:{{ default $.Chart.AppVersion .tag }} {{- end -}}"
+          {{- end }}
+          imagePullPolicy: {{ .Values.cainjector.image.pullPolicy }}
+          args:
+          {{- if .Values.global.logLevel }}
+          - --v={{ .Values.global.logLevel }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.global.leaderElection }}
+          - --leader-election-namespace={{ .namespace }}
+          {{- if .leaseDuration }}
+          - --leader-election-lease-duration={{ .leaseDuration }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if .renewDeadline }}
+          - --leader-election-renew-deadline={{ .renewDeadline }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if .retryPeriod }}
+          - --leader-election-retry-period={{ .retryPeriod }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.cainjector.extraArgs }}
+          {{- toYaml . | nindent 10 }}
+          {{- end }}
+          env:
+          - name: POD_NAMESPACE
+            valueFrom:
+              fieldRef:
+                fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          {{- with .Values.cainjector.containerSecurityContext }}
+          securityContext:
+            {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.cainjector.resources }}
+          resources:
+            {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.cainjector.volumeMounts }}
+          volumeMounts:
+            {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
+          {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.cainjector.nodeSelector }}
+      nodeSelector:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.cainjector.affinity }}
+      affinity:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.cainjector.tolerations }}
+      tolerations:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with  .Values.cainjector.topologySpreadConstraints }}
+      topologySpreadConstraints:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.cainjector.volumes }}
+      volumes:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-poddisruptionbudget.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-poddisruptionbudget.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f080b75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-poddisruptionbudget.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+{{- if .Values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.enabled }}
+apiVersion: policy/v1
+kind: PodDisruptionBudget
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "cainjector.fullname" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+spec:
+  selector:
+    matchLabels:
+      app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+
+  {{- with .Values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable }}
+  minAvailable: {{ . }}
+  {{- end }}
+  {{- with .Values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable }}
+  maxUnavailable: {{ . }}
+  {{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-psp-clusterrole.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-psp-clusterrole.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b75b9eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-psp-clusterrole.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+{{- if .Values.cainjector.enabled }}
+{{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled }}
+kind: ClusterRole
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cainjector.fullname" . }}-psp
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+- apiGroups: ['policy']
+  resources: ['podsecuritypolicies']
+  verbs:     ['use']
+  resourceNames:
+  - {{ template "cainjector.fullname" . }}
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-psp-clusterrolebinding.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-psp-clusterrolebinding.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2bfa26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-psp-clusterrolebinding.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+{{- if .Values.cainjector.enabled }}
+{{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled }}
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cainjector.fullname" . }}-psp
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: {{ template "cainjector.fullname" . }}-psp
+subjects:
+  - kind: ServiceAccount
+    name: {{ template "cainjector.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-psp.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-psp.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24f01da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-psp.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+{{- if .Values.cainjector.enabled }}
+{{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled }}
+apiVersion: policy/v1beta1
+kind: PodSecurityPolicy
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cainjector.fullname" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+  annotations:
+    seccomp.security.alpha.kubernetes.io/allowedProfileNames: 'docker/default'
+    seccomp.security.alpha.kubernetes.io/defaultProfileName:  'docker/default'
+    {{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.useAppArmor }}
+    apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/allowedProfileNames: 'runtime/default'
+    apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/defaultProfileName:  'runtime/default'
+    {{- end }}
+spec:
+  privileged: false
+  allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
+  allowedCapabilities: []  # default set of capabilities are implicitly allowed
+  volumes:
+  - 'configMap'
+  - 'emptyDir'
+  - 'projected'
+  - 'secret'
+  - 'downwardAPI'
+  hostNetwork: false
+  hostIPC: false
+  hostPID: false
+  runAsUser:
+    rule: 'MustRunAs'
+    ranges:
+    - min: 1000
+      max: 1000
+  seLinux:
+    rule: 'RunAsAny'
+  supplementalGroups:
+    rule: 'MustRunAs'
+    ranges:
+    - min: 1000
+      max: 1000
+  fsGroup:
+    rule: 'MustRunAs'
+    ranges:
+    - min: 1000
+      max: 1000
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-rbac.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-rbac.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2aa59ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-rbac.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+{{- if .Values.cainjector.enabled }}
+{{- if .Values.global.rbac.create }}
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRole
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cainjector.fullname" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["certificates"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["secrets"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["events"]
+    verbs: ["get", "create", "update", "patch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["admissionregistration.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["validatingwebhookconfigurations", "mutatingwebhookconfigurations"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "update", "patch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["apiregistration.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["apiservices"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "update", "patch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["apiextensions.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["customresourcedefinitions"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "update", "patch"]
+---
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cainjector.fullname" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: {{ template "cainjector.fullname" . }}
+subjects:
+  - name: {{ template "cainjector.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+    kind: ServiceAccount
+
+---
+# leader election rules
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: Role
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cainjector.fullname" . }}:leaderelection
+  namespace: {{ .Values.global.leaderElection.namespace }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+  # Used for leader election by the controller
+  # cert-manager-cainjector-leader-election is used by the CertificateBased injector controller
+  #   see cmd/cainjector/start.go#L113
+  # cert-manager-cainjector-leader-election-core is used by the SecretBased injector controller
+  #   see cmd/cainjector/start.go#L137
+  - apiGroups: ["coordination.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["leases"]
+    resourceNames: ["cert-manager-cainjector-leader-election", "cert-manager-cainjector-leader-election-core"]
+    verbs: ["get", "update", "patch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["coordination.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["leases"]
+    verbs: ["create"]
+
+---
+
+# grant cert-manager permission to manage the leaderelection configmap in the
+# leader election namespace
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: RoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "cainjector.fullname" . }}:leaderelection
+  namespace: {{ .Values.global.leaderElection.namespace }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: Role
+  name: {{ template "cainjector.fullname" . }}:leaderelection
+subjects:
+  - kind: ServiceAccount
+    name: {{ template "cainjector.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-serviceaccount.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-serviceaccount.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fedc731
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/cainjector-serviceaccount.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+{{- if .Values.cainjector.enabled }}
+{{- if .Values.cainjector.serviceAccount.create }}
+apiVersion: v1
+kind: ServiceAccount
+automountServiceAccountToken: {{ .Values.cainjector.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken }}
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cainjector.serviceAccountName" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  {{- with .Values.cainjector.serviceAccount.annotations }}
+  annotations:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- with .Values.cainjector.serviceAccount.labels }}
+      {{ toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
+{{- with .Values.global.imagePullSecrets }}
+imagePullSecrets:
+  {{- toYaml . | nindent 2 }}
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/crds.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/crds.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..961ccdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/crds.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,7403 @@
+{{- if .Values.installCRDs }}
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  name: certificaterequests.cert-manager.io
+  labels:
+    app: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: '{{ .Release.Name }}'
+    # Generated labels {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+spec:
+  group: cert-manager.io
+  names:
+    kind: CertificateRequest
+    listKind: CertificateRequestList
+    plural: certificaterequests
+    shortNames:
+      - cr
+      - crs
+    singular: certificaterequest
+    categories:
+      - cert-manager
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+    - name: v1
+      subresources:
+        status: {}
+      additionalPrinterColumns:
+        - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Approved")].status
+          name: Approved
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Denied")].status
+          name: Denied
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].status
+          name: Ready
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .spec.issuerRef.name
+          name: Issuer
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .spec.username
+          name: Requestor
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].message
+          name: Status
+          priority: 1
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+          description: CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC.
+          name: Age
+          type: date
+      schema:
+        openAPIV3Schema:
+          description: |-
+            A CertificateRequest is used to request a signed certificate from one of the
+            configured issuers.
+
+            All fields within the CertificateRequest's `spec` are immutable after creation.
+            A CertificateRequest will either succeed or fail, as denoted by its `status.state`
+            field.
+
+            A CertificateRequest is a one-shot resource, meaning it represents a single
+            point in time request for a certificate and cannot be re-used.
+          type: object
+          required:
+            - spec
+          properties:
+            apiVersion:
+              description: |-
+                APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+                Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+                may reject unrecognized values.
+                More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+              type: string
+            kind:
+              description: |-
+                Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+                Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+                Cannot be updated.
+                In CamelCase.
+                More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+              type: string
+            metadata:
+              type: object
+            spec:
+              description: Desired state of the CertificateRequest resource.
+              type: object
+              required:
+                - issuerRef
+                - request
+              properties:
+                duration:
+                  description: |-
+                    The requested 'duration' (i.e. lifetime) of the Certificate.
+                    This option may be ignored/overridden by some issuer types.
+                  type: string
+                extra:
+                  description: |-
+                    Extra contains extra attributes of the user that created the CertificateRequest.
+                    Populated by the cert-manager webhook on creation and immutable.
+                  type: object
+                  additionalProperties:
+                    type: array
+                    items:
+                      type: string
+                groups:
+                  description: |-
+                    Groups contains group membership of the user that created the CertificateRequest.
+                    Populated by the cert-manager webhook on creation and immutable.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    type: string
+                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                isCA:
+                  description: |-
+                    IsCA will request to mark the certificate as valid for certificate signing
+                    when submitting to the issuer.
+                    This will automatically add the `cert sign` usage to the list of `usages`.
+                  type: boolean
+                issuerRef:
+                  description: |-
+                    IssuerRef is a reference to the issuer for this CertificateRequest.  If
+                    the `kind` field is not set, or set to `Issuer`, an Issuer resource with
+                    the given name in the same namespace as the CertificateRequest will be
+                    used.  If the `kind` field is set to `ClusterIssuer`, a ClusterIssuer with
+                    the provided name will be used. The `name` field in this stanza is
+                    required at all times. The group field refers to the API group of the
+                    issuer which defaults to `cert-manager.io` if empty.
+                  type: object
+                  required:
+                    - name
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      description: Group of the resource being referred to.
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      description: Kind of the resource being referred to.
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: Name of the resource being referred to.
+                      type: string
+                request:
+                  description: |-
+                    The PEM-encoded x509 certificate signing request to be submitted to the
+                    CA for signing.
+                  type: string
+                  format: byte
+                uid:
+                  description: |-
+                    UID contains the uid of the user that created the CertificateRequest.
+                    Populated by the cert-manager webhook on creation and immutable.
+                  type: string
+                usages:
+                  description: |-
+                    Usages is the set of x509 usages that are requested for the certificate.
+                    If usages are set they SHOULD be encoded inside the CSR spec
+                    Defaults to `digital signature` and `key encipherment` if not specified.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    description: |-
+                      KeyUsage specifies valid usage contexts for keys.
+                      See:
+                      https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280#section-4.2.1.3
+                      https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280#section-4.2.1.12
+
+                      Valid KeyUsage values are as follows:
+                      "signing",
+                      "digital signature",
+                      "content commitment",
+                      "key encipherment",
+                      "key agreement",
+                      "data encipherment",
+                      "cert sign",
+                      "crl sign",
+                      "encipher only",
+                      "decipher only",
+                      "any",
+                      "server auth",
+                      "client auth",
+                      "code signing",
+                      "email protection",
+                      "s/mime",
+                      "ipsec end system",
+                      "ipsec tunnel",
+                      "ipsec user",
+                      "timestamping",
+                      "ocsp signing",
+                      "microsoft sgc",
+                      "netscape sgc"
+                    type: string
+                    enum:
+                      - signing
+                      - digital signature
+                      - content commitment
+                      - key encipherment
+                      - key agreement
+                      - data encipherment
+                      - cert sign
+                      - crl sign
+                      - encipher only
+                      - decipher only
+                      - any
+                      - server auth
+                      - client auth
+                      - code signing
+                      - email protection
+                      - s/mime
+                      - ipsec end system
+                      - ipsec tunnel
+                      - ipsec user
+                      - timestamping
+                      - ocsp signing
+                      - microsoft sgc
+                      - netscape sgc
+                username:
+                  description: |-
+                    Username contains the name of the user that created the CertificateRequest.
+                    Populated by the cert-manager webhook on creation and immutable.
+                  type: string
+            status:
+              description: Status of the CertificateRequest. This is set and managed automatically.
+              type: object
+              properties:
+                ca:
+                  description: |-
+                    The PEM encoded x509 certificate of the signer, also known as the CA
+                    (Certificate Authority).
+                    This is set on a best-effort basis by different issuers.
+                    If not set, the CA is assumed to be unknown/not available.
+                  type: string
+                  format: byte
+                certificate:
+                  description: |-
+                    The PEM encoded x509 certificate resulting from the certificate
+                    signing request.
+                    If not set, the CertificateRequest has either not been completed or has
+                    failed. More information on failure can be found by checking the
+                    `conditions` field.
+                  type: string
+                  format: byte
+                conditions:
+                  description: |-
+                    List of status conditions to indicate the status of a CertificateRequest.
+                    Known condition types are `Ready` and `InvalidRequest`.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    description: CertificateRequestCondition contains condition information for a CertificateRequest.
+                    type: object
+                    required:
+                      - status
+                      - type
+                    properties:
+                      lastTransitionTime:
+                        description: |-
+                          LastTransitionTime is the timestamp corresponding to the last status
+                          change of this condition.
+                        type: string
+                        format: date-time
+                      message:
+                        description: |-
+                          Message is a human readable description of the details of the last
+                          transition, complementing reason.
+                        type: string
+                      reason:
+                        description: |-
+                          Reason is a brief machine readable explanation for the condition's last
+                          transition.
+                        type: string
+                      status:
+                        description: Status of the condition, one of (`True`, `False`, `Unknown`).
+                        type: string
+                        enum:
+                          - "True"
+                          - "False"
+                          - Unknown
+                      type:
+                        description: |-
+                          Type of the condition, known values are (`Ready`, `InvalidRequest`,
+                          `Approved`, `Denied`).
+                        type: string
+                  x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                    - type
+                  x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                failureTime:
+                  description: |-
+                    FailureTime stores the time that this CertificateRequest failed. This is
+                    used to influence garbage collection and back-off.
+                  type: string
+                  format: date-time
+      served: true
+      storage: true
+---
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  name: certificates.cert-manager.io
+  labels:
+    app: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: '{{ .Release.Name }}'
+    # Generated labels {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+spec:
+  group: cert-manager.io
+  names:
+    kind: Certificate
+    listKind: CertificateList
+    plural: certificates
+    shortNames:
+      - cert
+      - certs
+    singular: certificate
+    categories:
+      - cert-manager
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+    - name: v1
+      subresources:
+        status: {}
+      additionalPrinterColumns:
+        - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].status
+          name: Ready
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .spec.secretName
+          name: Secret
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .spec.issuerRef.name
+          name: Issuer
+          priority: 1
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].message
+          name: Status
+          priority: 1
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+          description: CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC.
+          name: Age
+          type: date
+      schema:
+        openAPIV3Schema:
+          description: |-
+            A Certificate resource should be created to ensure an up to date and signed
+            x509 certificate is stored in the Kubernetes Secret resource named in `spec.secretName`.
+
+            The stored certificate will be renewed before it expires (as configured by `spec.renewBefore`).
+          type: object
+          required:
+            - spec
+          properties:
+            apiVersion:
+              description: |-
+                APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+                Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+                may reject unrecognized values.
+                More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+              type: string
+            kind:
+              description: |-
+                Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+                Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+                Cannot be updated.
+                In CamelCase.
+                More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+              type: string
+            metadata:
+              type: object
+            spec:
+              description: Desired state of the Certificate resource.
+              type: object
+              required:
+                - issuerRef
+                - secretName
+              properties:
+                additionalOutputFormats:
+                  description: |-
+                    AdditionalOutputFormats defines extra output formats of the private key
+                    and signed certificate chain to be written to this Certificate's target
+                    Secret. This is an Alpha Feature and is only enabled with the
+                    `--feature-gates=AdditionalCertificateOutputFormats=true` option on both
+                    the controller and webhook components.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    description: |-
+                      CertificateAdditionalOutputFormat defines an additional output format of a
+                      Certificate resource. These contain supplementary data formats of the signed
+                      certificate chain and paired private key.
+                    type: object
+                    required:
+                      - type
+                    properties:
+                      type:
+                        description: |-
+                          Type is the name of the format type that should be written to the
+                          Certificate's target Secret.
+                        type: string
+                        enum:
+                          - DER
+                          - CombinedPEM
+                commonName:
+                  description: |-
+                    CommonName is a common name to be used on the Certificate.
+                    The CommonName should have a length of 64 characters or fewer to avoid
+                    generating invalid CSRs.
+                    This value is ignored by TLS clients when any subject alt name is set.
+                    This is x509 behaviour: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6125#section-6.4.4
+                  type: string
+                dnsNames:
+                  description: DNSNames is a list of DNS subjectAltNames to be set on the Certificate.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    type: string
+                duration:
+                  description: |-
+                    The requested 'duration' (i.e. lifetime) of the Certificate. This option
+                    may be ignored/overridden by some issuer types. If unset this defaults to
+                    90 days. Certificate will be renewed either 2/3 through its duration or
+                    `renewBefore` period before its expiry, whichever is later. Minimum
+                    accepted duration is 1 hour. Value must be in units accepted by Go
+                    time.ParseDuration https://golang.org/pkg/time/#ParseDuration
+                  type: string
+                emailAddresses:
+                  description: EmailAddresses is a list of email subjectAltNames to be set on the Certificate.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    type: string
+                encodeUsagesInRequest:
+                  description: |-
+                    EncodeUsagesInRequest controls whether key usages should be present
+                    in the CertificateRequest
+                  type: boolean
+                ipAddresses:
+                  description: IPAddresses is a list of IP address subjectAltNames to be set on the Certificate.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    type: string
+                isCA:
+                  description: |-
+                    IsCA will mark this Certificate as valid for certificate signing.
+                    This will automatically add the `cert sign` usage to the list of `usages`.
+                  type: boolean
+                issuerRef:
+                  description: |-
+                    IssuerRef is a reference to the issuer for this certificate.
+                    If the `kind` field is not set, or set to `Issuer`, an Issuer resource
+                    with the given name in the same namespace as the Certificate will be used.
+                    If the `kind` field is set to `ClusterIssuer`, a ClusterIssuer with the
+                    provided name will be used.
+                    The `name` field in this stanza is required at all times.
+                  type: object
+                  required:
+                    - name
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      description: Group of the resource being referred to.
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      description: Kind of the resource being referred to.
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: Name of the resource being referred to.
+                      type: string
+                keystores:
+                  description: |-
+                    Keystores configures additional keystore output formats stored in the
+                    `secretName` Secret resource.
+                  type: object
+                  properties:
+                    jks:
+                      description: |-
+                        JKS configures options for storing a JKS keystore in the
+                        `spec.secretName` Secret resource.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - create
+                        - passwordSecretRef
+                      properties:
+                        create:
+                          description: |-
+                            Create enables JKS keystore creation for the Certificate.
+                            If true, a file named `keystore.jks` will be created in the target
+                            Secret resource, encrypted using the password stored in
+                            `passwordSecretRef`.
+                            The keystore file will be updated immediately.
+                            If the issuer provided a CA certificate, a file named `truststore.jks`
+                            will also be created in the target Secret resource, encrypted using the
+                            password stored in `passwordSecretRef`
+                            containing the issuing Certificate Authority
+                          type: boolean
+                        passwordSecretRef:
+                          description: |-
+                            PasswordSecretRef is a reference to a key in a Secret resource
+                            containing the password used to encrypt the JKS keystore.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - name
+                          properties:
+                            key:
+                              description: |-
+                                The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                required.
+                              type: string
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                              type: string
+                    pkcs12:
+                      description: |-
+                        PKCS12 configures options for storing a PKCS12 keystore in the
+                        `spec.secretName` Secret resource.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - create
+                        - passwordSecretRef
+                      properties:
+                        create:
+                          description: |-
+                            Create enables PKCS12 keystore creation for the Certificate.
+                            If true, a file named `keystore.p12` will be created in the target
+                            Secret resource, encrypted using the password stored in
+                            `passwordSecretRef`.
+                            The keystore file will be updated immediately.
+                            If the issuer provided a CA certificate, a file named `truststore.p12` will
+                            also be created in the target Secret resource, encrypted using the
+                            password stored in `passwordSecretRef` containing the issuing Certificate
+                            Authority
+                          type: boolean
+                        passwordSecretRef:
+                          description: |-
+                            PasswordSecretRef is a reference to a key in a Secret resource
+                            containing the password used to encrypt the PKCS12 keystore.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - name
+                          properties:
+                            key:
+                              description: |-
+                                The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                required.
+                              type: string
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                              type: string
+                literalSubject:
+                  description: |-
+                    LiteralSubject is an LDAP formatted string that represents the [X.509 Subject field](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5280#section-4.1.2.6).
+                    Use this *instead* of the Subject field if you need to ensure the correct ordering of the RDN sequence, such as when issuing certs for LDAP authentication. See https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/issues/3203, https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/issues/4424.
+                    This field is alpha level and is only supported by cert-manager installations where LiteralCertificateSubject feature gate is enabled on both cert-manager controller and webhook.
+                  type: string
+                privateKey:
+                  description: Options to control private keys used for the Certificate.
+                  type: object
+                  properties:
+                    algorithm:
+                      description: |-
+                        Algorithm is the private key algorithm of the corresponding private key
+                        for this certificate. If provided, allowed values are either `RSA`,`Ed25519` or `ECDSA`
+                        If `algorithm` is specified and `size` is not provided,
+                        key size of 256 will be used for `ECDSA` key algorithm and
+                        key size of 2048 will be used for `RSA` key algorithm.
+                        key size is ignored when using the `Ed25519` key algorithm.
+                      type: string
+                      enum:
+                        - RSA
+                        - ECDSA
+                        - Ed25519
+                    encoding:
+                      description: |-
+                        The private key cryptography standards (PKCS) encoding for this
+                        certificate's private key to be encoded in.
+                        If provided, allowed values are `PKCS1` and `PKCS8` standing for PKCS#1
+                        and PKCS#8, respectively.
+                        Defaults to `PKCS1` if not specified.
+                      type: string
+                      enum:
+                        - PKCS1
+                        - PKCS8
+                    rotationPolicy:
+                      description: |-
+                        RotationPolicy controls how private keys should be regenerated when a
+                        re-issuance is being processed.
+                        If set to Never, a private key will only be generated if one does not
+                        already exist in the target `spec.secretName`. If one does exists but it
+                        does not have the correct algorithm or size, a warning will be raised
+                        to await user intervention.
+                        If set to Always, a private key matching the specified requirements
+                        will be generated whenever a re-issuance occurs.
+                        Default is 'Never' for backward compatibility.
+                      type: string
+                      enum:
+                        - Never
+                        - Always
+                    size:
+                      description: |-
+                        Size is the key bit size of the corresponding private key for this certificate.
+                        If `algorithm` is set to `RSA`, valid values are `2048`, `4096` or `8192`,
+                        and will default to `2048` if not specified.
+                        If `algorithm` is set to `ECDSA`, valid values are `256`, `384` or `521`,
+                        and will default to `256` if not specified.
+                        If `algorithm` is set to `Ed25519`, Size is ignored.
+                        No other values are allowed.
+                      type: integer
+                renewBefore:
+                  description: |-
+                    How long before the currently issued certificate's expiry
+                    cert-manager should renew the certificate. The default is 2/3 of the
+                    issued certificate's duration. Minimum accepted value is 5 minutes.
+                    Value must be in units accepted by Go time.ParseDuration
+                    https://golang.org/pkg/time/#ParseDuration
+                  type: string
+                revisionHistoryLimit:
+                  description: |-
+                    revisionHistoryLimit is the maximum number of CertificateRequest revisions
+                    that are maintained in the Certificate's history. Each revision represents
+                    a single `CertificateRequest` created by this Certificate, either when it
+                    was created, renewed, or Spec was changed. Revisions will be removed by
+                    oldest first if the number of revisions exceeds this number. If set,
+                    revisionHistoryLimit must be a value of `1` or greater. If unset (`nil`),
+                    revisions will not be garbage collected. Default value is `nil`.
+                  type: integer
+                  format: int32
+                secretName:
+                  description: |-
+                    SecretName is the name of the secret resource that will be automatically
+                    created and managed by this Certificate resource.
+                    It will be populated with a private key and certificate, signed by the
+                    denoted issuer.
+                  type: string
+                secretTemplate:
+                  description: |-
+                    SecretTemplate defines annotations and labels to be copied to the
+                    Certificate's Secret. Labels and annotations on the Secret will be changed
+                    as they appear on the SecretTemplate when added or removed. SecretTemplate
+                    annotations are added in conjunction with, and cannot overwrite, the base
+                    set of annotations cert-manager sets on the Certificate's Secret.
+                  type: object
+                  properties:
+                    annotations:
+                      description: Annotations is a key value map to be copied to the target Kubernetes Secret.
+                      type: object
+                      additionalProperties:
+                        type: string
+                    labels:
+                      description: Labels is a key value map to be copied to the target Kubernetes Secret.
+                      type: object
+                      additionalProperties:
+                        type: string
+                subject:
+                  description: Full X509 name specification (https://golang.org/pkg/crypto/x509/pkix/#Name).
+                  type: object
+                  properties:
+                    countries:
+                      description: Countries to be used on the Certificate.
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
+                    localities:
+                      description: Cities to be used on the Certificate.
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
+                    organizationalUnits:
+                      description: Organizational Units to be used on the Certificate.
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
+                    organizations:
+                      description: Organizations to be used on the Certificate.
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
+                    postalCodes:
+                      description: Postal codes to be used on the Certificate.
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
+                    provinces:
+                      description: State/Provinces to be used on the Certificate.
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
+                    serialNumber:
+                      description: Serial number to be used on the Certificate.
+                      type: string
+                    streetAddresses:
+                      description: Street addresses to be used on the Certificate.
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
+                uris:
+                  description: URIs is a list of URI subjectAltNames to be set on the Certificate.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    type: string
+                usages:
+                  description: |-
+                    Usages is the set of x509 usages that are requested for the certificate.
+                    Defaults to `digital signature` and `key encipherment` if not specified.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    description: |-
+                      KeyUsage specifies valid usage contexts for keys.
+                      See:
+                      https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280#section-4.2.1.3
+                      https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280#section-4.2.1.12
+
+                      Valid KeyUsage values are as follows:
+                      "signing",
+                      "digital signature",
+                      "content commitment",
+                      "key encipherment",
+                      "key agreement",
+                      "data encipherment",
+                      "cert sign",
+                      "crl sign",
+                      "encipher only",
+                      "decipher only",
+                      "any",
+                      "server auth",
+                      "client auth",
+                      "code signing",
+                      "email protection",
+                      "s/mime",
+                      "ipsec end system",
+                      "ipsec tunnel",
+                      "ipsec user",
+                      "timestamping",
+                      "ocsp signing",
+                      "microsoft sgc",
+                      "netscape sgc"
+                    type: string
+                    enum:
+                      - signing
+                      - digital signature
+                      - content commitment
+                      - key encipherment
+                      - key agreement
+                      - data encipherment
+                      - cert sign
+                      - crl sign
+                      - encipher only
+                      - decipher only
+                      - any
+                      - server auth
+                      - client auth
+                      - code signing
+                      - email protection
+                      - s/mime
+                      - ipsec end system
+                      - ipsec tunnel
+                      - ipsec user
+                      - timestamping
+                      - ocsp signing
+                      - microsoft sgc
+                      - netscape sgc
+            status:
+              description: Status of the Certificate. This is set and managed automatically.
+              type: object
+              properties:
+                conditions:
+                  description: |-
+                    List of status conditions to indicate the status of certificates.
+                    Known condition types are `Ready` and `Issuing`.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    description: CertificateCondition contains condition information for an Certificate.
+                    type: object
+                    required:
+                      - status
+                      - type
+                    properties:
+                      lastTransitionTime:
+                        description: |-
+                          LastTransitionTime is the timestamp corresponding to the last status
+                          change of this condition.
+                        type: string
+                        format: date-time
+                      message:
+                        description: |-
+                          Message is a human readable description of the details of the last
+                          transition, complementing reason.
+                        type: string
+                      observedGeneration:
+                        description: |-
+                          If set, this represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was
+                          set based upon.
+                          For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the
+                          .status.condition[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                          with respect to the current state of the Certificate.
+                        type: integer
+                        format: int64
+                      reason:
+                        description: |-
+                          Reason is a brief machine readable explanation for the condition's last
+                          transition.
+                        type: string
+                      status:
+                        description: Status of the condition, one of (`True`, `False`, `Unknown`).
+                        type: string
+                        enum:
+                          - "True"
+                          - "False"
+                          - Unknown
+                      type:
+                        description: Type of the condition, known values are (`Ready`, `Issuing`).
+                        type: string
+                  x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                    - type
+                  x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                failedIssuanceAttempts:
+                  description: |-
+                    The number of continuous failed issuance attempts up till now. This
+                    field gets removed (if set) on a successful issuance and gets set to
+                    1 if unset and an issuance has failed. If an issuance has failed, the
+                    delay till the next issuance will be calculated using formula
+                    time.Hour * 2 ^ (failedIssuanceAttempts - 1).
+                  type: integer
+                lastFailureTime:
+                  description: |-
+                    LastFailureTime is set only if the lastest issuance for this
+                    Certificate failed and contains the time of the failure. If an
+                    issuance has failed, the delay till the next issuance will be
+                    calculated using formula time.Hour * 2 ^ (failedIssuanceAttempts -
+                    1). If the latest issuance has succeeded this field will be unset.
+                  type: string
+                  format: date-time
+                nextPrivateKeySecretName:
+                  description: |-
+                    The name of the Secret resource containing the private key to be used
+                    for the next certificate iteration.
+                    The keymanager controller will automatically set this field if the
+                    `Issuing` condition is set to `True`.
+                    It will automatically unset this field when the Issuing condition is
+                    not set or False.
+                  type: string
+                notAfter:
+                  description: |-
+                    The expiration time of the certificate stored in the secret named
+                    by this resource in `spec.secretName`.
+                  type: string
+                  format: date-time
+                notBefore:
+                  description: |-
+                    The time after which the certificate stored in the secret named
+                    by this resource in spec.secretName is valid.
+                  type: string
+                  format: date-time
+                renewalTime:
+                  description: |-
+                    RenewalTime is the time at which the certificate will be next
+                    renewed.
+                    If not set, no upcoming renewal is scheduled.
+                  type: string
+                  format: date-time
+                revision:
+                  description: |-
+                    The current 'revision' of the certificate as issued.
+
+                    When a CertificateRequest resource is created, it will have the
+                    `cert-manager.io/certificate-revision` set to one greater than the
+                    current value of this field.
+
+                    Upon issuance, this field will be set to the value of the annotation
+                    on the CertificateRequest resource used to issue the certificate.
+
+                    Persisting the value on the CertificateRequest resource allows the
+                    certificates controller to know whether a request is part of an old
+                    issuance or if it is part of the ongoing revision's issuance by
+                    checking if the revision value in the annotation is greater than this
+                    field.
+                  type: integer
+      served: true
+      storage: true
+---
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  name: challenges.acme.cert-manager.io
+  labels:
+    app: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: '{{ .Release.Name }}'
+    # Generated labels {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+spec:
+  group: acme.cert-manager.io
+  names:
+    kind: Challenge
+    listKind: ChallengeList
+    plural: challenges
+    singular: challenge
+    categories:
+      - cert-manager
+      - cert-manager-acme
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+    - additionalPrinterColumns:
+        - jsonPath: .status.state
+          name: State
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .spec.dnsName
+          name: Domain
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .status.reason
+          name: Reason
+          priority: 1
+          type: string
+        - description: CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC.
+          jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+          name: Age
+          type: date
+      name: v1
+      schema:
+        openAPIV3Schema:
+          description: Challenge is a type to represent a Challenge request with an ACME server
+          type: object
+          required:
+            - metadata
+            - spec
+          properties:
+            apiVersion:
+              description: |-
+                APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+                Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+                may reject unrecognized values.
+                More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+              type: string
+            kind:
+              description: |-
+                Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+                Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+                Cannot be updated.
+                In CamelCase.
+                More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+              type: string
+            metadata:
+              type: object
+            spec:
+              type: object
+              required:
+                - authorizationURL
+                - dnsName
+                - issuerRef
+                - key
+                - solver
+                - token
+                - type
+                - url
+              properties:
+                authorizationURL:
+                  description: |-
+                    The URL to the ACME Authorization resource that this
+                    challenge is a part of.
+                  type: string
+                dnsName:
+                  description: |-
+                    dnsName is the identifier that this challenge is for, e.g. example.com.
+                    If the requested DNSName is a 'wildcard', this field MUST be set to the
+                    non-wildcard domain, e.g. for `*.example.com`, it must be `example.com`.
+                  type: string
+                issuerRef:
+                  description: |-
+                    References a properly configured ACME-type Issuer which should
+                    be used to create this Challenge.
+                    If the Issuer does not exist, processing will be retried.
+                    If the Issuer is not an 'ACME' Issuer, an error will be returned and the
+                    Challenge will be marked as failed.
+                  type: object
+                  required:
+                    - name
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      description: Group of the resource being referred to.
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      description: Kind of the resource being referred to.
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: Name of the resource being referred to.
+                      type: string
+                key:
+                  description: |-
+                    The ACME challenge key for this challenge
+                    For HTTP01 challenges, this is the value that must be responded with to
+                    complete the HTTP01 challenge in the format:
+                    `<private key JWK thumbprint>.<key from acme server for challenge>`.
+                    For DNS01 challenges, this is the base64 encoded SHA256 sum of the
+                    `<private key JWK thumbprint>.<key from acme server for challenge>`
+                    text that must be set as the TXT record content.
+                  type: string
+                solver:
+                  description: |-
+                    Contains the domain solving configuration that should be used to
+                    solve this challenge resource.
+                  type: object
+                  properties:
+                    dns01:
+                      description: |-
+                        Configures cert-manager to attempt to complete authorizations by
+                        performing the DNS01 challenge flow.
+                      type: object
+                      properties:
+                        acmeDNS:
+                          description: |-
+                            Use the 'ACME DNS' (https://github.com/joohoi/acme-dns) API to manage
+                            DNS01 challenge records.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - accountSecretRef
+                            - host
+                          properties:
+                            accountSecretRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                            host:
+                              type: string
+                        akamai:
+                          description: Use the Akamai DNS zone management API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - accessTokenSecretRef
+                            - clientSecretSecretRef
+                            - clientTokenSecretRef
+                            - serviceConsumerDomain
+                          properties:
+                            accessTokenSecretRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                            clientSecretSecretRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                            clientTokenSecretRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                            serviceConsumerDomain:
+                              type: string
+                        azureDNS:
+                          description: Use the Microsoft Azure DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - resourceGroupName
+                            - subscriptionID
+                          properties:
+                            clientID:
+                              description: if both this and ClientSecret are left unset MSI will be used
+                              type: string
+                            clientSecretSecretRef:
+                              description: if both this and ClientID are left unset MSI will be used
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                            environment:
+                              description: name of the Azure environment (default AzurePublicCloud)
+                              type: string
+                              enum:
+                                - AzurePublicCloud
+                                - AzureChinaCloud
+                                - AzureGermanCloud
+                                - AzureUSGovernmentCloud
+                            hostedZoneName:
+                              description: name of the DNS zone that should be used
+                              type: string
+                            managedIdentity:
+                              description: managed identity configuration, can not be used at the same time as clientID, clientSecretSecretRef or tenantID
+                              type: object
+                              properties:
+                                clientID:
+                                  description: client ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as resourceID
+                                  type: string
+                                resourceID:
+                                  description: resource ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as clientID
+                                  type: string
+                            resourceGroupName:
+                              description: resource group the DNS zone is located in
+                              type: string
+                            subscriptionID:
+                              description: ID of the Azure subscription
+                              type: string
+                            tenantID:
+                              description: when specifying ClientID and ClientSecret then this field is also needed
+                              type: string
+                        cloudDNS:
+                          description: Use the Google Cloud DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - project
+                          properties:
+                            hostedZoneName:
+                              description: |-
+                                HostedZoneName is an optional field that tells cert-manager in which
+                                Cloud DNS zone the challenge record has to be created.
+                                If left empty cert-manager will automatically choose a zone.
+                              type: string
+                            project:
+                              type: string
+                            serviceAccountSecretRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                        cloudflare:
+                          description: Use the Cloudflare API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                          type: object
+                          properties:
+                            apiKeySecretRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                API key to use to authenticate with Cloudflare.
+                                Note: using an API token to authenticate is now the recommended method
+                                as it allows greater control of permissions.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                            apiTokenSecretRef:
+                              description: API token used to authenticate with Cloudflare.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                            email:
+                              description: Email of the account, only required when using API key based authentication.
+                              type: string
+                        cnameStrategy:
+                          description: |-
+                            CNAMEStrategy configures how the DNS01 provider should handle CNAME
+                            records when found in DNS zones.
+                          type: string
+                          enum:
+                            - None
+                            - Follow
+                        digitalocean:
+                          description: Use the DigitalOcean DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - tokenSecretRef
+                          properties:
+                            tokenSecretRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                        rfc2136:
+                          description: |-
+                            Use RFC2136 ("Dynamic Updates in the Domain Name System") (https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc2136/)
+                            to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - nameserver
+                          properties:
+                            nameserver:
+                              description: |-
+                                The IP address or hostname of an authoritative DNS server supporting
+                                RFC2136 in the form host:port. If the host is an IPv6 address it must be
+                                enclosed in square brackets (e.g [2001:db8::1]) ; port is optional.
+                                This field is required.
+                              type: string
+                            tsigAlgorithm:
+                              description: |-
+                                The TSIG Algorithm configured in the DNS supporting RFC2136. Used only
+                                when ``tsigSecretSecretRef`` and ``tsigKeyName`` are defined.
+                                Supported values are (case-insensitive): ``HMACMD5`` (default),
+                                ``HMACSHA1``, ``HMACSHA256`` or ``HMACSHA512``.
+                              type: string
+                            tsigKeyName:
+                              description: |-
+                                The TSIG Key name configured in the DNS.
+                                If ``tsigSecretSecretRef`` is defined, this field is required.
+                              type: string
+                            tsigSecretSecretRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                The name of the secret containing the TSIG value.
+                                If ``tsigKeyName`` is defined, this field is required.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                        route53:
+                          description: Use the AWS Route53 API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - region
+                          properties:
+                            accessKeyID:
+                              description: |-
+                                The AccessKeyID is used for authentication.
+                                Cannot be set when SecretAccessKeyID is set.
+                                If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env
+                                vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata,
+                                see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials
+                              type: string
+                            accessKeyIDSecretRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                The SecretAccessKey is used for authentication. If set, pull the AWS
+                                access key ID from a key within a Kubernetes Secret.
+                                Cannot be set when AccessKeyID is set.
+                                If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env
+                                vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata,
+                                see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                            hostedZoneID:
+                              description: If set, the provider will manage only this zone in Route53 and will not do an lookup using the route53:ListHostedZonesByName api call.
+                              type: string
+                            region:
+                              description: Always set the region when using AccessKeyID and SecretAccessKey
+                              type: string
+                            role:
+                              description: |-
+                                Role is a Role ARN which the Route53 provider will assume using either the explicit credentials AccessKeyID/SecretAccessKey
+                                or the inferred credentials from environment variables, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata
+                              type: string
+                            secretAccessKeySecretRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                The SecretAccessKey is used for authentication.
+                                If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env
+                                vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata,
+                                see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                        webhook:
+                          description: |-
+                            Configure an external webhook based DNS01 challenge solver to manage
+                            DNS01 challenge records.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - groupName
+                            - solverName
+                          properties:
+                            config:
+                              description: |-
+                                Additional configuration that should be passed to the webhook apiserver
+                                when challenges are processed.
+                                This can contain arbitrary JSON data.
+                                Secret values should not be specified in this stanza.
+                                If secret values are needed (e.g. credentials for a DNS service), you
+                                should use a SecretKeySelector to reference a Secret resource.
+                                For details on the schema of this field, consult the webhook provider
+                                implementation's documentation.
+                              x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true
+                            groupName:
+                              description: |-
+                                The API group name that should be used when POSTing ChallengePayload
+                                resources to the webhook apiserver.
+                                This should be the same as the GroupName specified in the webhook
+                                provider implementation.
+                              type: string
+                            solverName:
+                              description: |-
+                                The name of the solver to use, as defined in the webhook provider
+                                implementation.
+                                This will typically be the name of the provider, e.g. 'cloudflare'.
+                              type: string
+                    http01:
+                      description: |-
+                        Configures cert-manager to attempt to complete authorizations by
+                        performing the HTTP01 challenge flow.
+                        It is not possible to obtain certificates for wildcard domain names
+                        (e.g. `*.example.com`) using the HTTP01 challenge mechanism.
+                      type: object
+                      properties:
+                        gatewayHTTPRoute:
+                          description: |-
+                            The Gateway API is a sig-network community API that models service networking
+                            in Kubernetes (https://gateway-api.sigs.k8s.io/). The Gateway solver will
+                            create HTTPRoutes with the specified labels in the same namespace as the challenge.
+                            This solver is experimental, and fields / behaviour may change in the future.
+                          type: object
+                          properties:
+                            labels:
+                              description: |-
+                                Custom labels that will be applied to HTTPRoutes created by cert-manager
+                                while solving HTTP-01 challenges.
+                              type: object
+                              additionalProperties:
+                                type: string
+                            parentRefs:
+                              description: |-
+                                When solving an HTTP-01 challenge, cert-manager creates an HTTPRoute.
+                                cert-manager needs to know which parentRefs should be used when creating
+                                the HTTPRoute. Usually, the parentRef references a Gateway. See:
+                                https://gateway-api.sigs.k8s.io/api-types/httproute/#attaching-to-gateways
+                              type: array
+                              items:
+                                description: |-
+                                  ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                                  a parent of this resource (usually a route). The only kind of parent resource
+                                  with "Core" support is Gateway. This API may be extended in the future to
+                                  support additional kinds of parent resources, such as HTTPRoute.
+
+                                  The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                                  be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - name
+                                properties:
+                                  group:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Group is the group of the referent.
+                                      When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                                      To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                                      Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    type: string
+                                    default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                  kind:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                                      Support: Core (Gateway)
+
+                                      Support: Implementation-specific (Other Resources)
+                                    type: string
+                                    default: Gateway
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                  name:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    type: string
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                  namespace:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                                      to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                                      Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                                      boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                                      allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                                      Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                                      generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    type: string
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                  port:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                                      differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                                      When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                                      listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                                      select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                                      networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                                      as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                                      and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                                      must match both specified values.
+
+                                      Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                                      Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                                      document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                                      For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                                      long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                                      listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                                      namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                                      from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                                      attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                                      the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                                      Support: Extended
+
+                                      <gateway:experimental>
+                                    type: integer
+                                    format: int32
+                                    maximum: 65535
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                  sectionName:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                                      following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                                      * Gateway: Listener Name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                                      are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                                      both specified values.
+
+                                      Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                                      If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                                      interpreted.
+
+                                      When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                                      For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                                      least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                                      listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                                      namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                                      the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                                      attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                                      Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    type: string
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            serviceType:
+                              description: |-
+                                Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values
+                                are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort.
+                              type: string
+                        ingress:
+                          description: |-
+                            The ingress based HTTP01 challenge solver will solve challenges by
+                            creating or modifying Ingress resources in order to route requests for
+                            '/.well-known/acme-challenge/XYZ' to 'challenge solver' pods that are
+                            provisioned by cert-manager for each Challenge to be completed.
+                          type: object
+                          properties:
+                            class:
+                              description: |-
+                                This field configures the annotation `kubernetes.io/ingress.class` when
+                                creating Ingress resources to solve ACME challenges that use this
+                                challenge solver. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
+                                be specified.
+                              type: string
+                            ingressClassName:
+                              description: |-
+                                This field configures the field `ingressClassName` on the created Ingress
+                                resources used to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver.
+                                This is the recommended way of configuring the ingress class. Only one of
+                                `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified.
+                              type: string
+                            ingressTemplate:
+                              description: |-
+                                Optional ingress template used to configure the ACME challenge solver
+                                ingress used for HTTP01 challenges.
+                              type: object
+                              properties:
+                                metadata:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ObjectMeta overrides for the ingress used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                    Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
+                                    If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
+                                    will override the in-built values.
+                                  type: object
+                                  properties:
+                                    annotations:
+                                      description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
+                                      type: object
+                                      additionalProperties:
+                                        type: string
+                                    labels:
+                                      description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
+                                      type: object
+                                      additionalProperties:
+                                        type: string
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                The name of the ingress resource that should have ACME challenge solving
+                                routes inserted into it in order to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                This is typically used in conjunction with ingress controllers like
+                                ingress-gce, which maintains a 1:1 mapping between external IPs and
+                                ingress resources. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
+                                be specified.
+                              type: string
+                            podTemplate:
+                              description: |-
+                                Optional pod template used to configure the ACME challenge solver pods
+                                used for HTTP01 challenges.
+                              type: object
+                              properties:
+                                metadata:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ObjectMeta overrides for the pod used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                    Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
+                                    If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
+                                    will override the in-built values.
+                                  type: object
+                                  properties:
+                                    annotations:
+                                      description: Annotations that should be added to the create ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                      type: object
+                                      additionalProperties:
+                                        type: string
+                                    labels:
+                                      description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                      type: object
+                                      additionalProperties:
+                                        type: string
+                                spec:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    PodSpec defines overrides for the HTTP01 challenge solver pod.
+                                    Check ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01IngressPodSpec to find out currently supported fields.
+                                    All other fields will be ignored.
+                                  type: object
+                                  properties:
+                                    affinity:
+                                      description: If specified, the pod's scheduling constraints
+                                      type: object
+                                      properties:
+                                        nodeAffinity:
+                                          description: Describes node affinity scheduling rules for the pod.
+                                          type: object
+                                          properties:
+                                            preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                "weight" to the sum if the node matches the corresponding matchExpressions; the
+                                                node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                              type: array
+                                              items:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  An empty preferred scheduling term matches all objects with implicit weight 0
+                                                  (i.e. it's a no-op). A null preferred scheduling term matches no objects (i.e. is also a no-op).
+                                                type: object
+                                                required:
+                                                  - preference
+                                                  - weight
+                                                properties:
+                                                  preference:
+                                                    description: A node selector term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      matchExpressions:
+                                                        description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                            that relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                      matchFields:
+                                                        description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                            that relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                  weight:
+                                                    description: Weight associated with matching the corresponding nodeSelectorTerm, in the range 1-100.
+                                                    type: integer
+                                                    format: int32
+                                            requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to an update), the system
+                                                may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                              type: object
+                                              required:
+                                                - nodeSelectorTerms
+                                              properties:
+                                                nodeSelectorTerms:
+                                                  description: Required. A list of node selector terms. The terms are ORed.
+                                                  type: array
+                                                  items:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      A null or empty node selector term matches no objects. The requirements of
+                                                      them are ANDed.
+                                                      The TopologySelectorTerm type implements a subset of the NodeSelectorTerm.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      matchExpressions:
+                                                        description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                            that relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                      matchFields:
+                                                        description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                            that relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                        podAffinity:
+                                          description: Describes pod affinity scheduling rules (e.g. co-locate this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
+                                          type: object
+                                          properties:
+                                            preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the
+                                                node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                              type: array
+                                              items:
+                                                description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s)
+                                                type: object
+                                                required:
+                                                  - podAffinityTerm
+                                                  - weight
+                                                properties:
+                                                  podAffinityTerm:
+                                                    description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    required:
+                                                      - topologyKey
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      labelSelector:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                          If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        properties:
+                                                          matchExpressions:
+                                                            description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: array
+                                                            items:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                relates the key and values.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              required:
+                                                                - key
+                                                                - operator
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                key:
+                                                                  description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                operator:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                    Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                values:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                    the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                    the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                    merge patch.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                          matchLabels:
+                                                            description: |-
+                                                              matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                              map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                              operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: object
+                                                            additionalProperties:
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                      matchLabelKeys:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                          be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                          to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                          for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                          pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                          Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                          This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                          be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                          to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                          for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                          pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                          Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                          This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      namespaceSelector:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                          The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                          and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                          null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                          An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        properties:
+                                                          matchExpressions:
+                                                            description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: array
+                                                            items:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                relates the key and values.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              required:
+                                                                - key
+                                                                - operator
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                key:
+                                                                  description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                operator:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                    Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                values:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                    the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                    the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                    merge patch.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                          matchLabels:
+                                                            description: |-
+                                                              matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                              map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                              operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: object
+                                                            additionalProperties:
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                      namespaces:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                          The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                          and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                          null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                      topologyKey:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                          the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                          whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                          selected pods is running.
+                                                          Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                        type: string
+                                                  weight:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm,
+                                                      in the range 1-100.
+                                                    type: integer
+                                                    format: int32
+                                            requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the
+                                                system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each
+                                                podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied.
+                                              type: array
+                                              items:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector
+                                                  relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be
+                                                  co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with,
+                                                  where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of
+                                                  the label with key <topologyKey> matches that of any node on which
+                                                  a pod of the set of pods is running
+                                                type: object
+                                                required:
+                                                  - topologyKey
+                                                properties:
+                                                  labelSelector:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                      If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      matchExpressions:
+                                                        description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                            relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                      matchLabels:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                          map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                          operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        additionalProperties:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                  matchLabelKeys:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                      be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                      to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                      for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                      pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                      Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                      This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                      be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                      to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                      for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                      pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                      Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                      This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  namespaceSelector:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                      The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                      and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                      null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                      An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      matchExpressions:
+                                                        description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                            relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                      matchLabels:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                          map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                          operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        additionalProperties:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                  namespaces:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                      The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                      and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                      null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      type: string
+                                                  topologyKey:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                      the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                      whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                      selected pods is running.
+                                                      Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                    type: string
+                                        podAntiAffinity:
+                                          description: Describes pod anti-affinity scheduling rules (e.g. avoid putting this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
+                                          type: object
+                                          properties:
+                                            preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                the anti-affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                request, requiredDuringScheduling anti-affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the
+                                                node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                              type: array
+                                              items:
+                                                description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s)
+                                                type: object
+                                                required:
+                                                  - podAffinityTerm
+                                                  - weight
+                                                properties:
+                                                  podAffinityTerm:
+                                                    description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    required:
+                                                      - topologyKey
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      labelSelector:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                          If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        properties:
+                                                          matchExpressions:
+                                                            description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: array
+                                                            items:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                relates the key and values.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              required:
+                                                                - key
+                                                                - operator
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                key:
+                                                                  description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                operator:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                    Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                values:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                    the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                    the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                    merge patch.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                          matchLabels:
+                                                            description: |-
+                                                              matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                              map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                              operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: object
+                                                            additionalProperties:
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                      matchLabelKeys:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                          be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                          to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                          for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                          pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                          Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                          This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                          be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                          to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                          for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                          pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                          Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                          This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      namespaceSelector:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                          The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                          and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                          null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                          An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        properties:
+                                                          matchExpressions:
+                                                            description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: array
+                                                            items:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                relates the key and values.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              required:
+                                                                - key
+                                                                - operator
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                key:
+                                                                  description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                operator:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                    Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                values:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                    the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                    the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                    merge patch.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                          matchLabels:
+                                                            description: |-
+                                                              matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                              map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                              operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: object
+                                                            additionalProperties:
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                      namespaces:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                          The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                          and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                          null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                      topologyKey:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                          the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                          whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                          selected pods is running.
+                                                          Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                        type: string
+                                                  weight:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm,
+                                                      in the range 1-100.
+                                                    type: integer
+                                                    format: int32
+                                            requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the
+                                                system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each
+                                                podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied.
+                                              type: array
+                                              items:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector
+                                                  relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be
+                                                  co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with,
+                                                  where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of
+                                                  the label with key <topologyKey> matches that of any node on which
+                                                  a pod of the set of pods is running
+                                                type: object
+                                                required:
+                                                  - topologyKey
+                                                properties:
+                                                  labelSelector:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                      If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      matchExpressions:
+                                                        description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                            relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                      matchLabels:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                          map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                          operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        additionalProperties:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                  matchLabelKeys:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                      be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                      to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                      for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                      pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                      Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                      This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                      be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                      to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                      for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                      pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                      Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                      This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  namespaceSelector:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                      The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                      and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                      null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                      An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      matchExpressions:
+                                                        description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                            relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                      matchLabels:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                          map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                          operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        additionalProperties:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                  namespaces:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                      The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                      and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                      null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      type: string
+                                                  topologyKey:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                      the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                      whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                      selected pods is running.
+                                                      Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                    type: string
+                                    imagePullSecrets:
+                                      description: If specified, the pod's imagePullSecrets
+                                      type: array
+                                      items:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the
+                                          referenced object inside the same namespace.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name of the referent.
+                                              More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                            type: string
+                                        x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                    nodeSelector:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        NodeSelector is a selector which must be true for the pod to fit on a node.
+                                        Selector which must match a node's labels for the pod to be scheduled on that node.
+                                        More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/
+                                      type: object
+                                      additionalProperties:
+                                        type: string
+                                    priorityClassName:
+                                      description: If specified, the pod's priorityClassName.
+                                      type: string
+                                    serviceAccountName:
+                                      description: If specified, the pod's service account
+                                      type: string
+                                    tolerations:
+                                      description: If specified, the pod's tolerations.
+                                      type: array
+                                      items:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The pod this Toleration is attached to tolerates any taint that matches
+                                          the triple <key,value,effect> using the matching operator <operator>.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          effect:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Effect indicates the taint effect to match. Empty means match all taint effects.
+                                              When specified, allowed values are NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule and NoExecute.
+                                            type: string
+                                          key:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Key is the taint key that the toleration applies to. Empty means match all taint keys.
+                                              If the key is empty, operator must be Exists; this combination means to match all values and all keys.
+                                            type: string
+                                          operator:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Operator represents a key's relationship to the value.
+                                              Valid operators are Exists and Equal. Defaults to Equal.
+                                              Exists is equivalent to wildcard for value, so that a pod can
+                                              tolerate all taints of a particular category.
+                                            type: string
+                                          tolerationSeconds:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              TolerationSeconds represents the period of time the toleration (which must be
+                                              of effect NoExecute, otherwise this field is ignored) tolerates the taint. By default,
+                                              it is not set, which means tolerate the taint forever (do not evict). Zero and
+                                              negative values will be treated as 0 (evict immediately) by the system.
+                                            type: integer
+                                            format: int64
+                                          value:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Value is the taint value the toleration matches to.
+                                              If the operator is Exists, the value should be empty, otherwise just a regular string.
+                                            type: string
+                            serviceType:
+                              description: |-
+                                Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values
+                                are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort.
+                              type: string
+                    selector:
+                      description: |-
+                        Selector selects a set of DNSNames on the Certificate resource that
+                        should be solved using this challenge solver.
+                        If not specified, the solver will be treated as the 'default' solver
+                        with the lowest priority, i.e. if any other solver has a more specific
+                        match, it will be used instead.
+                      type: object
+                      properties:
+                        dnsNames:
+                          description: |-
+                            List of DNSNames that this solver will be used to solve.
+                            If specified and a match is found, a dnsNames selector will take
+                            precedence over a dnsZones selector.
+                            If multiple solvers match with the same dnsNames value, the solver
+                            with the most matching labels in matchLabels will be selected.
+                            If neither has more matches, the solver defined earlier in the list
+                            will be selected.
+                          type: array
+                          items:
+                            type: string
+                        dnsZones:
+                          description: |-
+                            List of DNSZones that this solver will be used to solve.
+                            The most specific DNS zone match specified here will take precedence
+                            over other DNS zone matches, so a solver specifying sys.example.com
+                            will be selected over one specifying example.com for the domain
+                            www.sys.example.com.
+                            If multiple solvers match with the same dnsZones value, the solver
+                            with the most matching labels in matchLabels will be selected.
+                            If neither has more matches, the solver defined earlier in the list
+                            will be selected.
+                          type: array
+                          items:
+                            type: string
+                        matchLabels:
+                          description: |-
+                            A label selector that is used to refine the set of certificate's that
+                            this challenge solver will apply to.
+                          type: object
+                          additionalProperties:
+                            type: string
+                token:
+                  description: |-
+                    The ACME challenge token for this challenge.
+                    This is the raw value returned from the ACME server.
+                  type: string
+                type:
+                  description: |-
+                    The type of ACME challenge this resource represents.
+                    One of "HTTP-01" or "DNS-01".
+                  type: string
+                  enum:
+                    - HTTP-01
+                    - DNS-01
+                url:
+                  description: |-
+                    The URL of the ACME Challenge resource for this challenge.
+                    This can be used to lookup details about the status of this challenge.
+                  type: string
+                wildcard:
+                  description: |-
+                    wildcard will be true if this challenge is for a wildcard identifier,
+                    for example '*.example.com'.
+                  type: boolean
+            status:
+              type: object
+              properties:
+                presented:
+                  description: |-
+                    presented will be set to true if the challenge values for this challenge
+                    are currently 'presented'.
+                    This *does not* imply the self check is passing. Only that the values
+                    have been 'submitted' for the appropriate challenge mechanism (i.e. the
+                    DNS01 TXT record has been presented, or the HTTP01 configuration has been
+                    configured).
+                  type: boolean
+                processing:
+                  description: |-
+                    Used to denote whether this challenge should be processed or not.
+                    This field will only be set to true by the 'scheduling' component.
+                    It will only be set to false by the 'challenges' controller, after the
+                    challenge has reached a final state or timed out.
+                    If this field is set to false, the challenge controller will not take
+                    any more action.
+                  type: boolean
+                reason:
+                  description: |-
+                    Contains human readable information on why the Challenge is in the
+                    current state.
+                  type: string
+                state:
+                  description: |-
+                    Contains the current 'state' of the challenge.
+                    If not set, the state of the challenge is unknown.
+                  type: string
+                  enum:
+                    - valid
+                    - ready
+                    - pending
+                    - processing
+                    - invalid
+                    - expired
+                    - errored
+      served: true
+      storage: true
+      subresources:
+        status: {}
+---
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  name: clusterissuers.cert-manager.io
+  labels:
+    app: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: "{{ .Release.Name }}"
+    # Generated labels {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+spec:
+  group: cert-manager.io
+  names:
+    kind: ClusterIssuer
+    listKind: ClusterIssuerList
+    plural: clusterissuers
+    singular: clusterissuer
+    categories:
+      - cert-manager
+  scope: Cluster
+  versions:
+    - name: v1
+      subresources:
+        status: {}
+      additionalPrinterColumns:
+        - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].status
+          name: Ready
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].message
+          name: Status
+          priority: 1
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+          description: CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC.
+          name: Age
+          type: date
+      schema:
+        openAPIV3Schema:
+          description: |-
+            A ClusterIssuer represents a certificate issuing authority which can be
+            referenced as part of `issuerRef` fields.
+            It is similar to an Issuer, however it is cluster-scoped and therefore can
+            be referenced by resources that exist in *any* namespace, not just the same
+            namespace as the referent.
+          type: object
+          required:
+            - spec
+          properties:
+            apiVersion:
+              description: |-
+                APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+                Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+                may reject unrecognized values.
+                More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+              type: string
+            kind:
+              description: |-
+                Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+                Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+                Cannot be updated.
+                In CamelCase.
+                More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+              type: string
+            metadata:
+              type: object
+            spec:
+              description: Desired state of the ClusterIssuer resource.
+              type: object
+              properties:
+                acme:
+                  description: |-
+                    ACME configures this issuer to communicate with a RFC8555 (ACME) server
+                    to obtain signed x509 certificates.
+                  type: object
+                  required:
+                    - privateKeySecretRef
+                    - server
+                  properties:
+                    caBundle:
+                      description: |-
+                        Base64-encoded bundle of PEM CAs which can be used to validate the certificate
+                        chain presented by the ACME server.
+                        Mutually exclusive with SkipTLSVerify; prefer using CABundle to prevent various
+                        kinds of security vulnerabilities.
+                        If CABundle and SkipTLSVerify are unset, the system certificate bundle inside
+                        the container is used to validate the TLS connection.
+                      type: string
+                      format: byte
+                    disableAccountKeyGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        Enables or disables generating a new ACME account key.
+                        If true, the Issuer resource will *not* request a new account but will expect
+                        the account key to be supplied via an existing secret.
+                        If false, the cert-manager system will generate a new ACME account key
+                        for the Issuer.
+                        Defaults to false.
+                      type: boolean
+                    email:
+                      description: |-
+                        Email is the email address to be associated with the ACME account.
+                        This field is optional, but it is strongly recommended to be set.
+                        It will be used to contact you in case of issues with your account or
+                        certificates, including expiry notification emails.
+                        This field may be updated after the account is initially registered.
+                      type: string
+                    enableDurationFeature:
+                      description: |-
+                        Enables requesting a Not After date on certificates that matches the
+                        duration of the certificate. This is not supported by all ACME servers
+                        like Let's Encrypt. If set to true when the ACME server does not support
+                        it it will create an error on the Order.
+                        Defaults to false.
+                      type: boolean
+                    externalAccountBinding:
+                      description: |-
+                        ExternalAccountBinding is a reference to a CA external account of the ACME
+                        server.
+                        If set, upon registration cert-manager will attempt to associate the given
+                        external account credentials with the registered ACME account.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - keyID
+                        - keySecretRef
+                      properties:
+                        keyAlgorithm:
+                          description: |-
+                            Deprecated: keyAlgorithm field exists for historical compatibility
+                            reasons and should not be used. The algorithm is now hardcoded to HS256
+                            in golang/x/crypto/acme.
+                          type: string
+                          enum:
+                            - HS256
+                            - HS384
+                            - HS512
+                        keyID:
+                          description: keyID is the ID of the CA key that the External Account is bound to.
+                          type: string
+                        keySecretRef:
+                          description: |-
+                            keySecretRef is a Secret Key Selector referencing a data item in a Kubernetes
+                            Secret which holds the symmetric MAC key of the External Account Binding.
+                            The `key` is the index string that is paired with the key data in the
+                            Secret and should not be confused with the key data itself, or indeed with
+                            the External Account Binding keyID above.
+                            The secret key stored in the Secret **must** be un-padded, base64 URL
+                            encoded data.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - name
+                          properties:
+                            key:
+                              description: |-
+                                The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                required.
+                              type: string
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                              type: string
+                    preferredChain:
+                      description: |-
+                        PreferredChain is the chain to use if the ACME server outputs multiple.
+                        PreferredChain is no guarantee that this one gets delivered by the ACME
+                        endpoint.
+                        For example, for Let's Encrypt's DST crosssign you would use:
+                        "DST Root CA X3" or "ISRG Root X1" for the newer Let's Encrypt root CA.
+                        This value picks the first certificate bundle in the ACME alternative
+                        chains that has a certificate with this value as its issuer's CN
+                      type: string
+                      maxLength: 64
+                    privateKeySecretRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        PrivateKey is the name of a Kubernetes Secret resource that will be used to
+                        store the automatically generated ACME account private key.
+                        Optionally, a `key` may be specified to select a specific entry within
+                        the named Secret resource.
+                        If `key` is not specified, a default of `tls.key` will be used.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - name
+                      properties:
+                        key:
+                          description: |-
+                            The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                            Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                            required.
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name of the resource being referred to.
+                            More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                          type: string
+                    server:
+                      description: |-
+                        Server is the URL used to access the ACME server's 'directory' endpoint.
+                        For example, for Let's Encrypt's staging endpoint, you would use:
+                        "https://acme-staging-v02.api.letsencrypt.org/directory".
+                        Only ACME v2 endpoints (i.e. RFC 8555) are supported.
+                      type: string
+                    skipTLSVerify:
+                      description: |-
+                        INSECURE: Enables or disables validation of the ACME server TLS certificate.
+                        If true, requests to the ACME server will not have the TLS certificate chain
+                        validated.
+                        Mutually exclusive with CABundle; prefer using CABundle to prevent various
+                        kinds of security vulnerabilities.
+                        Only enable this option in development environments.
+                        If CABundle and SkipTLSVerify are unset, the system certificate bundle inside
+                        the container is used to validate the TLS connection.
+                        Defaults to false.
+                      type: boolean
+                    solvers:
+                      description: |-
+                        Solvers is a list of challenge solvers that will be used to solve
+                        ACME challenges for the matching domains.
+                        Solver configurations must be provided in order to obtain certificates
+                        from an ACME server.
+                        For more information, see: https://cert-manager.io/docs/configuration/acme/
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          An ACMEChallengeSolver describes how to solve ACME challenges for the issuer it is part of.
+                          A selector may be provided to use different solving strategies for different DNS names.
+                          Only one of HTTP01 or DNS01 must be provided.
+                        type: object
+                        properties:
+                          dns01:
+                            description: |-
+                              Configures cert-manager to attempt to complete authorizations by
+                              performing the DNS01 challenge flow.
+                            type: object
+                            properties:
+                              acmeDNS:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Use the 'ACME DNS' (https://github.com/joohoi/acme-dns) API to manage
+                                  DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - accountSecretRef
+                                  - host
+                                properties:
+                                  accountSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                      In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  host:
+                                    type: string
+                              akamai:
+                                description: Use the Akamai DNS zone management API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - accessTokenSecretRef
+                                  - clientSecretSecretRef
+                                  - clientTokenSecretRef
+                                  - serviceConsumerDomain
+                                properties:
+                                  accessTokenSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                      In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  clientSecretSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                      In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  clientTokenSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                      In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  serviceConsumerDomain:
+                                    type: string
+                              azureDNS:
+                                description: Use the Microsoft Azure DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - resourceGroupName
+                                  - subscriptionID
+                                properties:
+                                  clientID:
+                                    description: if both this and ClientSecret are left unset MSI will be used
+                                    type: string
+                                  clientSecretSecretRef:
+                                    description: if both this and ClientID are left unset MSI will be used
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  environment:
+                                    description: name of the Azure environment (default AzurePublicCloud)
+                                    type: string
+                                    enum:
+                                      - AzurePublicCloud
+                                      - AzureChinaCloud
+                                      - AzureGermanCloud
+                                      - AzureUSGovernmentCloud
+                                  hostedZoneName:
+                                    description: name of the DNS zone that should be used
+                                    type: string
+                                  managedIdentity:
+                                    description: managed identity configuration, can not be used at the same time as clientID, clientSecretSecretRef or tenantID
+                                    type: object
+                                    properties:
+                                      clientID:
+                                        description: client ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as resourceID
+                                        type: string
+                                      resourceID:
+                                        description: resource ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as clientID
+                                        type: string
+                                  resourceGroupName:
+                                    description: resource group the DNS zone is located in
+                                    type: string
+                                  subscriptionID:
+                                    description: ID of the Azure subscription
+                                    type: string
+                                  tenantID:
+                                    description: when specifying ClientID and ClientSecret then this field is also needed
+                                    type: string
+                              cloudDNS:
+                                description: Use the Google Cloud DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - project
+                                properties:
+                                  hostedZoneName:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      HostedZoneName is an optional field that tells cert-manager in which
+                                      Cloud DNS zone the challenge record has to be created.
+                                      If left empty cert-manager will automatically choose a zone.
+                                    type: string
+                                  project:
+                                    type: string
+                                  serviceAccountSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                      In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                              cloudflare:
+                                description: Use the Cloudflare API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                properties:
+                                  apiKeySecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      API key to use to authenticate with Cloudflare.
+                                      Note: using an API token to authenticate is now the recommended method
+                                      as it allows greater control of permissions.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  apiTokenSecretRef:
+                                    description: API token used to authenticate with Cloudflare.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  email:
+                                    description: Email of the account, only required when using API key based authentication.
+                                    type: string
+                              cnameStrategy:
+                                description: |-
+                                  CNAMEStrategy configures how the DNS01 provider should handle CNAME
+                                  records when found in DNS zones.
+                                type: string
+                                enum:
+                                  - None
+                                  - Follow
+                              digitalocean:
+                                description: Use the DigitalOcean DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - tokenSecretRef
+                                properties:
+                                  tokenSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                      In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                              rfc2136:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Use RFC2136 ("Dynamic Updates in the Domain Name System") (https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc2136/)
+                                  to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - nameserver
+                                properties:
+                                  nameserver:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The IP address or hostname of an authoritative DNS server supporting
+                                      RFC2136 in the form host:port. If the host is an IPv6 address it must be
+                                      enclosed in square brackets (e.g [2001:db8::1]) ; port is optional.
+                                      This field is required.
+                                    type: string
+                                  tsigAlgorithm:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The TSIG Algorithm configured in the DNS supporting RFC2136. Used only
+                                      when ``tsigSecretSecretRef`` and ``tsigKeyName`` are defined.
+                                      Supported values are (case-insensitive): ``HMACMD5`` (default),
+                                      ``HMACSHA1``, ``HMACSHA256`` or ``HMACSHA512``.
+                                    type: string
+                                  tsigKeyName:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The TSIG Key name configured in the DNS.
+                                      If ``tsigSecretSecretRef`` is defined, this field is required.
+                                    type: string
+                                  tsigSecretSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The name of the secret containing the TSIG value.
+                                      If ``tsigKeyName`` is defined, this field is required.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                              route53:
+                                description: Use the AWS Route53 API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - region
+                                properties:
+                                  accessKeyID:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The AccessKeyID is used for authentication.
+                                      Cannot be set when SecretAccessKeyID is set.
+                                      If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env
+                                      vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata,
+                                      see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials
+                                    type: string
+                                  accessKeyIDSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The SecretAccessKey is used for authentication. If set, pull the AWS
+                                      access key ID from a key within a Kubernetes Secret.
+                                      Cannot be set when AccessKeyID is set.
+                                      If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env
+                                      vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata,
+                                      see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  hostedZoneID:
+                                    description: If set, the provider will manage only this zone in Route53 and will not do an lookup using the route53:ListHostedZonesByName api call.
+                                    type: string
+                                  region:
+                                    description: Always set the region when using AccessKeyID and SecretAccessKey
+                                    type: string
+                                  role:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Role is a Role ARN which the Route53 provider will assume using either the explicit credentials AccessKeyID/SecretAccessKey
+                                      or the inferred credentials from environment variables, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata
+                                    type: string
+                                  secretAccessKeySecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The SecretAccessKey is used for authentication.
+                                      If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env
+                                      vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata,
+                                      see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                              webhook:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Configure an external webhook based DNS01 challenge solver to manage
+                                  DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - groupName
+                                  - solverName
+                                properties:
+                                  config:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Additional configuration that should be passed to the webhook apiserver
+                                      when challenges are processed.
+                                      This can contain arbitrary JSON data.
+                                      Secret values should not be specified in this stanza.
+                                      If secret values are needed (e.g. credentials for a DNS service), you
+                                      should use a SecretKeySelector to reference a Secret resource.
+                                      For details on the schema of this field, consult the webhook provider
+                                      implementation's documentation.
+                                    x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true
+                                  groupName:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The API group name that should be used when POSTing ChallengePayload
+                                      resources to the webhook apiserver.
+                                      This should be the same as the GroupName specified in the webhook
+                                      provider implementation.
+                                    type: string
+                                  solverName:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The name of the solver to use, as defined in the webhook provider
+                                      implementation.
+                                      This will typically be the name of the provider, e.g. 'cloudflare'.
+                                    type: string
+                          http01:
+                            description: |-
+                              Configures cert-manager to attempt to complete authorizations by
+                              performing the HTTP01 challenge flow.
+                              It is not possible to obtain certificates for wildcard domain names
+                              (e.g. `*.example.com`) using the HTTP01 challenge mechanism.
+                            type: object
+                            properties:
+                              gatewayHTTPRoute:
+                                description: |-
+                                  The Gateway API is a sig-network community API that models service networking
+                                  in Kubernetes (https://gateway-api.sigs.k8s.io/). The Gateway solver will
+                                  create HTTPRoutes with the specified labels in the same namespace as the challenge.
+                                  This solver is experimental, and fields / behaviour may change in the future.
+                                type: object
+                                properties:
+                                  labels:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Custom labels that will be applied to HTTPRoutes created by cert-manager
+                                      while solving HTTP-01 challenges.
+                                    type: object
+                                    additionalProperties:
+                                      type: string
+                                  parentRefs:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      When solving an HTTP-01 challenge, cert-manager creates an HTTPRoute.
+                                      cert-manager needs to know which parentRefs should be used when creating
+                                      the HTTPRoute. Usually, the parentRef references a Gateway. See:
+                                      https://gateway-api.sigs.k8s.io/api-types/httproute/#attaching-to-gateways
+                                    type: array
+                                    items:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                                        a parent of this resource (usually a route). The only kind of parent resource
+                                        with "Core" support is Gateway. This API may be extended in the future to
+                                        support additional kinds of parent resources, such as HTTPRoute.
+
+                                        The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                                        be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                                      type: object
+                                      required:
+                                        - name
+                                      properties:
+                                        group:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          type: string
+                                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                        kind:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                                            Support: Core (Gateway)
+
+                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Other Resources)
+                                          type: string
+                                          default: Gateway
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                        name:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          type: string
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                        namespace:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          type: string
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                        port:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                                            must match both specified values.
+
+                                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                                            Support: Extended
+
+                                            <gateway:experimental>
+                                          type: integer
+                                          format: int32
+                                          maximum: 65535
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                        sectionName:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                                            * Gateway: Listener Name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                                            both specified values.
+
+                                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                                            interpreted.
+
+                                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          type: string
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                  serviceType:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values
+                                      are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort.
+                                    type: string
+                              ingress:
+                                description: |-
+                                  The ingress based HTTP01 challenge solver will solve challenges by
+                                  creating or modifying Ingress resources in order to route requests for
+                                  '/.well-known/acme-challenge/XYZ' to 'challenge solver' pods that are
+                                  provisioned by cert-manager for each Challenge to be completed.
+                                type: object
+                                properties:
+                                  class:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      This field configures the annotation `kubernetes.io/ingress.class` when
+                                      creating Ingress resources to solve ACME challenges that use this
+                                      challenge solver. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
+                                      be specified.
+                                    type: string
+                                  ingressClassName:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      This field configures the field `ingressClassName` on the created Ingress
+                                      resources used to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver.
+                                      This is the recommended way of configuring the ingress class. Only one of
+                                      `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified.
+                                    type: string
+                                  ingressTemplate:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Optional ingress template used to configure the ACME challenge solver
+                                      ingress used for HTTP01 challenges.
+                                    type: object
+                                    properties:
+                                      metadata:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          ObjectMeta overrides for the ingress used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                          Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
+                                          If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
+                                          will override the in-built values.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          annotations:
+                                            description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                          labels:
+                                            description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The name of the ingress resource that should have ACME challenge solving
+                                      routes inserted into it in order to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                      This is typically used in conjunction with ingress controllers like
+                                      ingress-gce, which maintains a 1:1 mapping between external IPs and
+                                      ingress resources. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
+                                      be specified.
+                                    type: string
+                                  podTemplate:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Optional pod template used to configure the ACME challenge solver pods
+                                      used for HTTP01 challenges.
+                                    type: object
+                                    properties:
+                                      metadata:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          ObjectMeta overrides for the pod used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                          Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
+                                          If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
+                                          will override the in-built values.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          annotations:
+                                            description: Annotations that should be added to the create ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                          labels:
+                                            description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                      spec:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          PodSpec defines overrides for the HTTP01 challenge solver pod.
+                                          Check ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01IngressPodSpec to find out currently supported fields.
+                                          All other fields will be ignored.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          affinity:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's scheduling constraints
+                                            type: object
+                                            properties:
+                                              nodeAffinity:
+                                                description: Describes node affinity scheduling rules for the pod.
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                      the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                      a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                      most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                      for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                      request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                      compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                      "weight" to the sum if the node matches the corresponding matchExpressions; the
+                                                      node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: |-
+                                                        An empty preferred scheduling term matches all objects with implicit weight 0
+                                                        (i.e. it's a no-op). A null preferred scheduling term matches no objects (i.e. is also a no-op).
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - preference
+                                                        - weight
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        preference:
+                                                          description: A node selector term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                            matchFields:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        weight:
+                                                          description: Weight associated with matching the corresponding nodeSelectorTerm, in the range 1-100.
+                                                          type: integer
+                                                          format: int32
+                                                  requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                      scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                      at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to an update), the system
+                                                      may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    required:
+                                                      - nodeSelectorTerms
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      nodeSelectorTerms:
+                                                        description: Required. A list of node selector terms. The terms are ORed.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A null or empty node selector term matches no objects. The requirements of
+                                                            them are ANDed.
+                                                            The TopologySelectorTerm type implements a subset of the NodeSelectorTerm.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                            matchFields:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                              podAffinity:
+                                                description: Describes pod affinity scheduling rules (e.g. co-locate this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                      the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                      a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                      most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                      for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                      request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                      compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                      "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the
+                                                      node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s)
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - podAffinityTerm
+                                                        - weight
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        podAffinityTerm:
+                                                          description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - topologyKey
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            labelSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                                If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                                Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                                Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaceSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                                and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                                null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                                An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaces:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                                and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                                null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                            topologyKey:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                                the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                                whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                                selected pods is running.
+                                                                Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        weight:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm,
+                                                            in the range 1-100.
+                                                          type: integer
+                                                          format: int32
+                                                  requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                      scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                      at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the
+                                                      system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                      When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each
+                                                      podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: |-
+                                                        Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector
+                                                        relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be
+                                                        co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with,
+                                                        where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of
+                                                        the label with key <topologyKey> matches that of any node on which
+                                                        a pod of the set of pods is running
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - topologyKey
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        labelSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                            If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        matchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                            Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                            Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaceSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                            and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                            null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                            An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaces:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                            and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                            null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                        topologyKey:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                            the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                            whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                            selected pods is running.
+                                                            Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                          type: string
+                                              podAntiAffinity:
+                                                description: Describes pod anti-affinity scheduling rules (e.g. avoid putting this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                      the anti-affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                      a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                      most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                      for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                      request, requiredDuringScheduling anti-affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                      compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                      "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the
+                                                      node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s)
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - podAffinityTerm
+                                                        - weight
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        podAffinityTerm:
+                                                          description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - topologyKey
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            labelSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                                If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                                Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                                Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaceSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                                and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                                null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                                An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaces:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                                and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                                null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                            topologyKey:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                                the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                                whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                                selected pods is running.
+                                                                Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        weight:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm,
+                                                            in the range 1-100.
+                                                          type: integer
+                                                          format: int32
+                                                  requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                      scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                      If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                      at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the
+                                                      system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                      When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each
+                                                      podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: |-
+                                                        Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector
+                                                        relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be
+                                                        co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with,
+                                                        where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of
+                                                        the label with key <topologyKey> matches that of any node on which
+                                                        a pod of the set of pods is running
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - topologyKey
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        labelSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                            If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        matchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                            Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                            Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaceSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                            and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                            null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                            An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaces:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                            and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                            null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                        topologyKey:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                            the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                            whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                            selected pods is running.
+                                                            Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                          type: string
+                                          imagePullSecrets:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's imagePullSecrets
+                                            type: array
+                                            items:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the
+                                                referenced object inside the same namespace.
+                                              type: object
+                                              properties:
+                                                name:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Name of the referent.
+                                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                                  type: string
+                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                          nodeSelector:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              NodeSelector is a selector which must be true for the pod to fit on a node.
+                                              Selector which must match a node's labels for the pod to be scheduled on that node.
+                                              More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                          priorityClassName:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's priorityClassName.
+                                            type: string
+                                          serviceAccountName:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's service account
+                                            type: string
+                                          tolerations:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's tolerations.
+                                            type: array
+                                            items:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                The pod this Toleration is attached to tolerates any taint that matches
+                                                the triple <key,value,effect> using the matching operator <operator>.
+                                              type: object
+                                              properties:
+                                                effect:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Effect indicates the taint effect to match. Empty means match all taint effects.
+                                                    When specified, allowed values are NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule and NoExecute.
+                                                  type: string
+                                                key:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Key is the taint key that the toleration applies to. Empty means match all taint keys.
+                                                    If the key is empty, operator must be Exists; this combination means to match all values and all keys.
+                                                  type: string
+                                                operator:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Operator represents a key's relationship to the value.
+                                                    Valid operators are Exists and Equal. Defaults to Equal.
+                                                    Exists is equivalent to wildcard for value, so that a pod can
+                                                    tolerate all taints of a particular category.
+                                                  type: string
+                                                tolerationSeconds:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    TolerationSeconds represents the period of time the toleration (which must be
+                                                    of effect NoExecute, otherwise this field is ignored) tolerates the taint. By default,
+                                                    it is not set, which means tolerate the taint forever (do not evict). Zero and
+                                                    negative values will be treated as 0 (evict immediately) by the system.
+                                                  type: integer
+                                                  format: int64
+                                                value:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Value is the taint value the toleration matches to.
+                                                    If the operator is Exists, the value should be empty, otherwise just a regular string.
+                                                  type: string
+                                  serviceType:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values
+                                      are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort.
+                                    type: string
+                          selector:
+                            description: |-
+                              Selector selects a set of DNSNames on the Certificate resource that
+                              should be solved using this challenge solver.
+                              If not specified, the solver will be treated as the 'default' solver
+                              with the lowest priority, i.e. if any other solver has a more specific
+                              match, it will be used instead.
+                            type: object
+                            properties:
+                              dnsNames:
+                                description: |-
+                                  List of DNSNames that this solver will be used to solve.
+                                  If specified and a match is found, a dnsNames selector will take
+                                  precedence over a dnsZones selector.
+                                  If multiple solvers match with the same dnsNames value, the solver
+                                  with the most matching labels in matchLabels will be selected.
+                                  If neither has more matches, the solver defined earlier in the list
+                                  will be selected.
+                                type: array
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                              dnsZones:
+                                description: |-
+                                  List of DNSZones that this solver will be used to solve.
+                                  The most specific DNS zone match specified here will take precedence
+                                  over other DNS zone matches, so a solver specifying sys.example.com
+                                  will be selected over one specifying example.com for the domain
+                                  www.sys.example.com.
+                                  If multiple solvers match with the same dnsZones value, the solver
+                                  with the most matching labels in matchLabels will be selected.
+                                  If neither has more matches, the solver defined earlier in the list
+                                  will be selected.
+                                type: array
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                              matchLabels:
+                                description: |-
+                                  A label selector that is used to refine the set of certificate's that
+                                  this challenge solver will apply to.
+                                type: object
+                                additionalProperties:
+                                  type: string
+                ca:
+                  description: |-
+                    CA configures this issuer to sign certificates using a signing CA keypair
+                    stored in a Secret resource.
+                    This is used to build internal PKIs that are managed by cert-manager.
+                  type: object
+                  required:
+                    - secretName
+                  properties:
+                    crlDistributionPoints:
+                      description: |-
+                        The CRL distribution points is an X.509 v3 certificate extension which identifies
+                        the location of the CRL from which the revocation of this certificate can be checked.
+                        If not set, certificates will be issued without distribution points set.
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
+                    ocspServers:
+                      description: |-
+                        The OCSP server list is an X.509 v3 extension that defines a list of
+                        URLs of OCSP responders. The OCSP responders can be queried for the
+                        revocation status of an issued certificate. If not set, the
+                        certificate will be issued with no OCSP servers set. For example, an
+                        OCSP server URL could be "http://ocsp.int-x3.letsencrypt.org".
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
+                    secretName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SecretName is the name of the secret used to sign Certificates issued
+                        by this Issuer.
+                      type: string
+                selfSigned:
+                  description: |-
+                    SelfSigned configures this issuer to 'self sign' certificates using the
+                    private key used to create the CertificateRequest object.
+                  type: object
+                  properties:
+                    crlDistributionPoints:
+                      description: |-
+                        The CRL distribution points is an X.509 v3 certificate extension which identifies
+                        the location of the CRL from which the revocation of this certificate can be checked.
+                        If not set certificate will be issued without CDP. Values are strings.
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
+                vault:
+                  description: |-
+                    Vault configures this issuer to sign certificates using a HashiCorp Vault
+                    PKI backend.
+                  type: object
+                  required:
+                    - auth
+                    - path
+                    - server
+                  properties:
+                    auth:
+                      description: Auth configures how cert-manager authenticates with the Vault server.
+                      type: object
+                      properties:
+                        appRole:
+                          description: |-
+                            AppRole authenticates with Vault using the App Role auth mechanism,
+                            with the role and secret stored in a Kubernetes Secret resource.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - path
+                            - roleId
+                            - secretRef
+                          properties:
+                            path:
+                              description: |-
+                                Path where the App Role authentication backend is mounted in Vault, e.g:
+                                "approle"
+                              type: string
+                            roleId:
+                              description: |-
+                                RoleID configured in the App Role authentication backend when setting
+                                up the authentication backend in Vault.
+                              type: string
+                            secretRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                Reference to a key in a Secret that contains the App Role secret used
+                                to authenticate with Vault.
+                                The `key` field must be specified and denotes which entry within the Secret
+                                resource is used as the app role secret.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                        kubernetes:
+                          description: |-
+                            Kubernetes authenticates with Vault by passing the ServiceAccount
+                            token stored in the named Secret resource to the Vault server.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - role
+                          properties:
+                            mountPath:
+                              description: |-
+                                The Vault mountPath here is the mount path to use when authenticating with
+                                Vault. For example, setting a value to `/v1/auth/foo`, will use the path
+                                `/v1/auth/foo/login` to authenticate with Vault. If unspecified, the
+                                default value "/v1/auth/kubernetes" will be used.
+                              type: string
+                            role:
+                              description: |-
+                                A required field containing the Vault Role to assume. A Role binds a
+                                Kubernetes ServiceAccount with a set of Vault policies.
+                              type: string
+                            secretRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                The required Secret field containing a Kubernetes ServiceAccount JWT used
+                                for authenticating with Vault. Use of 'ambient credentials' is not
+                                supported.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                            serviceAccountRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                A reference to a service account that will be used to request a bound
+                                token (also known as "projected token"). Compared to using "secretRef",
+                                using this field means that you don't rely on statically bound tokens. To
+                                use this field, you must configure an RBAC rule to let cert-manager
+                                request a token.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: Name of the ServiceAccount used to request a token.
+                                  type: string
+                        tokenSecretRef:
+                          description: TokenSecretRef authenticates with Vault by presenting a token.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - name
+                          properties:
+                            key:
+                              description: |-
+                                The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                required.
+                              type: string
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                              type: string
+                    caBundle:
+                      description: |-
+                        Base64-encoded bundle of PEM CAs which will be used to validate the certificate
+                        chain presented by Vault. Only used if using HTTPS to connect to Vault and
+                        ignored for HTTP connections.
+                        Mutually exclusive with CABundleSecretRef.
+                        If neither CABundle nor CABundleSecretRef are defined, the certificate bundle in
+                        the cert-manager controller container is used to validate the TLS connection.
+                      type: string
+                      format: byte
+                    caBundleSecretRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        Reference to a Secret containing a bundle of PEM-encoded CAs to use when
+                        verifying the certificate chain presented by Vault when using HTTPS.
+                        Mutually exclusive with CABundle.
+                        If neither CABundle nor CABundleSecretRef are defined, the certificate bundle in
+                        the cert-manager controller container is used to validate the TLS connection.
+                        If no key for the Secret is specified, cert-manager will default to 'ca.crt'.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - name
+                      properties:
+                        key:
+                          description: |-
+                            The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                            Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                            required.
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name of the resource being referred to.
+                            More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                          type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name of the vault namespace. Namespaces is a set of features within Vault Enterprise that allows Vault environments to support Secure Multi-tenancy. e.g: "ns1"
+                        More about namespaces can be found here https://www.vaultproject.io/docs/enterprise/namespaces
+                      type: string
+                    path:
+                      description: |-
+                        Path is the mount path of the Vault PKI backend's `sign` endpoint, e.g:
+                        "my_pki_mount/sign/my-role-name".
+                      type: string
+                    server:
+                      description: 'Server is the connection address for the Vault server, e.g: "https://vault.example.com:8200".'
+                      type: string
+                venafi:
+                  description: |-
+                    Venafi configures this issuer to sign certificates using a Venafi TPP
+                    or Venafi Cloud policy zone.
+                  type: object
+                  required:
+                    - zone
+                  properties:
+                    cloud:
+                      description: |-
+                        Cloud specifies the Venafi cloud configuration settings.
+                        Only one of TPP or Cloud may be specified.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - apiTokenSecretRef
+                      properties:
+                        apiTokenSecretRef:
+                          description: APITokenSecretRef is a secret key selector for the Venafi Cloud API token.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - name
+                          properties:
+                            key:
+                              description: |-
+                                The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                required.
+                              type: string
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                              type: string
+                        url:
+                          description: |-
+                            URL is the base URL for Venafi Cloud.
+                            Defaults to "https://api.venafi.cloud/v1".
+                          type: string
+                    tpp:
+                      description: |-
+                        TPP specifies Trust Protection Platform configuration settings.
+                        Only one of TPP or Cloud may be specified.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - credentialsRef
+                        - url
+                      properties:
+                        caBundle:
+                          description: |-
+                            Base64-encoded bundle of PEM CAs which will be used to validate the certificate
+                            chain presented by the TPP server. Only used if using HTTPS; ignored for HTTP.
+                            If undefined, the certificate bundle in the cert-manager controller container
+                            is used to validate the chain.
+                          type: string
+                          format: byte
+                        credentialsRef:
+                          description: |-
+                            CredentialsRef is a reference to a Secret containing the username and
+                            password for the TPP server.
+                            The secret must contain two keys, 'username' and 'password'.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - name
+                          properties:
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                              type: string
+                        url:
+                          description: |-
+                            URL is the base URL for the vedsdk endpoint of the Venafi TPP instance,
+                            for example: "https://tpp.example.com/vedsdk".
+                          type: string
+                    zone:
+                      description: |-
+                        Zone is the Venafi Policy Zone to use for this issuer.
+                        All requests made to the Venafi platform will be restricted by the named
+                        zone policy.
+                        This field is required.
+                      type: string
+            status:
+              description: Status of the ClusterIssuer. This is set and managed automatically.
+              type: object
+              properties:
+                acme:
+                  description: |-
+                    ACME specific status options.
+                    This field should only be set if the Issuer is configured to use an ACME
+                    server to issue certificates.
+                  type: object
+                  properties:
+                    lastPrivateKeyHash:
+                      description: |-
+                        LastPrivateKeyHash is a hash of the private key associated with the latest
+                        registered ACME account, in order to track changes made to registered account
+                        associated with the Issuer
+                      type: string
+                    lastRegisteredEmail:
+                      description: |-
+                        LastRegisteredEmail is the email associated with the latest registered
+                        ACME account, in order to track changes made to registered account
+                        associated with the  Issuer
+                      type: string
+                    uri:
+                      description: |-
+                        URI is the unique account identifier, which can also be used to retrieve
+                        account details from the CA
+                      type: string
+                conditions:
+                  description: |-
+                    List of status conditions to indicate the status of a CertificateRequest.
+                    Known condition types are `Ready`.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    description: IssuerCondition contains condition information for an Issuer.
+                    type: object
+                    required:
+                      - status
+                      - type
+                    properties:
+                      lastTransitionTime:
+                        description: |-
+                          LastTransitionTime is the timestamp corresponding to the last status
+                          change of this condition.
+                        type: string
+                        format: date-time
+                      message:
+                        description: |-
+                          Message is a human readable description of the details of the last
+                          transition, complementing reason.
+                        type: string
+                      observedGeneration:
+                        description: |-
+                          If set, this represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was
+                          set based upon.
+                          For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the
+                          .status.condition[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                          with respect to the current state of the Issuer.
+                        type: integer
+                        format: int64
+                      reason:
+                        description: |-
+                          Reason is a brief machine readable explanation for the condition's last
+                          transition.
+                        type: string
+                      status:
+                        description: Status of the condition, one of (`True`, `False`, `Unknown`).
+                        type: string
+                        enum:
+                          - "True"
+                          - "False"
+                          - Unknown
+                      type:
+                        description: Type of the condition, known values are (`Ready`).
+                        type: string
+                  x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                    - type
+                  x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+      served: true
+      storage: true
+---
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  name: issuers.cert-manager.io
+  labels:
+    app: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: "{{ .Release.Name }}"
+    # Generated labels {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+spec:
+  group: cert-manager.io
+  names:
+    kind: Issuer
+    listKind: IssuerList
+    plural: issuers
+    singular: issuer
+    categories:
+      - cert-manager
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+    - name: v1
+      subresources:
+        status: {}
+      additionalPrinterColumns:
+        - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].status
+          name: Ready
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].message
+          name: Status
+          priority: 1
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+          description: CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC.
+          name: Age
+          type: date
+      schema:
+        openAPIV3Schema:
+          description: |-
+            An Issuer represents a certificate issuing authority which can be
+            referenced as part of `issuerRef` fields.
+            It is scoped to a single namespace and can therefore only be referenced by
+            resources within the same namespace.
+          type: object
+          required:
+            - spec
+          properties:
+            apiVersion:
+              description: |-
+                APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+                Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+                may reject unrecognized values.
+                More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+              type: string
+            kind:
+              description: |-
+                Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+                Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+                Cannot be updated.
+                In CamelCase.
+                More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+              type: string
+            metadata:
+              type: object
+            spec:
+              description: Desired state of the Issuer resource.
+              type: object
+              properties:
+                acme:
+                  description: |-
+                    ACME configures this issuer to communicate with a RFC8555 (ACME) server
+                    to obtain signed x509 certificates.
+                  type: object
+                  required:
+                    - privateKeySecretRef
+                    - server
+                  properties:
+                    caBundle:
+                      description: |-
+                        Base64-encoded bundle of PEM CAs which can be used to validate the certificate
+                        chain presented by the ACME server.
+                        Mutually exclusive with SkipTLSVerify; prefer using CABundle to prevent various
+                        kinds of security vulnerabilities.
+                        If CABundle and SkipTLSVerify are unset, the system certificate bundle inside
+                        the container is used to validate the TLS connection.
+                      type: string
+                      format: byte
+                    disableAccountKeyGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        Enables or disables generating a new ACME account key.
+                        If true, the Issuer resource will *not* request a new account but will expect
+                        the account key to be supplied via an existing secret.
+                        If false, the cert-manager system will generate a new ACME account key
+                        for the Issuer.
+                        Defaults to false.
+                      type: boolean
+                    email:
+                      description: |-
+                        Email is the email address to be associated with the ACME account.
+                        This field is optional, but it is strongly recommended to be set.
+                        It will be used to contact you in case of issues with your account or
+                        certificates, including expiry notification emails.
+                        This field may be updated after the account is initially registered.
+                      type: string
+                    enableDurationFeature:
+                      description: |-
+                        Enables requesting a Not After date on certificates that matches the
+                        duration of the certificate. This is not supported by all ACME servers
+                        like Let's Encrypt. If set to true when the ACME server does not support
+                        it it will create an error on the Order.
+                        Defaults to false.
+                      type: boolean
+                    externalAccountBinding:
+                      description: |-
+                        ExternalAccountBinding is a reference to a CA external account of the ACME
+                        server.
+                        If set, upon registration cert-manager will attempt to associate the given
+                        external account credentials with the registered ACME account.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - keyID
+                        - keySecretRef
+                      properties:
+                        keyAlgorithm:
+                          description: |-
+                            Deprecated: keyAlgorithm field exists for historical compatibility
+                            reasons and should not be used. The algorithm is now hardcoded to HS256
+                            in golang/x/crypto/acme.
+                          type: string
+                          enum:
+                            - HS256
+                            - HS384
+                            - HS512
+                        keyID:
+                          description: keyID is the ID of the CA key that the External Account is bound to.
+                          type: string
+                        keySecretRef:
+                          description: |-
+                            keySecretRef is a Secret Key Selector referencing a data item in a Kubernetes
+                            Secret which holds the symmetric MAC key of the External Account Binding.
+                            The `key` is the index string that is paired with the key data in the
+                            Secret and should not be confused with the key data itself, or indeed with
+                            the External Account Binding keyID above.
+                            The secret key stored in the Secret **must** be un-padded, base64 URL
+                            encoded data.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - name
+                          properties:
+                            key:
+                              description: |-
+                                The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                required.
+                              type: string
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                              type: string
+                    preferredChain:
+                      description: |-
+                        PreferredChain is the chain to use if the ACME server outputs multiple.
+                        PreferredChain is no guarantee that this one gets delivered by the ACME
+                        endpoint.
+                        For example, for Let's Encrypt's DST crosssign you would use:
+                        "DST Root CA X3" or "ISRG Root X1" for the newer Let's Encrypt root CA.
+                        This value picks the first certificate bundle in the ACME alternative
+                        chains that has a certificate with this value as its issuer's CN
+                      type: string
+                      maxLength: 64
+                    privateKeySecretRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        PrivateKey is the name of a Kubernetes Secret resource that will be used to
+                        store the automatically generated ACME account private key.
+                        Optionally, a `key` may be specified to select a specific entry within
+                        the named Secret resource.
+                        If `key` is not specified, a default of `tls.key` will be used.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - name
+                      properties:
+                        key:
+                          description: |-
+                            The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                            Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                            required.
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name of the resource being referred to.
+                            More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                          type: string
+                    server:
+                      description: |-
+                        Server is the URL used to access the ACME server's 'directory' endpoint.
+                        For example, for Let's Encrypt's staging endpoint, you would use:
+                        "https://acme-staging-v02.api.letsencrypt.org/directory".
+                        Only ACME v2 endpoints (i.e. RFC 8555) are supported.
+                      type: string
+                    skipTLSVerify:
+                      description: |-
+                        INSECURE: Enables or disables validation of the ACME server TLS certificate.
+                        If true, requests to the ACME server will not have the TLS certificate chain
+                        validated.
+                        Mutually exclusive with CABundle; prefer using CABundle to prevent various
+                        kinds of security vulnerabilities.
+                        Only enable this option in development environments.
+                        If CABundle and SkipTLSVerify are unset, the system certificate bundle inside
+                        the container is used to validate the TLS connection.
+                        Defaults to false.
+                      type: boolean
+                    solvers:
+                      description: |-
+                        Solvers is a list of challenge solvers that will be used to solve
+                        ACME challenges for the matching domains.
+                        Solver configurations must be provided in order to obtain certificates
+                        from an ACME server.
+                        For more information, see: https://cert-manager.io/docs/configuration/acme/
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          An ACMEChallengeSolver describes how to solve ACME challenges for the issuer it is part of.
+                          A selector may be provided to use different solving strategies for different DNS names.
+                          Only one of HTTP01 or DNS01 must be provided.
+                        type: object
+                        properties:
+                          dns01:
+                            description: |-
+                              Configures cert-manager to attempt to complete authorizations by
+                              performing the DNS01 challenge flow.
+                            type: object
+                            properties:
+                              acmeDNS:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Use the 'ACME DNS' (https://github.com/joohoi/acme-dns) API to manage
+                                  DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - accountSecretRef
+                                  - host
+                                properties:
+                                  accountSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                      In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  host:
+                                    type: string
+                              akamai:
+                                description: Use the Akamai DNS zone management API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - accessTokenSecretRef
+                                  - clientSecretSecretRef
+                                  - clientTokenSecretRef
+                                  - serviceConsumerDomain
+                                properties:
+                                  accessTokenSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                      In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  clientSecretSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                      In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  clientTokenSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                      In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  serviceConsumerDomain:
+                                    type: string
+                              azureDNS:
+                                description: Use the Microsoft Azure DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - resourceGroupName
+                                  - subscriptionID
+                                properties:
+                                  clientID:
+                                    description: if both this and ClientSecret are left unset MSI will be used
+                                    type: string
+                                  clientSecretSecretRef:
+                                    description: if both this and ClientID are left unset MSI will be used
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  environment:
+                                    description: name of the Azure environment (default AzurePublicCloud)
+                                    type: string
+                                    enum:
+                                      - AzurePublicCloud
+                                      - AzureChinaCloud
+                                      - AzureGermanCloud
+                                      - AzureUSGovernmentCloud
+                                  hostedZoneName:
+                                    description: name of the DNS zone that should be used
+                                    type: string
+                                  managedIdentity:
+                                    description: managed identity configuration, can not be used at the same time as clientID, clientSecretSecretRef or tenantID
+                                    type: object
+                                    properties:
+                                      clientID:
+                                        description: client ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as resourceID
+                                        type: string
+                                      resourceID:
+                                        description: resource ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as clientID
+                                        type: string
+                                  resourceGroupName:
+                                    description: resource group the DNS zone is located in
+                                    type: string
+                                  subscriptionID:
+                                    description: ID of the Azure subscription
+                                    type: string
+                                  tenantID:
+                                    description: when specifying ClientID and ClientSecret then this field is also needed
+                                    type: string
+                              cloudDNS:
+                                description: Use the Google Cloud DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - project
+                                properties:
+                                  hostedZoneName:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      HostedZoneName is an optional field that tells cert-manager in which
+                                      Cloud DNS zone the challenge record has to be created.
+                                      If left empty cert-manager will automatically choose a zone.
+                                    type: string
+                                  project:
+                                    type: string
+                                  serviceAccountSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                      In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                              cloudflare:
+                                description: Use the Cloudflare API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                properties:
+                                  apiKeySecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      API key to use to authenticate with Cloudflare.
+                                      Note: using an API token to authenticate is now the recommended method
+                                      as it allows greater control of permissions.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  apiTokenSecretRef:
+                                    description: API token used to authenticate with Cloudflare.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  email:
+                                    description: Email of the account, only required when using API key based authentication.
+                                    type: string
+                              cnameStrategy:
+                                description: |-
+                                  CNAMEStrategy configures how the DNS01 provider should handle CNAME
+                                  records when found in DNS zones.
+                                type: string
+                                enum:
+                                  - None
+                                  - Follow
+                              digitalocean:
+                                description: Use the DigitalOcean DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - tokenSecretRef
+                                properties:
+                                  tokenSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource.
+                                      In some instances, `key` is a required field.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                              rfc2136:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Use RFC2136 ("Dynamic Updates in the Domain Name System") (https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc2136/)
+                                  to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - nameserver
+                                properties:
+                                  nameserver:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The IP address or hostname of an authoritative DNS server supporting
+                                      RFC2136 in the form host:port. If the host is an IPv6 address it must be
+                                      enclosed in square brackets (e.g [2001:db8::1]) ; port is optional.
+                                      This field is required.
+                                    type: string
+                                  tsigAlgorithm:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The TSIG Algorithm configured in the DNS supporting RFC2136. Used only
+                                      when ``tsigSecretSecretRef`` and ``tsigKeyName`` are defined.
+                                      Supported values are (case-insensitive): ``HMACMD5`` (default),
+                                      ``HMACSHA1``, ``HMACSHA256`` or ``HMACSHA512``.
+                                    type: string
+                                  tsigKeyName:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The TSIG Key name configured in the DNS.
+                                      If ``tsigSecretSecretRef`` is defined, this field is required.
+                                    type: string
+                                  tsigSecretSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The name of the secret containing the TSIG value.
+                                      If ``tsigKeyName`` is defined, this field is required.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                              route53:
+                                description: Use the AWS Route53 API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - region
+                                properties:
+                                  accessKeyID:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The AccessKeyID is used for authentication.
+                                      Cannot be set when SecretAccessKeyID is set.
+                                      If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env
+                                      vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata,
+                                      see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials
+                                    type: string
+                                  accessKeyIDSecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The SecretAccessKey is used for authentication. If set, pull the AWS
+                                      access key ID from a key within a Kubernetes Secret.
+                                      Cannot be set when AccessKeyID is set.
+                                      If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env
+                                      vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata,
+                                      see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                                  hostedZoneID:
+                                    description: If set, the provider will manage only this zone in Route53 and will not do an lookup using the route53:ListHostedZonesByName api call.
+                                    type: string
+                                  region:
+                                    description: Always set the region when using AccessKeyID and SecretAccessKey
+                                    type: string
+                                  role:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Role is a Role ARN which the Route53 provider will assume using either the explicit credentials AccessKeyID/SecretAccessKey
+                                      or the inferred credentials from environment variables, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata
+                                    type: string
+                                  secretAccessKeySecretRef:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The SecretAccessKey is used for authentication.
+                                      If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env
+                                      vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata,
+                                      see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - name
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                          Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                          required.
+                                        type: string
+                                      name:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                          More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                        type: string
+                              webhook:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Configure an external webhook based DNS01 challenge solver to manage
+                                  DNS01 challenge records.
+                                type: object
+                                required:
+                                  - groupName
+                                  - solverName
+                                properties:
+                                  config:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Additional configuration that should be passed to the webhook apiserver
+                                      when challenges are processed.
+                                      This can contain arbitrary JSON data.
+                                      Secret values should not be specified in this stanza.
+                                      If secret values are needed (e.g. credentials for a DNS service), you
+                                      should use a SecretKeySelector to reference a Secret resource.
+                                      For details on the schema of this field, consult the webhook provider
+                                      implementation's documentation.
+                                    x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true
+                                  groupName:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The API group name that should be used when POSTing ChallengePayload
+                                      resources to the webhook apiserver.
+                                      This should be the same as the GroupName specified in the webhook
+                                      provider implementation.
+                                    type: string
+                                  solverName:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The name of the solver to use, as defined in the webhook provider
+                                      implementation.
+                                      This will typically be the name of the provider, e.g. 'cloudflare'.
+                                    type: string
+                          http01:
+                            description: |-
+                              Configures cert-manager to attempt to complete authorizations by
+                              performing the HTTP01 challenge flow.
+                              It is not possible to obtain certificates for wildcard domain names
+                              (e.g. `*.example.com`) using the HTTP01 challenge mechanism.
+                            type: object
+                            properties:
+                              gatewayHTTPRoute:
+                                description: |-
+                                  The Gateway API is a sig-network community API that models service networking
+                                  in Kubernetes (https://gateway-api.sigs.k8s.io/). The Gateway solver will
+                                  create HTTPRoutes with the specified labels in the same namespace as the challenge.
+                                  This solver is experimental, and fields / behaviour may change in the future.
+                                type: object
+                                properties:
+                                  labels:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Custom labels that will be applied to HTTPRoutes created by cert-manager
+                                      while solving HTTP-01 challenges.
+                                    type: object
+                                    additionalProperties:
+                                      type: string
+                                  parentRefs:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      When solving an HTTP-01 challenge, cert-manager creates an HTTPRoute.
+                                      cert-manager needs to know which parentRefs should be used when creating
+                                      the HTTPRoute. Usually, the parentRef references a Gateway. See:
+                                      https://gateway-api.sigs.k8s.io/api-types/httproute/#attaching-to-gateways
+                                    type: array
+                                    items:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                                        a parent of this resource (usually a route). The only kind of parent resource
+                                        with "Core" support is Gateway. This API may be extended in the future to
+                                        support additional kinds of parent resources, such as HTTPRoute.
+
+                                        The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                                        be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                                      type: object
+                                      required:
+                                        - name
+                                      properties:
+                                        group:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          type: string
+                                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                        kind:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                                            Support: Core (Gateway)
+
+                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Other Resources)
+                                          type: string
+                                          default: Gateway
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                        name:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          type: string
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                        namespace:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          type: string
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                        port:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                                            must match both specified values.
+
+                                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                                            Support: Extended
+
+                                            <gateway:experimental>
+                                          type: integer
+                                          format: int32
+                                          maximum: 65535
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                        sectionName:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                                            * Gateway: Listener Name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                                            both specified values.
+
+                                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                                            interpreted.
+
+                                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          type: string
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                  serviceType:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values
+                                      are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort.
+                                    type: string
+                              ingress:
+                                description: |-
+                                  The ingress based HTTP01 challenge solver will solve challenges by
+                                  creating or modifying Ingress resources in order to route requests for
+                                  '/.well-known/acme-challenge/XYZ' to 'challenge solver' pods that are
+                                  provisioned by cert-manager for each Challenge to be completed.
+                                type: object
+                                properties:
+                                  class:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      This field configures the annotation `kubernetes.io/ingress.class` when
+                                      creating Ingress resources to solve ACME challenges that use this
+                                      challenge solver. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
+                                      be specified.
+                                    type: string
+                                  ingressClassName:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      This field configures the field `ingressClassName` on the created Ingress
+                                      resources used to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver.
+                                      This is the recommended way of configuring the ingress class. Only one of
+                                      `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified.
+                                    type: string
+                                  ingressTemplate:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Optional ingress template used to configure the ACME challenge solver
+                                      ingress used for HTTP01 challenges.
+                                    type: object
+                                    properties:
+                                      metadata:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          ObjectMeta overrides for the ingress used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                          Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
+                                          If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
+                                          will override the in-built values.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          annotations:
+                                            description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                          labels:
+                                            description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The name of the ingress resource that should have ACME challenge solving
+                                      routes inserted into it in order to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                      This is typically used in conjunction with ingress controllers like
+                                      ingress-gce, which maintains a 1:1 mapping between external IPs and
+                                      ingress resources. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
+                                      be specified.
+                                    type: string
+                                  podTemplate:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Optional pod template used to configure the ACME challenge solver pods
+                                      used for HTTP01 challenges.
+                                    type: object
+                                    properties:
+                                      metadata:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          ObjectMeta overrides for the pod used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                          Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
+                                          If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
+                                          will override the in-built values.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          annotations:
+                                            description: Annotations that should be added to the create ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                          labels:
+                                            description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                      spec:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          PodSpec defines overrides for the HTTP01 challenge solver pod.
+                                          Check ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01IngressPodSpec to find out currently supported fields.
+                                          All other fields will be ignored.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          affinity:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's scheduling constraints
+                                            type: object
+                                            properties:
+                                              nodeAffinity:
+                                                description: Describes node affinity scheduling rules for the pod.
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                      the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                      a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                      most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                      for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                      request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                      compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                      "weight" to the sum if the node matches the corresponding matchExpressions; the
+                                                      node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: |-
+                                                        An empty preferred scheduling term matches all objects with implicit weight 0
+                                                        (i.e. it's a no-op). A null preferred scheduling term matches no objects (i.e. is also a no-op).
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - preference
+                                                        - weight
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        preference:
+                                                          description: A node selector term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                            matchFields:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        weight:
+                                                          description: Weight associated with matching the corresponding nodeSelectorTerm, in the range 1-100.
+                                                          type: integer
+                                                          format: int32
+                                                  requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                      scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                      at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to an update), the system
+                                                      may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    required:
+                                                      - nodeSelectorTerms
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      nodeSelectorTerms:
+                                                        description: Required. A list of node selector terms. The terms are ORed.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A null or empty node selector term matches no objects. The requirements of
+                                                            them are ANDed.
+                                                            The TopologySelectorTerm type implements a subset of the NodeSelectorTerm.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                            matchFields:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                              podAffinity:
+                                                description: Describes pod affinity scheduling rules (e.g. co-locate this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                      the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                      a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                      most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                      for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                      request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                      compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                      "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the
+                                                      node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s)
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - podAffinityTerm
+                                                        - weight
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        podAffinityTerm:
+                                                          description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - topologyKey
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            labelSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                                If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                                Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                                Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaceSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                                and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                                null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                                An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaces:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                                and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                                null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                            topologyKey:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                                the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                                whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                                selected pods is running.
+                                                                Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        weight:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm,
+                                                            in the range 1-100.
+                                                          type: integer
+                                                          format: int32
+                                                  requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                      scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                      at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the
+                                                      system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                      When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each
+                                                      podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: |-
+                                                        Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector
+                                                        relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be
+                                                        co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with,
+                                                        where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of
+                                                        the label with key <topologyKey> matches that of any node on which
+                                                        a pod of the set of pods is running
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - topologyKey
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        labelSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                            If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        matchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                            Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                            Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaceSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                            and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                            null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                            An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaces:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                            and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                            null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                        topologyKey:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                            the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                            whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                            selected pods is running.
+                                                            Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                          type: string
+                                              podAntiAffinity:
+                                                description: Describes pod anti-affinity scheduling rules (e.g. avoid putting this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                      the anti-affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                      a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                      most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                      for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                      request, requiredDuringScheduling anti-affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                      compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                      "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the
+                                                      node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s)
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - podAffinityTerm
+                                                        - weight
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        podAffinityTerm:
+                                                          description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - topologyKey
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            labelSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                                If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                                Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                                Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaceSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                                and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                                null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                                An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaces:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                                and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                                null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                            topologyKey:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                                the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                                whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                                selected pods is running.
+                                                                Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        weight:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm,
+                                                            in the range 1-100.
+                                                          type: integer
+                                                          format: int32
+                                                  requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                      scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                      If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                      at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the
+                                                      system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                      When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each
+                                                      podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: |-
+                                                        Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector
+                                                        relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be
+                                                        co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with,
+                                                        where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of
+                                                        the label with key <topologyKey> matches that of any node on which
+                                                        a pod of the set of pods is running
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - topologyKey
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        labelSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                            If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        matchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                            Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
+                                                            Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaceSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                            and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                            null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                            An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaces:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                            and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                            null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                        topologyKey:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                            the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                            whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                            selected pods is running.
+                                                            Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                          type: string
+                                          imagePullSecrets:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's imagePullSecrets
+                                            type: array
+                                            items:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the
+                                                referenced object inside the same namespace.
+                                              type: object
+                                              properties:
+                                                name:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Name of the referent.
+                                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                                  type: string
+                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                          nodeSelector:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              NodeSelector is a selector which must be true for the pod to fit on a node.
+                                              Selector which must match a node's labels for the pod to be scheduled on that node.
+                                              More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                          priorityClassName:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's priorityClassName.
+                                            type: string
+                                          serviceAccountName:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's service account
+                                            type: string
+                                          tolerations:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's tolerations.
+                                            type: array
+                                            items:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                The pod this Toleration is attached to tolerates any taint that matches
+                                                the triple <key,value,effect> using the matching operator <operator>.
+                                              type: object
+                                              properties:
+                                                effect:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Effect indicates the taint effect to match. Empty means match all taint effects.
+                                                    When specified, allowed values are NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule and NoExecute.
+                                                  type: string
+                                                key:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Key is the taint key that the toleration applies to. Empty means match all taint keys.
+                                                    If the key is empty, operator must be Exists; this combination means to match all values and all keys.
+                                                  type: string
+                                                operator:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Operator represents a key's relationship to the value.
+                                                    Valid operators are Exists and Equal. Defaults to Equal.
+                                                    Exists is equivalent to wildcard for value, so that a pod can
+                                                    tolerate all taints of a particular category.
+                                                  type: string
+                                                tolerationSeconds:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    TolerationSeconds represents the period of time the toleration (which must be
+                                                    of effect NoExecute, otherwise this field is ignored) tolerates the taint. By default,
+                                                    it is not set, which means tolerate the taint forever (do not evict). Zero and
+                                                    negative values will be treated as 0 (evict immediately) by the system.
+                                                  type: integer
+                                                  format: int64
+                                                value:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Value is the taint value the toleration matches to.
+                                                    If the operator is Exists, the value should be empty, otherwise just a regular string.
+                                                  type: string
+                                  serviceType:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values
+                                      are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort.
+                                    type: string
+                          selector:
+                            description: |-
+                              Selector selects a set of DNSNames on the Certificate resource that
+                              should be solved using this challenge solver.
+                              If not specified, the solver will be treated as the 'default' solver
+                              with the lowest priority, i.e. if any other solver has a more specific
+                              match, it will be used instead.
+                            type: object
+                            properties:
+                              dnsNames:
+                                description: |-
+                                  List of DNSNames that this solver will be used to solve.
+                                  If specified and a match is found, a dnsNames selector will take
+                                  precedence over a dnsZones selector.
+                                  If multiple solvers match with the same dnsNames value, the solver
+                                  with the most matching labels in matchLabels will be selected.
+                                  If neither has more matches, the solver defined earlier in the list
+                                  will be selected.
+                                type: array
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                              dnsZones:
+                                description: |-
+                                  List of DNSZones that this solver will be used to solve.
+                                  The most specific DNS zone match specified here will take precedence
+                                  over other DNS zone matches, so a solver specifying sys.example.com
+                                  will be selected over one specifying example.com for the domain
+                                  www.sys.example.com.
+                                  If multiple solvers match with the same dnsZones value, the solver
+                                  with the most matching labels in matchLabels will be selected.
+                                  If neither has more matches, the solver defined earlier in the list
+                                  will be selected.
+                                type: array
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                              matchLabels:
+                                description: |-
+                                  A label selector that is used to refine the set of certificate's that
+                                  this challenge solver will apply to.
+                                type: object
+                                additionalProperties:
+                                  type: string
+                ca:
+                  description: |-
+                    CA configures this issuer to sign certificates using a signing CA keypair
+                    stored in a Secret resource.
+                    This is used to build internal PKIs that are managed by cert-manager.
+                  type: object
+                  required:
+                    - secretName
+                  properties:
+                    crlDistributionPoints:
+                      description: |-
+                        The CRL distribution points is an X.509 v3 certificate extension which identifies
+                        the location of the CRL from which the revocation of this certificate can be checked.
+                        If not set, certificates will be issued without distribution points set.
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
+                    ocspServers:
+                      description: |-
+                        The OCSP server list is an X.509 v3 extension that defines a list of
+                        URLs of OCSP responders. The OCSP responders can be queried for the
+                        revocation status of an issued certificate. If not set, the
+                        certificate will be issued with no OCSP servers set. For example, an
+                        OCSP server URL could be "http://ocsp.int-x3.letsencrypt.org".
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
+                    secretName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SecretName is the name of the secret used to sign Certificates issued
+                        by this Issuer.
+                      type: string
+                selfSigned:
+                  description: |-
+                    SelfSigned configures this issuer to 'self sign' certificates using the
+                    private key used to create the CertificateRequest object.
+                  type: object
+                  properties:
+                    crlDistributionPoints:
+                      description: |-
+                        The CRL distribution points is an X.509 v3 certificate extension which identifies
+                        the location of the CRL from which the revocation of this certificate can be checked.
+                        If not set certificate will be issued without CDP. Values are strings.
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
+                vault:
+                  description: |-
+                    Vault configures this issuer to sign certificates using a HashiCorp Vault
+                    PKI backend.
+                  type: object
+                  required:
+                    - auth
+                    - path
+                    - server
+                  properties:
+                    auth:
+                      description: Auth configures how cert-manager authenticates with the Vault server.
+                      type: object
+                      properties:
+                        appRole:
+                          description: |-
+                            AppRole authenticates with Vault using the App Role auth mechanism,
+                            with the role and secret stored in a Kubernetes Secret resource.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - path
+                            - roleId
+                            - secretRef
+                          properties:
+                            path:
+                              description: |-
+                                Path where the App Role authentication backend is mounted in Vault, e.g:
+                                "approle"
+                              type: string
+                            roleId:
+                              description: |-
+                                RoleID configured in the App Role authentication backend when setting
+                                up the authentication backend in Vault.
+                              type: string
+                            secretRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                Reference to a key in a Secret that contains the App Role secret used
+                                to authenticate with Vault.
+                                The `key` field must be specified and denotes which entry within the Secret
+                                resource is used as the app role secret.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                        kubernetes:
+                          description: |-
+                            Kubernetes authenticates with Vault by passing the ServiceAccount
+                            token stored in the named Secret resource to the Vault server.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - role
+                          properties:
+                            mountPath:
+                              description: |-
+                                The Vault mountPath here is the mount path to use when authenticating with
+                                Vault. For example, setting a value to `/v1/auth/foo`, will use the path
+                                `/v1/auth/foo/login` to authenticate with Vault. If unspecified, the
+                                default value "/v1/auth/kubernetes" will be used.
+                              type: string
+                            role:
+                              description: |-
+                                A required field containing the Vault Role to assume. A Role binds a
+                                Kubernetes ServiceAccount with a set of Vault policies.
+                              type: string
+                            secretRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                The required Secret field containing a Kubernetes ServiceAccount JWT used
+                                for authenticating with Vault. Use of 'ambient credentials' is not
+                                supported.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                    Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                    required.
+                                  type: string
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                  type: string
+                            serviceAccountRef:
+                              description: |-
+                                A reference to a service account that will be used to request a bound
+                                token (also known as "projected token"). Compared to using "secretRef",
+                                using this field means that you don't rely on statically bound tokens. To
+                                use this field, you must configure an RBAC rule to let cert-manager
+                                request a token.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - name
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: Name of the ServiceAccount used to request a token.
+                                  type: string
+                        tokenSecretRef:
+                          description: TokenSecretRef authenticates with Vault by presenting a token.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - name
+                          properties:
+                            key:
+                              description: |-
+                                The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                required.
+                              type: string
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                              type: string
+                    caBundle:
+                      description: |-
+                        Base64-encoded bundle of PEM CAs which will be used to validate the certificate
+                        chain presented by Vault. Only used if using HTTPS to connect to Vault and
+                        ignored for HTTP connections.
+                        Mutually exclusive with CABundleSecretRef.
+                        If neither CABundle nor CABundleSecretRef are defined, the certificate bundle in
+                        the cert-manager controller container is used to validate the TLS connection.
+                      type: string
+                      format: byte
+                    caBundleSecretRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        Reference to a Secret containing a bundle of PEM-encoded CAs to use when
+                        verifying the certificate chain presented by Vault when using HTTPS.
+                        Mutually exclusive with CABundle.
+                        If neither CABundle nor CABundleSecretRef are defined, the certificate bundle in
+                        the cert-manager controller container is used to validate the TLS connection.
+                        If no key for the Secret is specified, cert-manager will default to 'ca.crt'.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - name
+                      properties:
+                        key:
+                          description: |-
+                            The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                            Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                            required.
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name of the resource being referred to.
+                            More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                          type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name of the vault namespace. Namespaces is a set of features within Vault Enterprise that allows Vault environments to support Secure Multi-tenancy. e.g: "ns1"
+                        More about namespaces can be found here https://www.vaultproject.io/docs/enterprise/namespaces
+                      type: string
+                    path:
+                      description: |-
+                        Path is the mount path of the Vault PKI backend's `sign` endpoint, e.g:
+                        "my_pki_mount/sign/my-role-name".
+                      type: string
+                    server:
+                      description: 'Server is the connection address for the Vault server, e.g: "https://vault.example.com:8200".'
+                      type: string
+                venafi:
+                  description: |-
+                    Venafi configures this issuer to sign certificates using a Venafi TPP
+                    or Venafi Cloud policy zone.
+                  type: object
+                  required:
+                    - zone
+                  properties:
+                    cloud:
+                      description: |-
+                        Cloud specifies the Venafi cloud configuration settings.
+                        Only one of TPP or Cloud may be specified.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - apiTokenSecretRef
+                      properties:
+                        apiTokenSecretRef:
+                          description: APITokenSecretRef is a secret key selector for the Venafi Cloud API token.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - name
+                          properties:
+                            key:
+                              description: |-
+                                The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                required.
+                              type: string
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                              type: string
+                        url:
+                          description: |-
+                            URL is the base URL for Venafi Cloud.
+                            Defaults to "https://api.venafi.cloud/v1".
+                          type: string
+                    tpp:
+                      description: |-
+                        TPP specifies Trust Protection Platform configuration settings.
+                        Only one of TPP or Cloud may be specified.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - credentialsRef
+                        - url
+                      properties:
+                        caBundle:
+                          description: |-
+                            Base64-encoded bundle of PEM CAs which will be used to validate the certificate
+                            chain presented by the TPP server. Only used if using HTTPS; ignored for HTTP.
+                            If undefined, the certificate bundle in the cert-manager controller container
+                            is used to validate the chain.
+                          type: string
+                          format: byte
+                        credentialsRef:
+                          description: |-
+                            CredentialsRef is a reference to a Secret containing the username and
+                            password for the TPP server.
+                            The secret must contain two keys, 'username' and 'password'.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - name
+                          properties:
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                              type: string
+                        url:
+                          description: |-
+                            URL is the base URL for the vedsdk endpoint of the Venafi TPP instance,
+                            for example: "https://tpp.example.com/vedsdk".
+                          type: string
+                    zone:
+                      description: |-
+                        Zone is the Venafi Policy Zone to use for this issuer.
+                        All requests made to the Venafi platform will be restricted by the named
+                        zone policy.
+                        This field is required.
+                      type: string
+            status:
+              description: Status of the Issuer. This is set and managed automatically.
+              type: object
+              properties:
+                acme:
+                  description: |-
+                    ACME specific status options.
+                    This field should only be set if the Issuer is configured to use an ACME
+                    server to issue certificates.
+                  type: object
+                  properties:
+                    lastPrivateKeyHash:
+                      description: |-
+                        LastPrivateKeyHash is a hash of the private key associated with the latest
+                        registered ACME account, in order to track changes made to registered account
+                        associated with the Issuer
+                      type: string
+                    lastRegisteredEmail:
+                      description: |-
+                        LastRegisteredEmail is the email associated with the latest registered
+                        ACME account, in order to track changes made to registered account
+                        associated with the  Issuer
+                      type: string
+                    uri:
+                      description: |-
+                        URI is the unique account identifier, which can also be used to retrieve
+                        account details from the CA
+                      type: string
+                conditions:
+                  description: |-
+                    List of status conditions to indicate the status of a CertificateRequest.
+                    Known condition types are `Ready`.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    description: IssuerCondition contains condition information for an Issuer.
+                    type: object
+                    required:
+                      - status
+                      - type
+                    properties:
+                      lastTransitionTime:
+                        description: |-
+                          LastTransitionTime is the timestamp corresponding to the last status
+                          change of this condition.
+                        type: string
+                        format: date-time
+                      message:
+                        description: |-
+                          Message is a human readable description of the details of the last
+                          transition, complementing reason.
+                        type: string
+                      observedGeneration:
+                        description: |-
+                          If set, this represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was
+                          set based upon.
+                          For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the
+                          .status.condition[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                          with respect to the current state of the Issuer.
+                        type: integer
+                        format: int64
+                      reason:
+                        description: |-
+                          Reason is a brief machine readable explanation for the condition's last
+                          transition.
+                        type: string
+                      status:
+                        description: Status of the condition, one of (`True`, `False`, `Unknown`).
+                        type: string
+                        enum:
+                          - "True"
+                          - "False"
+                          - Unknown
+                      type:
+                        description: Type of the condition, known values are (`Ready`).
+                        type: string
+                  x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                    - type
+                  x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+      served: true
+      storage: true
+---
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  name: orders.acme.cert-manager.io
+  labels:
+    app: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: '{{ .Release.Name }}'
+    # Generated labels {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+spec:
+  group: acme.cert-manager.io
+  names:
+    kind: Order
+    listKind: OrderList
+    plural: orders
+    singular: order
+    categories:
+      - cert-manager
+      - cert-manager-acme
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+    - name: v1
+      subresources:
+        status: {}
+      additionalPrinterColumns:
+        - jsonPath: .status.state
+          name: State
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .spec.issuerRef.name
+          name: Issuer
+          priority: 1
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .status.reason
+          name: Reason
+          priority: 1
+          type: string
+        - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+          description: CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC.
+          name: Age
+          type: date
+      schema:
+        openAPIV3Schema:
+          description: Order is a type to represent an Order with an ACME server
+          type: object
+          required:
+            - metadata
+            - spec
+          properties:
+            apiVersion:
+              description: |-
+                APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+                Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+                may reject unrecognized values.
+                More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+              type: string
+            kind:
+              description: |-
+                Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+                Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+                Cannot be updated.
+                In CamelCase.
+                More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+              type: string
+            metadata:
+              type: object
+            spec:
+              type: object
+              required:
+                - issuerRef
+                - request
+              properties:
+                commonName:
+                  description: |-
+                    CommonName is the common name as specified on the DER encoded CSR.
+                    If specified, this value must also be present in `dnsNames` or `ipAddresses`.
+                    This field must match the corresponding field on the DER encoded CSR.
+                  type: string
+                dnsNames:
+                  description: |-
+                    DNSNames is a list of DNS names that should be included as part of the Order
+                    validation process.
+                    This field must match the corresponding field on the DER encoded CSR.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    type: string
+                duration:
+                  description: |-
+                    Duration is the duration for the not after date for the requested certificate.
+                    this is set on order creation as pe the ACME spec.
+                  type: string
+                ipAddresses:
+                  description: |-
+                    IPAddresses is a list of IP addresses that should be included as part of the Order
+                    validation process.
+                    This field must match the corresponding field on the DER encoded CSR.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    type: string
+                issuerRef:
+                  description: |-
+                    IssuerRef references a properly configured ACME-type Issuer which should
+                    be used to create this Order.
+                    If the Issuer does not exist, processing will be retried.
+                    If the Issuer is not an 'ACME' Issuer, an error will be returned and the
+                    Order will be marked as failed.
+                  type: object
+                  required:
+                    - name
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      description: Group of the resource being referred to.
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      description: Kind of the resource being referred to.
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: Name of the resource being referred to.
+                      type: string
+                request:
+                  description: |-
+                    Certificate signing request bytes in DER encoding.
+                    This will be used when finalizing the order.
+                    This field must be set on the order.
+                  type: string
+                  format: byte
+            status:
+              type: object
+              properties:
+                authorizations:
+                  description: |-
+                    Authorizations contains data returned from the ACME server on what
+                    authorizations must be completed in order to validate the DNS names
+                    specified on the Order.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    description: |-
+                      ACMEAuthorization contains data returned from the ACME server on an
+                      authorization that must be completed in order validate a DNS name on an ACME
+                      Order resource.
+                    type: object
+                    required:
+                      - url
+                    properties:
+                      challenges:
+                        description: |-
+                          Challenges specifies the challenge types offered by the ACME server.
+                          One of these challenge types will be selected when validating the DNS
+                          name and an appropriate Challenge resource will be created to perform
+                          the ACME challenge process.
+                        type: array
+                        items:
+                          description: |-
+                            Challenge specifies a challenge offered by the ACME server for an Order.
+                            An appropriate Challenge resource can be created to perform the ACME
+                            challenge process.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - token
+                            - type
+                            - url
+                          properties:
+                            token:
+                              description: |-
+                                Token is the token that must be presented for this challenge.
+                                This is used to compute the 'key' that must also be presented.
+                              type: string
+                            type:
+                              description: |-
+                                Type is the type of challenge being offered, e.g. 'http-01', 'dns-01',
+                                'tls-sni-01', etc.
+                                This is the raw value retrieved from the ACME server.
+                                Only 'http-01' and 'dns-01' are supported by cert-manager, other values
+                                will be ignored.
+                              type: string
+                            url:
+                              description: |-
+                                URL is the URL of this challenge. It can be used to retrieve additional
+                                metadata about the Challenge from the ACME server.
+                              type: string
+                      identifier:
+                        description: Identifier is the DNS name to be validated as part of this authorization
+                        type: string
+                      initialState:
+                        description: |-
+                          InitialState is the initial state of the ACME authorization when first
+                          fetched from the ACME server.
+                          If an Authorization is already 'valid', the Order controller will not
+                          create a Challenge resource for the authorization. This will occur when
+                          working with an ACME server that enables 'authz reuse' (such as Let's
+                          Encrypt's production endpoint).
+                          If not set and 'identifier' is set, the state is assumed to be pending
+                          and a Challenge will be created.
+                        type: string
+                        enum:
+                          - valid
+                          - ready
+                          - pending
+                          - processing
+                          - invalid
+                          - expired
+                          - errored
+                      url:
+                        description: URL is the URL of the Authorization that must be completed
+                        type: string
+                      wildcard:
+                        description: |-
+                          Wildcard will be true if this authorization is for a wildcard DNS name.
+                          If this is true, the identifier will be the *non-wildcard* version of
+                          the DNS name.
+                          For example, if '*.example.com' is the DNS name being validated, this
+                          field will be 'true' and the 'identifier' field will be 'example.com'.
+                        type: boolean
+                certificate:
+                  description: |-
+                    Certificate is a copy of the PEM encoded certificate for this Order.
+                    This field will be populated after the order has been successfully
+                    finalized with the ACME server, and the order has transitioned to the
+                    'valid' state.
+                  type: string
+                  format: byte
+                failureTime:
+                  description: |-
+                    FailureTime stores the time that this order failed.
+                    This is used to influence garbage collection and back-off.
+                  type: string
+                  format: date-time
+                finalizeURL:
+                  description: |-
+                    FinalizeURL of the Order.
+                    This is used to obtain certificates for this order once it has been completed.
+                  type: string
+                reason:
+                  description: |-
+                    Reason optionally provides more information about a why the order is in
+                    the current state.
+                  type: string
+                state:
+                  description: |-
+                    State contains the current state of this Order resource.
+                    States 'success' and 'expired' are 'final'
+                  type: string
+                  enum:
+                    - valid
+                    - ready
+                    - pending
+                    - processing
+                    - invalid
+                    - expired
+                    - errored
+                url:
+                  description: |-
+                    URL of the Order.
+                    This will initially be empty when the resource is first created.
+                    The Order controller will populate this field when the Order is first processed.
+                    This field will be immutable after it is initially set.
+                  type: string
+      served: true
+      storage: true
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/deployment.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/deployment.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aea5736
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/deployment.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+apiVersion: apps/v1
+kind: Deployment
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- with .Values.deploymentAnnotations }}
+  annotations:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+spec:
+  replicas: {{ .Values.replicaCount }}
+  selector:
+    matchLabels:
+      app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+  {{- with .Values.strategy }}
+  strategy:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+  template:
+    metadata:
+      labels:
+        app: {{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+        {{- include "labels" . | nindent 8 }}
+        {{- with .Values.podLabels }}
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+        {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.podAnnotations }}
+      annotations:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- if and .Values.prometheus.enabled (not .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled) }}
+      {{- if not .Values.podAnnotations }}
+      annotations:
+      {{- end }}
+        prometheus.io/path: "/metrics"
+        prometheus.io/scrape: 'true'
+        prometheus.io/port: '9402'
+      {{- end }}
+    spec:
+      serviceAccountName: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
+      {{- if hasKey .Values "automountServiceAccountToken" }}
+      automountServiceAccountToken: {{ .Values.automountServiceAccountToken }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.global.priorityClassName }}
+      priorityClassName: {{ . | quote }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.securityContext }}
+      securityContext:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.volumes }}
+      volumes:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      containers:
+        - name: {{ .Chart.Name }}-controller
+          {{- with .Values.image }}
+          image: "{{- if .registry -}}{{ .registry }}/{{- end -}}{{ .repository }}{{- if (.digest) -}} @{{ .digest }}{{- else -}}:{{ default $.Chart.AppVersion .tag }} {{- end -}}"
+          {{- end }}
+          imagePullPolicy: {{ .Values.image.pullPolicy }}
+          args:
+          {{- if .Values.global.logLevel }}
+          - --v={{ .Values.global.logLevel }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if .Values.clusterResourceNamespace }}
+          - --cluster-resource-namespace={{ .Values.clusterResourceNamespace }}
+          {{- else }}
+          - --cluster-resource-namespace=$(POD_NAMESPACE)
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.global.leaderElection }}
+          - --leader-election-namespace={{ .namespace }}
+          {{- if .leaseDuration }}
+          - --leader-election-lease-duration={{ .leaseDuration }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if .renewDeadline }}
+          - --leader-election-renew-deadline={{ .renewDeadline }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if .retryPeriod }}
+          - --leader-election-retry-period={{ .retryPeriod }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.acmesolver.image }}
+          - --acme-http01-solver-image={{- if .registry -}}{{ .registry }}/{{- end -}}{{ .repository }}{{- if (.digest) -}} @{{ .digest }}{{- else -}}:{{ default $.Chart.AppVersion .tag }} {{- end -}}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.extraArgs }}
+          {{- toYaml . | nindent 10 }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.ingressShim }}
+          {{- if .defaultIssuerName }}
+          - --default-issuer-name={{ .defaultIssuerName }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if .defaultIssuerKind }}
+          - --default-issuer-kind={{ .defaultIssuerKind }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if .defaultIssuerGroup }}
+          - --default-issuer-group={{ .defaultIssuerGroup }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if .Values.featureGates }}
+          - --feature-gates={{ .Values.featureGates }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if .Values.maxConcurrentChallenges }}
+          - --max-concurrent-challenges={{ .Values.maxConcurrentChallenges }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if .Values.enableCertificateOwnerRef }}
+          - --enable-certificate-owner-ref=true
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if .Values.dns01RecursiveNameserversOnly }}
+          - --dns01-recursive-nameservers-only=true
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.dns01RecursiveNameservers }}
+          - --dns01-recursive-nameservers={{ . }}
+          {{- end }}
+          ports:
+          - containerPort: 9402
+            name: http-metrics
+            protocol: TCP
+          - containerPort: 9403
+            name: http-healthz
+            protocol: TCP
+          {{- with .Values.containerSecurityContext }}
+          securityContext:
+            {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.volumeMounts }}
+          volumeMounts:
+            {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
+          {{- end }}
+          env:
+          - name: POD_NAMESPACE
+            valueFrom:
+              fieldRef:
+                fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          {{- with .Values.extraEnv }}
+          {{- toYaml . | nindent 10 }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.http_proxy }}
+          - name: HTTP_PROXY
+            value: {{ . }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.https_proxy }}
+          - name: HTTPS_PROXY
+            value: {{ . }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.no_proxy }}
+          - name: NO_PROXY
+            value: {{ . }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.resources }}
+          resources:
+            {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
+          {{- end }}
+
+          {{- with .Values.livenessProbe }}
+          {{- if .enabled }}
+          # LivenessProbe settings are based on those used for the Kubernetes
+          # controller-manager. See:
+          # https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/806b30170c61a38fedd54cc9ede4cd6275a1ad3b/cmd/kubeadm/app/util/staticpod/utils.go#L241-L245
+          livenessProbe:
+            httpGet:
+              port: http-healthz
+              path: /livez
+              scheme: HTTP
+            initialDelaySeconds: {{ .initialDelaySeconds }}
+            periodSeconds: {{ .periodSeconds }}
+            timeoutSeconds: {{ .timeoutSeconds }}
+            successThreshold: {{ .successThreshold }}
+            failureThreshold: {{ .failureThreshold }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.nodeSelector }}
+      nodeSelector:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.affinity }}
+      affinity:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.tolerations }}
+      tolerations:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with  .Values.topologySpreadConstraints }}
+      topologySpreadConstraints:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.podDnsPolicy }}
+      dnsPolicy: {{ . }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.podDnsConfig }}
+      dnsConfig:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/networkpolicy-egress.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/networkpolicy-egress.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0971200
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/networkpolicy-egress.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+{{- if .Values.webhook.networkPolicy.enabled }}
+apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
+kind: NetworkPolicy
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}-allow-egress
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+spec:
+  egress:
+    {{- with .Values.webhook.networkPolicy.egress }}
+      {{- toYaml . | nindent 2 }}
+    {{- end }}
+  podSelector:
+    matchLabels:
+      app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+      {{- with .Values.webhook.podLabels }}
+      {{- toYaml . | nindent 6 }}
+      {{- end }}
+  policyTypes:
+  - Egress
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/networkpolicy-webhooks.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/networkpolicy-webhooks.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..349877a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/networkpolicy-webhooks.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+{{- if .Values.webhook.networkPolicy.enabled }}
+
+apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
+kind: NetworkPolicy
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}-allow-ingress
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+spec:
+  ingress:
+    {{- with .Values.webhook.networkPolicy.ingress }}
+      {{- toYaml . | nindent 2 }}
+    {{- end }}
+  podSelector:
+    matchLabels:
+        app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+        {{- with .Values.webhook.podLabels }}
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 6 }}
+        {{- end }}
+  policyTypes:
+  - Ingress
+
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/poddisruptionbudget.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/poddisruptionbudget.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dab75ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/poddisruptionbudget.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+{{- if .Values.podDisruptionBudget.enabled }}
+apiVersion: policy/v1
+kind: PodDisruptionBudget
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "cert-manager.fullname" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+spec:
+  selector:
+    matchLabels:
+      app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+
+  {{- with .Values.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable }}
+  minAvailable: {{ . }}
+  {{- end }}
+  {{- with .Values.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable }}
+  maxUnavailable: {{ . }}
+  {{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/psp-clusterrole.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/psp-clusterrole.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d40a02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/psp-clusterrole.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+{{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled }}
+kind: ClusterRole
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-psp
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+- apiGroups: ['policy']
+  resources: ['podsecuritypolicies']
+  verbs:     ['use']
+  resourceNames:
+  - {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/psp-clusterrolebinding.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/psp-clusterrolebinding.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f09b6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/psp-clusterrolebinding.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+{{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled }}
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-psp
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-psp
+subjects:
+  - kind: ServiceAccount
+    name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/psp.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/psp.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e99f5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/psp.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+{{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled }}
+apiVersion: policy/v1beta1
+kind: PodSecurityPolicy
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+  annotations:
+    seccomp.security.alpha.kubernetes.io/allowedProfileNames: 'docker/default'
+    seccomp.security.alpha.kubernetes.io/defaultProfileName:  'docker/default'
+    {{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.useAppArmor }}
+    apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/allowedProfileNames: 'runtime/default'
+    apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/defaultProfileName:  'runtime/default'
+    {{- end }}
+spec:
+  privileged: false
+  allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
+  allowedCapabilities: []  # default set of capabilities are implicitly allowed
+  volumes:
+  - 'configMap'
+  - 'emptyDir'
+  - 'projected'
+  - 'secret'
+  - 'downwardAPI'
+  hostNetwork: false
+  hostIPC: false
+  hostPID: false
+  runAsUser:
+    rule: 'MustRunAs'
+    ranges:
+    - min: 1000
+      max: 1000
+  seLinux:
+    rule: 'RunAsAny'
+  supplementalGroups:
+    rule: 'MustRunAs'
+    ranges:
+    - min: 1000
+      max: 1000
+  fsGroup:
+    rule: 'MustRunAs'
+    ranges:
+    - min: 1000
+      max: 1000
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/rbac.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/rbac.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..830e372
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/rbac.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+{{- if .Values.global.rbac.create }}
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: Role
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}:leaderelection
+  namespace: {{ .Values.global.leaderElection.namespace }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: ["coordination.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["leases"]
+    resourceNames: ["cert-manager-controller"]
+    verbs: ["get", "update", "patch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["coordination.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["leases"]
+    verbs: ["create"]
+
+---
+
+# grant cert-manager permission to manage the leaderelection configmap in the
+# leader election namespace
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: RoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "cert-manager.fullname" . }}:leaderelection
+  namespace: {{ .Values.global.leaderElection.namespace }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: Role
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}:leaderelection
+subjects:
+  - apiGroup: ""
+    kind: ServiceAccount
+    name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+
+---
+
+# Issuer controller role
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRole
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-issuers
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["issuers", "issuers/status"]
+    verbs: ["update", "patch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["issuers"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["secrets"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "create", "update", "delete"]
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["events"]
+    verbs: ["create", "patch"]
+---
+
+# ClusterIssuer controller role
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRole
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-clusterissuers
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["clusterissuers", "clusterissuers/status"]
+    verbs: ["update", "patch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["clusterissuers"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["secrets"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "create", "update", "delete"]
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["events"]
+    verbs: ["create", "patch"]
+
+---
+
+# Certificates controller role
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRole
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-certificates
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["certificates", "certificates/status", "certificaterequests", "certificaterequests/status"]
+    verbs: ["update", "patch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["certificates", "certificaterequests", "clusterissuers", "issuers"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  # We require these rules to support users with the OwnerReferencesPermissionEnforcement
+  # admission controller enabled:
+  # https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/admission-controllers/#ownerreferencespermissionenforcement
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["certificates/finalizers", "certificaterequests/finalizers"]
+    verbs: ["update"]
+  - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["orders"]
+    verbs: ["create", "delete", "get", "list", "watch"]
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["secrets"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "create", "update", "delete", "patch"]
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["events"]
+    verbs: ["create", "patch"]
+
+---
+
+# Orders controller role
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRole
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-orders
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["orders", "orders/status"]
+    verbs: ["update", "patch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["orders", "challenges"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["clusterissuers", "issuers"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["challenges"]
+    verbs: ["create", "delete"]
+  # We require these rules to support users with the OwnerReferencesPermissionEnforcement
+  # admission controller enabled:
+  # https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/admission-controllers/#ownerreferencespermissionenforcement
+  - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["orders/finalizers"]
+    verbs: ["update"]
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["secrets"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["events"]
+    verbs: ["create", "patch"]
+
+---
+
+# Challenges controller role
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRole
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-challenges
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+  # Use to update challenge resource status
+  - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["challenges", "challenges/status"]
+    verbs: ["update", "patch"]
+  # Used to watch challenge resources
+  - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["challenges"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  # Used to watch challenges, issuer and clusterissuer resources
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["issuers", "clusterissuers"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  # Need to be able to retrieve ACME account private key to complete challenges
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["secrets"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  # Used to create events
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["events"]
+    verbs: ["create", "patch"]
+  # HTTP01 rules
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["pods", "services"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "create", "delete"]
+  - apiGroups: ["networking.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["ingresses"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "create", "delete", "update"]
+  - apiGroups: [ "gateway.networking.k8s.io" ]
+    resources: [ "httproutes" ]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "create", "delete", "update"]
+  # We require the ability to specify a custom hostname when we are creating
+  # new ingress resources.
+  # See: https://github.com/openshift/origin/blob/21f191775636f9acadb44fa42beeb4f75b255532/pkg/route/apiserver/admission/ingress_admission.go#L84-L148
+  - apiGroups: ["route.openshift.io"]
+    resources: ["routes/custom-host"]
+    verbs: ["create"]
+  # We require these rules to support users with the OwnerReferencesPermissionEnforcement
+  # admission controller enabled:
+  # https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/admission-controllers/#ownerreferencespermissionenforcement
+  - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["challenges/finalizers"]
+    verbs: ["update"]
+  # DNS01 rules (duplicated above)
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["secrets"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+
+---
+
+# ingress-shim controller role
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRole
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-ingress-shim
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["certificates", "certificaterequests"]
+    verbs: ["create", "update", "delete"]
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["certificates", "certificaterequests", "issuers", "clusterissuers"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["networking.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["ingresses"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  # We require these rules to support users with the OwnerReferencesPermissionEnforcement
+  # admission controller enabled:
+  # https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/admission-controllers/#ownerreferencespermissionenforcement
+  - apiGroups: ["networking.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["ingresses/finalizers"]
+    verbs: ["update"]
+  - apiGroups: ["gateway.networking.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["gateways", "httproutes"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["gateway.networking.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["gateways/finalizers", "httproutes/finalizers"]
+    verbs: ["update"]
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["events"]
+    verbs: ["create", "patch"]
+
+---
+
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-issuers
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-issuers
+subjects:
+  - name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+    kind: ServiceAccount
+
+---
+
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-clusterissuers
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-clusterissuers
+subjects:
+  - name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+    kind: ServiceAccount
+
+---
+
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-certificates
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-certificates
+subjects:
+  - name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+    kind: ServiceAccount
+
+---
+
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-orders
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-orders
+subjects:
+  - name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+    kind: ServiceAccount
+
+---
+
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-challenges
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-challenges
+subjects:
+  - name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+    kind: ServiceAccount
+
+---
+
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-ingress-shim
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-ingress-shim
+subjects:
+  - name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+    kind: ServiceAccount
+
+---
+
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRole
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-view
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- if .Values.global.rbac.aggregateClusterRoles }}
+    rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-view: "true"
+    rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-edit: "true"
+    rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-admin: "true"
+    {{- end }}
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["certificates", "certificaterequests", "issuers"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["challenges", "orders"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+
+
+---
+
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRole
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-edit
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- if .Values.global.rbac.aggregateClusterRoles }}
+    rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-edit: "true"
+    rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-admin: "true"
+    {{- end }}
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["certificates", "certificaterequests", "issuers"]
+    verbs: ["create", "delete", "deletecollection", "patch", "update"]
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["certificates/status"]
+    verbs: ["update"]
+  - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["challenges", "orders"]
+    verbs: ["create", "delete", "deletecollection", "patch", "update"]
+
+---
+
+# Permission to approve CertificateRequests referencing cert-manager.io Issuers and ClusterIssuers
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRole
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-approve:cert-manager-io
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cert-manager"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["signers"]
+    verbs: ["approve"]
+    resourceNames: ["issuers.cert-manager.io/*", "clusterissuers.cert-manager.io/*"]
+
+---
+
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-approve:cert-manager-io
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cert-manager"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-approve:cert-manager-io
+subjects:
+  - name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+    kind: ServiceAccount
+
+---
+
+# Permission to:
+# - Update and sign CertificatSigningeRequests referencing cert-manager.io Issuers and ClusterIssuers
+# - Perform SubjectAccessReviews to test whether users are able to reference Namespaced Issuers
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRole
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-certificatesigningrequests
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cert-manager"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: ["certificates.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["certificatesigningrequests"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "update"]
+  - apiGroups: ["certificates.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["certificatesigningrequests/status"]
+    verbs: ["update", "patch"]
+  - apiGroups: ["certificates.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["signers"]
+    resourceNames: ["issuers.cert-manager.io/*", "clusterissuers.cert-manager.io/*"]
+    verbs: ["sign"]
+  - apiGroups: ["authorization.k8s.io"]
+    resources: ["subjectaccessreviews"]
+    verbs: ["create"]
+
+---
+
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-certificatesigningrequests
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cert-manager"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-controller-certificatesigningrequests
+subjects:
+  - name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+    kind: ServiceAccount
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/service.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/service.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec34d58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/service.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+{{- if .Values.prometheus.enabled }}
+apiVersion: v1
+kind: Service
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- with .Values.serviceAnnotations }}
+  annotations:
+{{ toYaml . | indent 4 }}
+{{- end }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- with .Values.serviceLabels }}
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
+spec:
+  type: ClusterIP
+  ports:
+  - protocol: TCP
+    port: 9402
+    name: tcp-prometheus-servicemonitor
+    targetPort: {{ .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.targetPort }}
+  selector:
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/serviceaccount.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/serviceaccount.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6026842
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/serviceaccount.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+{{- if .Values.serviceAccount.create }}
+apiVersion: v1
+kind: ServiceAccount
+{{- with .Values.global.imagePullSecrets }}
+imagePullSecrets:
+  {{- toYaml . | nindent 2 }}
+{{- end }}
+automountServiceAccountToken: {{ .Values.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken }}
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  {{- with .Values.serviceAccount.annotations }}
+  annotations:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- with .Values.serviceAccount.labels }}
+      {{ toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/servicemonitor.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/servicemonitor.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d9e899
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/servicemonitor.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+{{- if and .Values.prometheus.enabled .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled }}
+apiVersion: monitoring.coreos.com/v1
+kind: ServiceMonitor
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}
+{{- if .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.namespace }}
+  namespace: {{ .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.namespace }}
+{{- else }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- end }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+    prometheus: {{ .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.prometheusInstance }}
+    {{- with .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.labels }}
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
+{{- if .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.annotations }}
+  annotations:
+    {{- with .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.annotations }}
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
+{{- end }}
+spec:
+  jobLabel: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}
+  selector:
+    matchLabels:
+      app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+{{- if .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.namespace }}
+  namespaceSelector:
+    matchNames:
+      - {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- end }}
+  endpoints:
+  - targetPort: {{ .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.targetPort }}
+    path: {{ .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.path }}
+    interval: {{ .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.interval }}
+    scrapeTimeout: {{ .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.scrapeTimeout }}
+    honorLabels: {{ .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.honorLabels }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-job.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-job.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9b965e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-job.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+{{- if .Values.startupapicheck.enabled }}
+apiVersion: batch/v1
+kind: Job
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "startupapicheck.fullname" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "startupapicheck"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.jobAnnotations }}
+  annotations:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+spec:
+  backoffLimit: {{ .Values.startupapicheck.backoffLimit }}
+  template:
+    metadata:
+      labels:
+        app: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/component: "startupapicheck"
+        {{- include "labels" . | nindent 8 }}
+        {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.podLabels }}
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+        {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.podAnnotations }}
+      annotations:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+    spec:
+      restartPolicy: OnFailure
+      serviceAccountName: {{ template "startupapicheck.serviceAccountName" . }}
+      {{- if hasKey .Values.startupapicheck "automountServiceAccountToken" }}
+      automountServiceAccountToken: {{ .Values.startupapicheck.automountServiceAccountToken }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.global.priorityClassName }}
+      priorityClassName: {{ . | quote }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.securityContext }}
+      securityContext:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      containers:
+        - name: {{ .Chart.Name }}-startupapicheck
+          {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.image }}
+          image: "{{- if .registry -}}{{ .registry }}/{{- end -}}{{ .repository }}{{- if (.digest) -}} @{{ .digest }}{{- else -}}:{{ default $.Chart.AppVersion .tag }} {{- end -}}"
+          {{- end }}
+          imagePullPolicy: {{ .Values.startupapicheck.image.pullPolicy }}
+          args:
+          - check
+          - api
+          - --wait={{ .Values.startupapicheck.timeout }}
+          {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.extraArgs }}
+          {{- toYaml . | nindent 10 }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.containerSecurityContext }}
+          securityContext:
+            {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.resources }}
+          resources:
+            {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.volumeMounts }}
+          volumeMounts:
+            {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
+          {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.nodeSelector }}
+      nodeSelector:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.affinity }}
+      affinity:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.tolerations }}
+      tolerations:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.volumes }}
+      volumes:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-psp-clusterrole.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-psp-clusterrole.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dacd4be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-psp-clusterrole.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+{{- if .Values.startupapicheck.enabled }}
+{{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled }}
+kind: ClusterRole
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "startupapicheck.fullname" . }}-psp
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "startupapicheck"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.rbac.annotations }}
+  annotations:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+rules:
+- apiGroups: ['policy']
+  resources: ['podsecuritypolicies']
+  verbs:     ['use']
+  resourceNames:
+  - {{ template "startupapicheck.fullname" . }}
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-psp-clusterrolebinding.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-psp-clusterrolebinding.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54d5a42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-psp-clusterrolebinding.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+{{- if .Values.startupapicheck.enabled }}
+{{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled }}
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "startupapicheck.fullname" . }}-psp
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "startupapicheck"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.rbac.annotations }}
+  annotations:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: {{ template "startupapicheck.fullname" . }}-psp
+subjects:
+  - kind: ServiceAccount
+    name: {{ template "startupapicheck.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-psp.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-psp.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f09d60d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-psp.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+{{- if .Values.startupapicheck.enabled }}
+{{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled }}
+apiVersion: policy/v1beta1
+kind: PodSecurityPolicy
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "startupapicheck.fullname" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "startupapicheck"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+  annotations:
+    seccomp.security.alpha.kubernetes.io/allowedProfileNames: 'docker/default'
+    seccomp.security.alpha.kubernetes.io/defaultProfileName:  'docker/default'
+    {{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.useAppArmor }}
+    apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/allowedProfileNames: 'runtime/default'
+    apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/defaultProfileName:  'runtime/default'
+    {{- end }}
+    {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.rbac.annotations }}
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
+spec:
+  privileged: false
+  allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
+  allowedCapabilities: []  # default set of capabilities are implicitly allowed
+  volumes:
+  - 'projected'
+  - 'secret'
+  hostNetwork: false
+  hostIPC: false
+  hostPID: false
+  runAsUser:
+    rule: 'MustRunAs'
+    ranges:
+    - min: 1000
+      max: 1000
+  seLinux:
+    rule: 'RunAsAny'
+  supplementalGroups:
+    rule: 'MustRunAs'
+    ranges:
+    - min: 1000
+      max: 1000
+  fsGroup:
+    rule: 'MustRunAs'
+    ranges:
+    - min: 1000
+      max: 1000
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-rbac.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-rbac.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..606e725
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-rbac.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+{{- if .Values.startupapicheck.enabled }}
+{{- if .Values.global.rbac.create }}
+# create certificate role
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: Role
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "startupapicheck.fullname" . }}:create-cert
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "startupapicheck"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.rbac.annotations }}
+  annotations:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["certificates"]
+    verbs: ["create"]
+---
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: RoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "startupapicheck.fullname" . }}:create-cert
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "startupapicheck"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.rbac.annotations }}
+  annotations:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: Role
+  name: {{ template "startupapicheck.fullname" . }}:create-cert
+subjects:
+  - kind: ServiceAccount
+    name: {{ template "startupapicheck.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-serviceaccount.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-serviceaccount.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c41760
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/startupapicheck-serviceaccount.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+{{- if .Values.startupapicheck.enabled }}
+{{- if .Values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.create }}
+apiVersion: v1
+kind: ServiceAccount
+automountServiceAccountToken: {{ .Values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken }}
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "startupapicheck.serviceAccountName" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.annotations }}
+  annotations:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "startupapicheck.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "startupapicheck"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.labels }}
+      {{ toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
+{{- with .Values.global.imagePullSecrets }}
+imagePullSecrets:
+  {{- toYaml . | nindent 2 }}
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-config.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-config.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3f72f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-config.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+{{- if .Values.webhook.config -}}
+  {{- if not .Values.webhook.config.apiVersion -}}
+    {{- fail "webhook.config.apiVersion must be set" -}}
+  {{- end -}}
+
+  {{- if not .Values.webhook.config.kind -}}
+    {{- fail "webhook.config.kind must be set" -}}
+  {{- end -}}
+{{- end -}}
+apiVersion: v1
+kind: ConfigMap
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "webhook.fullname" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+data:
+  {{- if .Values.webhook.config }}
+  config.yaml: |
+    {{ .Values.webhook.config | toYaml | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-deployment.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-deployment.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..043c4b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-deployment.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+apiVersion: apps/v1
+kind: Deployment
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "webhook.fullname" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- with .Values.webhook.deploymentAnnotations }}
+  annotations:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+spec:
+  replicas: {{ .Values.webhook.replicaCount }}
+  selector:
+    matchLabels:
+      app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+  {{- with .Values.webhook.strategy }}
+  strategy:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+  template:
+    metadata:
+      labels:
+        app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+        app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+        {{- include "labels" . | nindent 8 }}
+        {{- with .Values.webhook.podLabels }}
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+        {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.webhook.podAnnotations }}
+      annotations:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+    spec:
+      serviceAccountName: {{ template "webhook.serviceAccountName" . }}
+      {{- if hasKey .Values.webhook "automountServiceAccountToken" }}
+      automountServiceAccountToken: {{ .Values.webhook.automountServiceAccountToken }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.global.priorityClassName }}
+      priorityClassName: {{ . | quote }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.webhook.securityContext }}
+      securityContext:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- if .Values.webhook.hostNetwork }}
+      hostNetwork: true
+      {{- end }}
+      containers:
+        - name: {{ .Chart.Name }}-webhook
+          {{- with .Values.webhook.image }}
+          image: "{{- if .registry -}}{{ .registry }}/{{- end -}}{{ .repository }}{{- if (.digest) -}} @{{ .digest }}{{- else -}}:{{ default $.Chart.AppVersion .tag }} {{- end -}}"
+          {{- end }}
+          imagePullPolicy: {{ .Values.webhook.image.pullPolicy }}
+          args:
+          {{- if .Values.global.logLevel }}
+          - --v={{ .Values.global.logLevel }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if .Values.webhook.config }}
+          - --config=/var/cert-manager/config/config.yaml
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- $config := default .Values.webhook.config "" }}
+          {{ if not $config.securePort -}}
+          - --secure-port={{ .Values.webhook.securePort }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if .Values.featureGates }}
+          - --feature-gates={{ .Values.featureGates }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- $tlsConfig := default $config.tlsConfig "" }}
+          {{ if or (not $config.tlsConfig) (and (not $tlsConfig.dynamic) (not $tlsConfig.filesystem) ) -}}
+          - --dynamic-serving-ca-secret-namespace=$(POD_NAMESPACE)
+          - --dynamic-serving-ca-secret-name={{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}-ca
+          - --dynamic-serving-dns-names={{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}
+          - --dynamic-serving-dns-names={{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}.$(POD_NAMESPACE)
+          - --dynamic-serving-dns-names={{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}.$(POD_NAMESPACE).svc
+          {{ if .Values.webhook.url.host }}
+          - --dynamic-serving-dns-names={{ .Values.webhook.url.host }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.webhook.extraArgs }}
+          {{- toYaml . | nindent 10 }}
+          {{- end }}
+          ports:
+          - name: https
+            protocol: TCP
+            {{- if $config.securePort }}
+            containerPort: {{ $config.securePort }}
+            {{- else if .Values.webhook.securePort }}
+            containerPort: {{ .Values.webhook.securePort }}
+            {{- else }}
+            containerPort: 6443
+            {{- end }}
+          - name: healthcheck
+            protocol: TCP
+            {{- if $config.healthzPort }}
+            containerPort: {{ $config.healthzPort }}
+            {{- else }}
+            containerPort: 6080
+            {{- end }}
+          livenessProbe:
+            httpGet:
+              path: /livez
+              {{- if $config.healthzPort }}
+              port: {{ $config.healthzPort }}
+              {{- else }}
+              port: 6080
+              {{- end }}
+              scheme: HTTP
+            initialDelaySeconds: {{ .Values.webhook.livenessProbe.initialDelaySeconds }}
+            periodSeconds: {{ .Values.webhook.livenessProbe.periodSeconds }}
+            timeoutSeconds: {{ .Values.webhook.livenessProbe.timeoutSeconds }}
+            successThreshold: {{ .Values.webhook.livenessProbe.successThreshold }}
+            failureThreshold: {{ .Values.webhook.livenessProbe.failureThreshold }}
+          readinessProbe:
+            httpGet:
+              path: /healthz
+              {{- if $config.healthzPort }}
+              port: {{ $config.healthzPort }}
+              {{- else }}
+              port: 6080
+              {{- end }}
+              scheme: HTTP
+            initialDelaySeconds: {{ .Values.webhook.readinessProbe.initialDelaySeconds }}
+            periodSeconds: {{ .Values.webhook.readinessProbe.periodSeconds }}
+            timeoutSeconds: {{ .Values.webhook.readinessProbe.timeoutSeconds }}
+            successThreshold: {{ .Values.webhook.readinessProbe.successThreshold }}
+            failureThreshold: {{ .Values.webhook.readinessProbe.failureThreshold }}
+          {{- with .Values.webhook.containerSecurityContext }}
+          securityContext:
+            {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
+          {{- end }}
+          env:
+          - name: POD_NAMESPACE
+            valueFrom:
+              fieldRef:
+                fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          {{- with .Values.webhook.resources }}
+          resources:
+            {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if or .Values.webhook.config .Values.webhook.volumeMounts }}
+          volumeMounts:
+            {{- if .Values.webhook.config }}
+            - name: config
+              mountPath: /var/cert-manager/config
+            {{- end }}
+            {{- if .Values.webhook.volumeMounts }}
+            {{- toYaml .Values.webhook.volumeMounts | nindent 12 }}
+            {{- end }}
+          {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.webhook.nodeSelector }}
+      nodeSelector:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.webhook.affinity }}
+      affinity:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.webhook.tolerations }}
+      tolerations:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- with  .Values.webhook.topologySpreadConstraints }}
+      topologySpreadConstraints:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- if or .Values.webhook.config .Values.webhook.volumes }}
+      volumes:
+        {{- if .Values.webhook.config }}
+        - name: config
+          configMap:
+            name: {{ include "webhook.fullname" . }}
+        {{- end }}
+        {{- if .Values.webhook.volumes }}
+        {{- toYaml .Values.webhook.volumes | nindent 8 }}
+        {{- end }}
+      {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-mutating-webhook.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-mutating-webhook.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3db011
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-mutating-webhook.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+apiVersion: admissionregistration.k8s.io/v1
+kind: MutatingWebhookConfiguration
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "webhook.fullname" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+  annotations:
+    cert-manager.io/inject-ca-from-secret: {{ printf "%s/%s-ca" (include "cert-manager.namespace" .) (include "webhook.fullname" .) | quote }}
+    {{- with .Values.webhook.mutatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations }}
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
+webhooks:
+  - name: webhook.cert-manager.io
+    rules:
+      - apiGroups:
+          - "cert-manager.io"
+          - "acme.cert-manager.io"
+        apiVersions:
+          - "v1"
+        operations:
+          - CREATE
+          - UPDATE
+        resources:
+          - "*/*"
+    admissionReviewVersions: ["v1"]
+    # This webhook only accepts v1 cert-manager resources.
+    # Equivalent matchPolicy ensures that non-v1 resource requests are sent to
+    # this webhook (after the resources have been converted to v1).
+    matchPolicy: Equivalent
+    timeoutSeconds: {{ .Values.webhook.timeoutSeconds }}
+    failurePolicy: Fail
+    # Only include 'sideEffects' field in Kubernetes 1.12+
+    sideEffects: None
+    clientConfig:
+      {{- if .Values.webhook.url.host }}
+      url: https://{{ .Values.webhook.url.host }}/mutate
+      {{- else }}
+      service:
+        name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}
+        namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+        path: /mutate
+      {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-poddisruptionbudget.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-poddisruptionbudget.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8a357c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-poddisruptionbudget.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+{{- if .Values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget.enabled }}
+apiVersion: policy/v1
+kind: PodDisruptionBudget
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "webhook.fullname" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+spec:
+  selector:
+    matchLabels:
+      app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+
+  {{- with .Values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable }}
+  minAvailable: {{ . }}
+  {{- end }}
+  {{- with .Values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable }}
+  maxUnavailable: {{ . }}
+  {{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-psp-clusterrole.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-psp-clusterrole.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6fa4c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-psp-clusterrole.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+{{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled }}
+kind: ClusterRole
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}-psp
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+- apiGroups: ['policy']
+  resources: ['podsecuritypolicies']
+  verbs:     ['use']
+  resourceNames:
+  - {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-psp-clusterrolebinding.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-psp-clusterrolebinding.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858df8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-psp-clusterrolebinding.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+{{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled }}
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}-psp
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}-psp
+subjects:
+  - kind: ServiceAccount
+    name: {{ template "webhook.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-psp.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-psp.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d5d959
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-psp.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+{{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled }}
+apiVersion: policy/v1beta1
+kind: PodSecurityPolicy
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+  annotations:
+    seccomp.security.alpha.kubernetes.io/allowedProfileNames: 'docker/default'
+    seccomp.security.alpha.kubernetes.io/defaultProfileName:  'docker/default'
+    {{- if .Values.global.podSecurityPolicy.useAppArmor }}
+    apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/allowedProfileNames: 'runtime/default'
+    apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/defaultProfileName:  'runtime/default'
+    {{- end }}
+spec:
+  privileged: false
+  allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
+  allowedCapabilities: []  # default set of capabilities are implicitly allowed
+  volumes:
+  - 'configMap'
+  - 'emptyDir'
+  - 'projected'
+  - 'secret'
+  - 'downwardAPI'
+  hostNetwork: {{ .Values.webhook.hostNetwork }}
+  {{- if .Values.webhook.hostNetwork }}
+  hostPorts:
+  - max: {{ .Values.webhook.securePort }}
+    min: {{ .Values.webhook.securePort }}
+  {{- end }}
+  hostIPC: false
+  hostPID: false
+  runAsUser:
+    rule: 'MustRunAs'
+    ranges:
+    - min: 1000
+      max: 1000
+  seLinux:
+    rule: 'RunAsAny'
+  supplementalGroups:
+    rule: 'MustRunAs'
+    ranges:
+    - min: 1000
+      max: 1000
+  fsGroup:
+    rule: 'MustRunAs'
+    ranges:
+    - min: 1000
+      max: 1000
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-rbac.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-rbac.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b075ffd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-rbac.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+{{- if .Values.global.rbac.create }}
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: Role
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}:dynamic-serving
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+- apiGroups: [""]
+  resources: ["secrets"]
+  resourceNames:
+  - '{{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}-ca'
+  verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "update"]
+# It's not possible to grant CREATE permission on a single resourceName.
+- apiGroups: [""]
+  resources: ["secrets"]
+  verbs: ["create"]
+---
+
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: RoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}:dynamic-serving
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: Role
+  name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}:dynamic-serving
+subjects:
+- apiGroup: ""
+  kind: ServiceAccount
+  name: {{ template "webhook.serviceAccountName" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+
+---
+
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRole
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}:subjectaccessreviews
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+- apiGroups: ["authorization.k8s.io"]
+  resources: ["subjectaccessreviews"]
+  verbs: ["create"]
+---
+
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}:subjectaccessreviews
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}:subjectaccessreviews
+subjects:
+- apiGroup: ""
+  kind: ServiceAccount
+  name: {{ template "webhook.serviceAccountName" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-service.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-service.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f93950
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-service.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+apiVersion: v1
+kind: Service
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- with .Values.webhook.serviceAnnotations }}
+  annotations:
+{{ toYaml . | indent 4 }}
+{{- end }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- with .Values.webhook.serviceLabels }}
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
+spec:
+  type: {{ .Values.webhook.serviceType }}
+  {{- with .Values.webhook.loadBalancerIP }}
+  loadBalancerIP: {{ . }}
+  {{- end }}
+  ports:
+  - name: https
+    port: 443
+    protocol: TCP
+    targetPort: "https"
+  selector:
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-serviceaccount.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-serviceaccount.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dff5c06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-serviceaccount.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+{{- if .Values.webhook.serviceAccount.create }}
+apiVersion: v1
+kind: ServiceAccount
+automountServiceAccountToken: {{ .Values.webhook.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken }}
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "webhook.serviceAccountName" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  {{- with .Values.webhook.serviceAccount.annotations }}
+  annotations:
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+  {{- end }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- with .Values.webhook.serviceAccount.labels }}
+      {{ toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
+{{- with .Values.global.imagePullSecrets }}
+imagePullSecrets:
+  {{- toYaml . | nindent 2 }}
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-validating-webhook.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-validating-webhook.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5d168e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/templates/webhook-validating-webhook.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+apiVersion: admissionregistration.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ValidatingWebhookConfiguration
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "webhook.fullname" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+  annotations:
+    cert-manager.io/inject-ca-from-secret: {{ printf "%s/%s-ca" (include "cert-manager.namespace" .) (include "webhook.fullname" .) | quote}}
+    {{- with .Values.webhook.validatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations }}
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
+webhooks:
+  - name: webhook.cert-manager.io
+    namespaceSelector:
+      matchExpressions:
+      - key: "cert-manager.io/disable-validation"
+        operator: "NotIn"
+        values:
+        - "true"
+      - key: "name"
+        operator: "NotIn"
+        values:
+        - {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+    rules:
+      - apiGroups:
+          - "cert-manager.io"
+          - "acme.cert-manager.io"
+        apiVersions:
+          - "v1"
+        operations:
+          - CREATE
+          - UPDATE
+        resources:
+          - "*/*"
+    admissionReviewVersions: ["v1"]
+    # This webhook only accepts v1 cert-manager resources.
+    # Equivalent matchPolicy ensures that non-v1 resource requests are sent to
+    # this webhook (after the resources have been converted to v1).
+    matchPolicy: Equivalent
+    timeoutSeconds: {{ .Values.webhook.timeoutSeconds }}
+    failurePolicy: Fail
+    sideEffects: None
+    clientConfig:
+      {{- if .Values.webhook.url.host }}
+      url: https://{{ .Values.webhook.url.host }}/validate
+      {{- else }}
+      service:
+        name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}
+        namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+        path: /validate
+      {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/values.yaml b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/values.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66df39a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager-1.12.17/values.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,692 @@
+# Default values for cert-manager.
+# This is a YAML-formatted file.
+# Declare variables to be passed into your templates.
+global:
+  # Reference to one or more secrets to be used when pulling images
+  # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/pull-image-private-registry/
+  imagePullSecrets: []
+  # - name: "image-pull-secret"
+
+  # Labels to apply to all resources
+  # Please note that this does not add labels to the resources created dynamically by the controllers.
+  # For these resources, you have to add the labels in the template in the cert-manager custom resource:
+  # eg. podTemplate/ ingressTemplate in ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01Ingress
+  #    ref: https://cert-manager.io/docs/reference/api-docs/#acme.cert-manager.io/v1.ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01Ingress
+  # eg. secretTemplate in CertificateSpec
+  #    ref: https://cert-manager.io/docs/reference/api-docs/#cert-manager.io/v1.CertificateSpec
+  commonLabels: {}
+  # team_name: dev
+
+  # Optional priority class to be used for the cert-manager pods
+  priorityClassName: ""
+  rbac:
+    create: true
+    # Aggregate ClusterRoles to Kubernetes default user-facing roles. Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/rbac/#user-facing-roles
+    aggregateClusterRoles: true
+
+  podSecurityPolicy:
+    enabled: false
+    useAppArmor: true
+
+  # Set the verbosity of cert-manager. Range of 0 - 6 with 6 being the most verbose.
+  logLevel: 2
+
+  leaderElection:
+    # Override the namespace used for the leader election lease
+    namespace: "kube-system"
+
+    # The duration that non-leader candidates will wait after observing a
+    # leadership renewal until attempting to acquire leadership of a led but
+    # unrenewed leader slot. This is effectively the maximum duration that a
+    # leader can be stopped before it is replaced by another candidate.
+    # leaseDuration: 60s
+
+    # The interval between attempts by the acting master to renew a leadership
+    # slot before it stops leading. This must be less than or equal to the
+    # lease duration.
+    # renewDeadline: 40s
+
+    # The duration the clients should wait between attempting acquisition and
+    # renewal of a leadership.
+    # retryPeriod: 15s
+
+installCRDs: false
+
+replicaCount: 1
+
+strategy: {}
+  # type: RollingUpdate
+  # rollingUpdate:
+  #   maxSurge: 0
+  #   maxUnavailable: 1
+
+podDisruptionBudget:
+  enabled: false
+
+  minAvailable: 1
+  # maxUnavailable: 1
+
+  # minAvailable and maxUnavailable can either be set to an integer (e.g. 1)
+  # or a percentage value (e.g. 25%)
+
+# Comma separated list of feature gates that should be enabled on the controller
+# Note: do not use this field to pass feature gate values into webhook
+# component as this behaviour relies on a bug that will be fixed in cert-manager 1.13
+# https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/pull/6093
+# Use webhook.extraArgs to pass --feature-gates flag directly instead.
+featureGates: ""
+
+# The maximum number of challenges that can be scheduled as 'processing' at once
+maxConcurrentChallenges: 60
+
+image:
+  repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-controller
+  # You can manage a registry with
+  # registry: quay.io
+  # repository: jetstack/cert-manager-controller
+
+  # Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable.
+  # If no value is set, the chart's appVersion will be used.
+  # tag: canary
+
+  # Setting a digest will override any tag
+  # digest: sha256:0e072dddd1f7f8fc8909a2ca6f65e76c5f0d2fcfb8be47935ae3457e8bbceb20
+  pullPolicy: IfNotPresent
+
+# Override the namespace used to store DNS provider credentials etc. for ClusterIssuer
+# resources. By default, the same namespace as cert-manager is deployed within is
+# used. This namespace will not be automatically created by the Helm chart.
+clusterResourceNamespace: ""
+
+# This namespace allows you to define where the services will be installed into
+# if not set then they will use the namespace of the release
+# This is helpful when installing cert manager as a chart dependency (sub chart)
+namespace: ""
+
+serviceAccount:
+  # Specifies whether a service account should be created
+  create: true
+  # The name of the service account to use.
+  # If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template
+  # name: ""
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the controller's ServiceAccount
+  # annotations: {}
+  # Automount API credentials for a Service Account.
+  # Optional additional labels to add to the controller's ServiceAccount
+  # labels: {}
+  automountServiceAccountToken: true
+
+# Automounting API credentials for a particular pod
+# automountServiceAccountToken: true
+
+# When this flag is enabled, secrets will be automatically removed when the certificate resource is deleted
+enableCertificateOwnerRef: false
+
+# Setting Nameservers for DNS01 Self Check
+# See: https://cert-manager.io/docs/configuration/acme/dns01/#setting-nameservers-for-dns01-self-check
+
+# Comma separated string with host and port of the recursive nameservers cert-manager should query
+dns01RecursiveNameservers: ""
+
+# Forces cert-manager to only use the recursive nameservers for verification.
+# Enabling this option could cause the DNS01 self check to take longer due to caching performed by the recursive nameservers
+dns01RecursiveNameserversOnly: false
+
+# Additional command line flags to pass to cert-manager controller binary.
+# To see all available flags run docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-controller:<version> --help
+extraArgs: []
+  # Use this flag to enable or disable arbitrary controllers, for example, disable the CertificiateRequests approver
+  # - --controllers=*,-certificaterequests-approver
+
+extraEnv: []
+# - name: SOME_VAR
+#   value: 'some value'
+
+resources: {}
+  # requests:
+  #   cpu: 10m
+  #   memory: 32Mi
+
+# Pod Security Context
+# ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+securityContext:
+  runAsNonRoot: true
+  seccompProfile:
+    type: RuntimeDefault
+
+# Container Security Context to be set on the controller component container
+# ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+containerSecurityContext:
+  allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
+  capabilities:
+    drop:
+    - ALL
+  # readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
+  # runAsNonRoot: true
+
+
+volumes: []
+
+volumeMounts: []
+
+# Optional additional annotations to add to the controller Deployment
+# deploymentAnnotations: {}
+
+# Optional additional annotations to add to the controller Pods
+# podAnnotations: {}
+
+podLabels: {}
+
+# Optional annotations to add to the controller Service
+# serviceAnnotations: {}
+
+# Optional additional labels to add to the controller Service
+# serviceLabels: {}
+
+# Optional DNS settings, useful if you have a public and private DNS zone for
+# the same domain on Route 53. What follows is an example of ensuring
+# cert-manager can access an ingress or DNS TXT records at all times.
+# NOTE: This requires Kubernetes 1.10 or `CustomPodDNS` feature gate enabled for
+# the cluster to work.
+# podDnsPolicy: "None"
+# podDnsConfig:
+#   nameservers:
+#     - "1.1.1.1"
+#     - "8.8.8.8"
+
+nodeSelector:
+  kubernetes.io/os: linux
+
+ingressShim: {}
+  # defaultIssuerName: ""
+  # defaultIssuerKind: ""
+  # defaultIssuerGroup: ""
+
+prometheus:
+  enabled: true
+  servicemonitor:
+    enabled: false
+    prometheusInstance: default
+    targetPort: 9402
+    path: /metrics
+    interval: 60s
+    scrapeTimeout: 30s
+    labels: {}
+    annotations: {}
+    honorLabels: false
+
+# Use these variables to configure the HTTP_PROXY environment variables
+# http_proxy: "http://proxy:8080"
+# https_proxy: "https://proxy:8080"
+# no_proxy: 127.0.0.1,localhost
+
+# A Kubernetes Affinty, if required; see https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#affinity-v1-core
+# for example:
+#   affinity:
+#     nodeAffinity:
+#      requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+#        nodeSelectorTerms:
+#        - matchExpressions:
+#          - key: foo.bar.com/role
+#            operator: In
+#            values:
+#            - master
+affinity: {}
+
+# A list of Kubernetes Tolerations, if required; see https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#toleration-v1-core
+# for example:
+#   tolerations:
+#   - key: foo.bar.com/role
+#     operator: Equal
+#     value: master
+#     effect: NoSchedule
+tolerations: []
+
+# A list of Kubernetes TopologySpreadConstraints, if required; see https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#topologyspreadconstraint-v1-core
+# for example:
+#   topologySpreadConstraints:
+#   - maxSkew: 2
+#     topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone
+#     whenUnsatisfiable: ScheduleAnyway
+#     labelSelector:
+#       matchLabels:
+#         app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager
+#         app.kubernetes.io/component: controller
+topologySpreadConstraints: []
+
+# LivenessProbe settings for the controller container of the controller Pod.
+#
+# Disabled by default, because the controller has a leader election mechanism
+# which should cause it to exit if it is unable to renew its leader election
+# record.
+# LivenessProbe durations and thresholds are based on those used for the Kubernetes
+# controller-manager. See:
+# https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/806b30170c61a38fedd54cc9ede4cd6275a1ad3b/cmd/kubeadm/app/util/staticpod/utils.go#L241-L245
+livenessProbe:
+  enabled: false
+  initialDelaySeconds: 10
+  periodSeconds: 10
+  timeoutSeconds: 15
+  successThreshold: 1
+  failureThreshold: 8
+
+webhook:
+  replicaCount: 1
+  timeoutSeconds: 10
+
+  # Used to configure options for the webhook pod.
+  # This allows setting options that'd usually be provided via flags.
+  # An APIVersion and Kind must be specified in your values.yaml file.
+  # Flags will override options that are set here.
+  config:
+    # apiVersion: webhook.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1
+    # kind: WebhookConfiguration
+
+    # The port that the webhook should listen on for requests.
+    # In GKE private clusters, by default kubernetes apiservers are allowed to
+    # talk to the cluster nodes only on 443 and 10250. so configuring
+    # securePort: 10250, will work out of the box without needing to add firewall
+    # rules or requiring NET_BIND_SERVICE capabilities to bind port numbers <1000.
+    # This should be uncommented and set as a default by the chart once we graduate
+    # the apiVersion of WebhookConfiguration past v1alpha1.
+    # securePort: 10250
+
+  strategy: {}
+    # type: RollingUpdate
+    # rollingUpdate:
+    #   maxSurge: 0
+    #   maxUnavailable: 1
+
+  # Pod Security Context to be set on the webhook component Pod
+  # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+  securityContext:
+    runAsNonRoot: true
+    seccompProfile:
+      type: RuntimeDefault
+
+  podDisruptionBudget:
+    enabled: false
+
+    minAvailable: 1
+    # maxUnavailable: 1
+
+    # minAvailable and maxUnavailable can either be set to an integer (e.g. 1)
+    # or a percentage value (e.g. 25%)
+
+  # Container Security Context to be set on the webhook component container
+  # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+  containerSecurityContext:
+    allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
+    capabilities:
+      drop:
+      - ALL
+    # readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
+    # runAsNonRoot: true
+
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Deployment
+  # deploymentAnnotations: {}
+
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Pods
+  # podAnnotations: {}
+
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Service
+  # serviceAnnotations: {}
+
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook MutatingWebhookConfiguration
+  # mutatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations: {}
+
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook ValidatingWebhookConfiguration
+  # validatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations: {}
+
+  # Additional command line flags to pass to cert-manager webhook binary.
+  # To see all available flags run docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-webhook:<version> --help
+  extraArgs: []
+  # Path to a file containing a WebhookConfiguration object used to configure the webhook
+  # - --config=<path-to-config-file>
+
+  resources: {}
+    # requests:
+    #   cpu: 10m
+    #   memory: 32Mi
+
+  ## Liveness and readiness probe values
+  ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#container-probes
+  ##
+  livenessProbe:
+    failureThreshold: 3
+    initialDelaySeconds: 60
+    periodSeconds: 10
+    successThreshold: 1
+    timeoutSeconds: 1
+  readinessProbe:
+    failureThreshold: 3
+    initialDelaySeconds: 5
+    periodSeconds: 5
+    successThreshold: 1
+    timeoutSeconds: 1
+
+  nodeSelector:
+    kubernetes.io/os: linux
+
+  affinity: {}
+
+  tolerations: []
+
+  topologySpreadConstraints: []
+
+  # Optional additional labels to add to the Webhook Pods
+  podLabels: {}
+
+  # Optional additional labels to add to the Webhook Service
+  serviceLabels: {}
+
+  image:
+    repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-webhook
+    # You can manage a registry with
+    # registry: quay.io
+    # repository: jetstack/cert-manager-webhook
+
+    # Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable.
+    # If no value is set, the chart's appVersion will be used.
+    # tag: canary
+
+    # Setting a digest will override any tag
+    # digest: sha256:0e072dddd1f7f8fc8909a2ca6f65e76c5f0d2fcfb8be47935ae3457e8bbceb20
+
+    pullPolicy: IfNotPresent
+
+  serviceAccount:
+    # Specifies whether a service account should be created
+    create: true
+    # The name of the service account to use.
+    # If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template
+    # name: ""
+    # Optional additional annotations to add to the controller's ServiceAccount
+    # annotations: {}
+    # Optional additional labels to add to the webhook's ServiceAccount
+    # labels: {}
+    # Automount API credentials for a Service Account.
+    automountServiceAccountToken: true
+
+  # Automounting API credentials for a particular pod
+  # automountServiceAccountToken: true
+
+  # The port that the webhook should listen on for requests.
+  # In GKE private clusters, by default kubernetes apiservers are allowed to
+  # talk to the cluster nodes only on 443 and 10250. so configuring
+  # securePort: 10250, will work out of the box without needing to add firewall
+  # rules or requiring NET_BIND_SERVICE capabilities to bind port numbers <1000
+  securePort: 10250
+
+  # Specifies if the webhook should be started in hostNetwork mode.
+  #
+  # Required for use in some managed kubernetes clusters (such as AWS EKS) with custom
+  # CNI (such as calico), because control-plane managed by AWS cannot communicate
+  # with pods' IP CIDR and admission webhooks are not working
+  #
+  # Since the default port for the webhook conflicts with kubelet on the host
+  # network, `webhook.securePort` should be changed to an available port if
+  # running in hostNetwork mode.
+  hostNetwork: false
+
+  # Specifies how the service should be handled. Useful if you want to expose the
+  # webhook to outside of the cluster. In some cases, the control plane cannot
+  # reach internal services.
+  serviceType: ClusterIP
+  # loadBalancerIP:
+
+  # Overrides the mutating webhook and validating webhook so they reach the webhook
+  # service using the `url` field instead of a service.
+  url: {}
+    # host:
+
+  # Enables default network policies for webhooks.
+  networkPolicy:
+    enabled: false
+    ingress:
+    - from:
+      - ipBlock:
+          cidr: 0.0.0.0/0
+    egress:
+    - ports:
+      - port: 80
+        protocol: TCP
+      - port: 443
+        protocol: TCP
+      - port: 53
+        protocol: TCP
+      - port: 53
+        protocol: UDP
+      # On OpenShift and OKD, the Kubernetes API server listens on
+      # port 6443.
+      - port: 6443
+        protocol: TCP
+      to:
+      - ipBlock:
+          cidr: 0.0.0.0/0
+
+  volumes: []
+  volumeMounts: []
+
+cainjector:
+  enabled: true
+  replicaCount: 1
+
+  strategy: {}
+    # type: RollingUpdate
+    # rollingUpdate:
+    #   maxSurge: 0
+    #   maxUnavailable: 1
+
+  # Pod Security Context to be set on the cainjector component Pod
+  # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+  securityContext:
+    runAsNonRoot: true
+    seccompProfile:
+      type: RuntimeDefault
+
+  podDisruptionBudget:
+    enabled: false
+
+    minAvailable: 1
+    # maxUnavailable: 1
+
+    # minAvailable and maxUnavailable can either be set to an integer (e.g. 1)
+    # or a percentage value (e.g. 25%)
+
+  # Container Security Context to be set on the cainjector component container
+  # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+  containerSecurityContext:
+    allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
+    capabilities:
+      drop:
+      - ALL
+    # readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
+    # runAsNonRoot: true
+
+
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector Deployment
+  # deploymentAnnotations: {}
+
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector Pods
+  # podAnnotations: {}
+
+  # Additional command line flags to pass to cert-manager cainjector binary.
+  # To see all available flags run docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector:<version> --help
+  extraArgs: []
+  # Enable profiling for cainjector
+  # - --enable-profiling=true
+
+  resources: {}
+    # requests:
+    #   cpu: 10m
+    #   memory: 32Mi
+
+  nodeSelector:
+    kubernetes.io/os: linux
+
+  affinity: {}
+
+  tolerations: []
+
+  topologySpreadConstraints: []
+
+  # Optional additional labels to add to the CA Injector Pods
+  podLabels: {}
+
+  image:
+    repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector
+    # You can manage a registry with
+    # registry: quay.io
+    # repository: jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector
+
+    # Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable.
+    # If no value is set, the chart's appVersion will be used.
+    # tag: canary
+
+    # Setting a digest will override any tag
+    # digest: sha256:0e072dddd1f7f8fc8909a2ca6f65e76c5f0d2fcfb8be47935ae3457e8bbceb20
+
+    pullPolicy: IfNotPresent
+
+  serviceAccount:
+    # Specifies whether a service account should be created
+    create: true
+    # The name of the service account to use.
+    # If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template
+    # name: ""
+    # Optional additional annotations to add to the controller's ServiceAccount
+    # annotations: {}
+    # Automount API credentials for a Service Account.
+    # Optional additional labels to add to the cainjector's ServiceAccount
+    # labels: {}
+    automountServiceAccountToken: true
+
+  # Automounting API credentials for a particular pod
+  # automountServiceAccountToken: true
+
+  volumes: []
+  volumeMounts: []
+
+acmesolver:
+  image:
+    repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-acmesolver
+    # You can manage a registry with
+    # registry: quay.io
+    # repository: jetstack/cert-manager-acmesolver
+
+    # Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable.
+    # If no value is set, the chart's appVersion will be used.
+    # tag: canary
+
+    # Setting a digest will override any tag
+    # digest: sha256:0e072dddd1f7f8fc8909a2ca6f65e76c5f0d2fcfb8be47935ae3457e8bbceb20
+
+# This startupapicheck is a Helm post-install hook that waits for the webhook
+# endpoints to become available.
+# The check is implemented using a Kubernetes Job- if you are injecting mesh
+# sidecar proxies into cert-manager pods, you probably want to ensure that they
+# are not injected into this Job's pod. Otherwise the installation may time out
+# due to the Job never being completed because the sidecar proxy does not exit.
+# See https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/pull/4414 for context.
+startupapicheck:
+  enabled: true
+
+  # Pod Security Context to be set on the startupapicheck component Pod
+  # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+  securityContext:
+    runAsNonRoot: true
+    seccompProfile:
+      type: RuntimeDefault
+
+  # Container Security Context to be set on the controller component container
+  # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+  containerSecurityContext:
+    allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
+    capabilities:
+      drop:
+      - ALL
+    # readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
+    # runAsNonRoot: true
+
+  # Timeout for 'kubectl check api' command
+  timeout: 1m
+
+  # Job backoffLimit
+  backoffLimit: 4
+
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the startupapicheck Job
+  jobAnnotations:
+    helm.sh/hook: post-install
+    helm.sh/hook-weight: "1"
+    helm.sh/hook-delete-policy: before-hook-creation,hook-succeeded
+
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the startupapicheck Pods
+  # podAnnotations: {}
+
+  # Additional command line flags to pass to startupapicheck binary.
+  # To see all available flags run docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-ctl:<version> --help
+  extraArgs: []
+
+  resources: {}
+    # requests:
+    #   cpu: 10m
+    #   memory: 32Mi
+
+  nodeSelector:
+    kubernetes.io/os: linux
+
+  affinity: {}
+
+  tolerations: []
+
+  # Optional additional labels to add to the startupapicheck Pods
+  podLabels: {}
+
+  image:
+    repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-ctl
+    # You can manage a registry with
+    # registry: quay.io
+    # repository: jetstack/cert-manager-ctl
+
+    # Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable.
+    # If no value is set, the chart's appVersion will be used.
+    # tag: canary
+
+    # Setting a digest will override any tag
+    # digest: sha256:0e072dddd1f7f8fc8909a2ca6f65e76c5f0d2fcfb8be47935ae3457e8bbceb20
+
+    pullPolicy: IfNotPresent
+
+  rbac:
+    # annotations for the startup API Check job RBAC and PSP resources
+    annotations:
+      helm.sh/hook: post-install
+      helm.sh/hook-weight: "-5"
+      helm.sh/hook-delete-policy: before-hook-creation,hook-succeeded
+
+  # Automounting API credentials for a particular pod
+  # automountServiceAccountToken: true
+
+  serviceAccount:
+    # Specifies whether a service account should be created
+    create: true
+
+    # The name of the service account to use.
+    # If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template
+    # name: ""
+
+    # Optional additional annotations to add to the Job's ServiceAccount
+    annotations:
+      helm.sh/hook: post-install
+      helm.sh/hook-weight: "-5"
+      helm.sh/hook-delete-policy: before-hook-creation,hook-succeeded
+
+    # Automount API credentials for a Service Account.
+    automountServiceAccountToken: true
+
+    # Optional additional labels to add to the startupapicheck's ServiceAccount
+    # labels: {}
+
+  volumes: []
+  volumeMounts: []
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/Chart.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/Chart.yaml
index 57dd5f6..2b59f76 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/Chart.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/Chart.yaml
@@ -1,13 +1,15 @@
 annotations:
+  artifacthub.io/category: security
+  artifacthub.io/license: Apache-2.0
   artifacthub.io/prerelease: "false"
   artifacthub.io/signKey: |
     fingerprint: 1020CF3C033D4F35BAE1C19E1226061C665DF13E
     url: https://cert-manager.io/public-keys/cert-manager-keyring-2021-09-20-1020CF3C033D4F35BAE1C19E1226061C665DF13E.gpg
-apiVersion: v1
-appVersion: v1.12.17
+apiVersion: v2
+appVersion: v1.17.4
 description: A Helm chart for cert-manager
-home: https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager
-icon: https://raw.githubusercontent.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/d53c0b9270f8cd90d908460d69502694e1838f5f/logo/logo-small.png
+home: https://cert-manager.io
+icon: https://raw.githubusercontent.com/cert-manager/community/4d35a69437d21b76322157e6284be4cd64e6d2b7/logo/logo-small.png
 keywords:
 - cert-manager
 - kube-lego
@@ -21,4 +23,4 @@
 name: cert-manager
 sources:
 - https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager
-version: v1.12.17
+version: v1.17.4
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/README.md b/charts/cert-manager/README.md
index 987b869..2796cae 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/README.md
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/README.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-- Kubernetes 1.20+
+- Kubernetes 1.22+
 
 ## Installing the Chart
 
@@ -19,17 +19,17 @@
 This is performed in a separate step to allow you to easily uninstall and reinstall cert-manager without deleting your installed custom resources.
 
 ```bash
-$ kubectl apply -f https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/releases/download/v1.12.17/cert-manager.crds.yaml
+$ kubectl apply -f https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/releases/download/v1.17.4/cert-manager.crds.yaml
 ```
 
-To install the chart with the release name `my-release`:
+To install the chart with the release name `cert-manager`:
 
 ```console
 ## Add the Jetstack Helm repository
-$ helm repo add jetstack https://charts.jetstack.io
+$ helm repo add jetstack https://charts.jetstack.io --force-update
 
 ## Install the cert-manager helm chart
-$ helm install my-release --namespace cert-manager --version v1.12.17 jetstack/cert-manager
+$ helm install cert-manager --namespace cert-manager --version v1.17.4 jetstack/cert-manager
 ```
 
 In order to begin issuing certificates, you will need to set up a ClusterIssuer
@@ -53,10 +53,10 @@
 
 ## Uninstalling the Chart
 
-To uninstall/delete the `my-release` deployment:
+To uninstall/delete the `cert-manager` deployment:
 
 ```console
-$ helm delete my-release
+$ helm delete cert-manager --namespace cert-manager
 ```
 
 The command removes all the Kubernetes components associated with the chart and deletes the release.
@@ -65,177 +65,1913 @@
 delete the previously installed CustomResourceDefinition resources:
 
 ```console
-$ kubectl delete -f https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/releases/download/v1.12.17/cert-manager.crds.yaml
+$ kubectl delete -f https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/releases/download/v1.17.4/cert-manager.crds.yaml
 ```
 
 ## Configuration
+<!-- AUTO-GENERATED -->
 
-The following table lists the configurable parameters of the cert-manager chart and their default values.
+### Global
 
-| Parameter | Description | Default |
-| --------- | ----------- | ------- |
-| `global.imagePullSecrets` | Reference to one or more secrets to be used when pulling images | `[]` |
-| `global.commonLabels` | Labels to apply to all resources | `{}` |
-| `global.rbac.create` | If `true`, create and use RBAC resources (includes sub-charts) | `true` |
-| `global.priorityClassName`| Priority class name for cert-manager and webhook pods | `""` |
-| `global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled` | If `true`, create and use PodSecurityPolicy (includes sub-charts) | `false` |
-| `global.podSecurityPolicy.useAppArmor` | If `true`, use Apparmor seccomp profile in PSP | `true` |
-| `global.leaderElection.namespace` | Override the namespace used to store the ConfigMap for leader election | `kube-system` |
-| `global.leaderElection.leaseDuration` | The duration that non-leader candidates will wait after observing a leadership renewal until attempting to acquire leadership of a led but unrenewed leader slot. This is effectively the maximum duration that a leader can be stopped before it is replaced by another candidate |  |
-| `global.leaderElection.renewDeadline` | The interval between attempts by the acting master to renew a leadership slot before it stops leading. This must be less than or equal to the lease duration |  |
-| `global.leaderElection.retryPeriod` | The duration the clients should wait between attempting acquisition and renewal of a leadership |  |
-| `installCRDs` | If true, CRD resources will be installed as part of the Helm chart. If enabled, when uninstalling CRD resources will be deleted causing all installed custom resources to be DELETED | `false` |
-| `image.repository` | Image repository | `quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-controller` |
-| `image.tag` | Image tag | `v1.12.17` |
-| `image.pullPolicy` | Image pull policy | `IfNotPresent` |
-| `replicaCount`  | Number of cert-manager replicas  | `1` |
-| `clusterResourceNamespace` | Override the namespace used to store DNS provider credentials etc. for ClusterIssuer resources | Same namespace as cert-manager pod |
-| `featureGates` | Set of comma-separated key=value pairs that describe feature gates on the controller. Some feature gates may also have to be enabled on other components, and can be set supplying the `feature-gate` flag to `<component>.extraArgs` | `` |
-| `extraArgs` | Optional flags for cert-manager | `[]` |
-| `extraEnv` | Optional environment variables for cert-manager | `[]` |
-| `serviceAccount.create` | If `true`, create a new service account | `true` |
-| `serviceAccount.name` | Service account to be used. If not set and `serviceAccount.create` is `true`, a name is generated using the fullname template |  |
-| `serviceAccount.annotations` | Annotations to add to the service account |  |
-| `serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken` | Automount API credentials for the Service Account | `true` |
-| `volumes` | Optional volumes for cert-manager | `[]` |
-| `volumeMounts` | Optional volume mounts for cert-manager | `[]` |
-| `resources` | CPU/memory resource requests/limits | `{}` |
-| `securityContext` | Security context for the controller pod assignment | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
-| `containerSecurityContext` | Security context to be set on the controller component container | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
-| `nodeSelector` | Node labels for pod assignment | `{}` |
-| `affinity` | Node affinity for pod assignment | `{}` |
-| `tolerations` | Node tolerations for pod assignment | `[]` |
-| `topologySpreadConstraints` | Topology spread constraints for pod assignment | `[]` |
-| `livenessProbe.enabled` | Enable or disable the liveness probe for the controller container in the controller Pod. See https://cert-manager.io/docs/installation/best-practice/ to learn about when you might want to enable this livenss probe. | `false` |
-| `livenessProbe.initialDelaySeconds` | The liveness probe initial delay (in seconds) | `10` |
-| `livenessProbe.periodSeconds` | The liveness probe period (in seconds) | `10` |
-| `livenessProbe.timeoutSeconds` | The liveness probe timeout (in seconds) | `10` |
-| `livenessProbe.periodSeconds` | The liveness probe period (in seconds) | `10` |
-| `livenessProbe.successThreshold` | The liveness probe success threshold | `1` |
-| `livenessProbe.failureThreshold` | The liveness probe failure threshold | `8` |
-| `ingressShim.defaultIssuerName` | Optional default issuer to use for ingress resources |  |
-| `ingressShim.defaultIssuerKind` | Optional default issuer kind to use for ingress resources |  |
-| `ingressShim.defaultIssuerGroup` | Optional default issuer group to use for ingress resources |  |
-| `prometheus.enabled` | Enable Prometheus monitoring | `true` |
-| `prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled` | Enable Prometheus Operator ServiceMonitor monitoring | `false` |
-| `prometheus.servicemonitor.namespace` | Define namespace where to deploy the ServiceMonitor resource | (namespace where you are deploying) |
-| `prometheus.servicemonitor.prometheusInstance` | Prometheus Instance definition | `default` |
-| `prometheus.servicemonitor.targetPort` | Prometheus scrape port | `9402` |
-| `prometheus.servicemonitor.path` | Prometheus scrape path | `/metrics` |
-| `prometheus.servicemonitor.interval` | Prometheus scrape interval | `60s` |
-| `prometheus.servicemonitor.labels` | Add custom labels to ServiceMonitor | |
-| `prometheus.servicemonitor.scrapeTimeout` | Prometheus scrape timeout | `30s` |
-| `prometheus.servicemonitor.honorLabels` | Enable label honoring for metrics scraped by Prometheus (see [Prometheus scrape config docs](https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/configuration/#scrape_config) for details). By setting `honorLabels` to `true`, Prometheus will prefer label contents given by cert-manager on conflicts. Can be used to remove the "exported_namespace" label for example.  | `false` |
-| `podAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the cert-manager pod | `{}` |
-| `deploymentAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the cert-manager deployment | `{}` |
-| `podDisruptionBudget.enabled` | Adds a PodDisruptionBudget for the cert-manager deployment | `false` |
-| `podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable` | Configures the minimum available pods for voluntary disruptions. Cannot used if `maxUnavailable` is set. | `1` |
-| `podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable` | Configures the maximum unavailable pods for voluntary disruptions. Cannot used if `minAvailable` is set. |  |
-| `podDnsPolicy` | Optional cert-manager pod [DNS policy](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dns-pod-service/#pods-dns-policy) |  |
-| `podDnsConfig` | Optional cert-manager pod [DNS configurations](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dns-pod-service/#pods-dns-config) |  |
-| `podLabels` | Labels to add to the cert-manager pod | `{}` |
-| `serviceLabels` | Labels to add to the cert-manager controller service | `{}` |
-| `serviceAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the cert-manager service | `{}` |
-| `http_proxy` | Value of the `HTTP_PROXY` environment variable in the cert-manager pod | |
-| `https_proxy` | Value of the `HTTPS_PROXY` environment variable in the cert-manager pod | |
-| `no_proxy` | Value of the `NO_PROXY` environment variable in the cert-manager pod | |
-| `dns01RecursiveNameservers` | Comma separated string with host and port of the recursive nameservers cert-manager should query | `` |
-| `dns01RecursiveNameserversOnly` | Forces cert-manager to only use the recursive nameservers for verification.  | `false` |
-| `enableCertificateOwnerRef` | When this flag is enabled, secrets will be automatically removed when the certificate resource is deleted | `false` |
-| `webhook.replicaCount` | Number of cert-manager webhook replicas | `1` |
-| `webhook.timeoutSeconds` | Seconds the API server should wait the webhook to respond before treating the call as a failure. | `10` |
-| `webhook.podAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the webhook pods | `{}` |
-| `webhook.podLabels` | Labels to add to the cert-manager webhook pod | `{}` |
-| `webhook.serviceLabels` | Labels to add to the cert-manager webhook service | `{}` |
-| `webhook.deploymentAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the webhook deployment | `{}` |
-| `webhook.podDisruptionBudget.enabled` | Adds a PodDisruptionBudget for the cert-manager deployment | `false` |
-| `webhook.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable` | Configures the minimum available pods for voluntary disruptions. Cannot used if `maxUnavailable` is set. | `1` |
-| `webhook.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable` | Configures the maximum unavailable pods for voluntary disruptions. Cannot used if `minAvailable` is set. |  |
-| `webhook.mutatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the mutating webhook configuration | `{}` |
-| `webhook.validatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the validating webhook configuration | `{}` |
-| `webhook.serviceAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the webhook service | `{}` |
-| `webhook.config` | WebhookConfiguration YAML used to configure flags for the webhook. Generates a ConfigMap containing contents of the field. See `values.yaml` for example. | `{}` |
-| `webhook.extraArgs` | Optional flags for cert-manager webhook component | `[]` |
-| `webhook.serviceAccount.create` | If `true`, create a new service account for the webhook component | `true` |
-| `webhook.serviceAccount.name` | Service account for the webhook component to be used. If not set and `webhook.serviceAccount.create` is `true`, a name is generated using the fullname template |  |
-| `webhook.serviceAccount.annotations` | Annotations to add to the service account for the webhook component |  |
-| `webhook.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken` | Automount API credentials for the webhook Service Account |  |
-| `webhook.resources` | CPU/memory resource requests/limits for the webhook pods | `{}` |
-| `webhook.nodeSelector` | Node labels for webhook pod assignment | `{}` |
-| `webhook.networkPolicy.enabled` | Enable default network policies for webhooks egress and ingress traffic | `false` |
-| `webhook.networkPolicy.ingress` | Sets ingress policy block. See NetworkPolicy documentation. See `values.yaml` for example. | `{}` |
-| `webhook.networkPolicy.egress` | Sets ingress policy block. See NetworkPolicy documentation. See `values.yaml` for example. | `{}` |
-| `webhook.affinity` | Node affinity for webhook pod assignment | `{}` |
-| `webhook.tolerations` | Node tolerations for webhook pod assignment | `[]` |
-| `webhook.topologySpreadConstraints` | Topology spread constraints for webhook pod assignment | `[]` |
-| `webhook.image.repository` | Webhook image repository | `quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-webhook` |
-| `webhook.image.tag` | Webhook image tag | `v1.12.17` |
-| `webhook.image.pullPolicy` | Webhook image pull policy | `IfNotPresent` |
-| `webhook.securePort` | The port that the webhook should listen on for requests. | `10250` |
-| `webhook.securityContext` | Security context for webhook pod assignment | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
-| `webhook.containerSecurityContext` | Security context to be set on the webhook component container | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
-| `webhook.hostNetwork` | If `true`, run the Webhook on the host network. | `false` |
-| `webhook.serviceType` | The type of the `Service`. | `ClusterIP` |
-| `webhook.loadBalancerIP` | The specific load balancer IP to use (when `serviceType` is `LoadBalancer`). |  |
-| `webhook.url.host` | The host to use to reach the webhook, instead of using internal cluster DNS for the service. |  |
-| `webhook.livenessProbe.failureThreshold` | The liveness probe failure threshold | `3` |
-| `webhook.livenessProbe.initialDelaySeconds` | The liveness probe initial delay (in seconds) | `60` |
-| `webhook.livenessProbe.periodSeconds` | The liveness probe period (in seconds) | `10` |
-| `webhook.livenessProbe.successThreshold` | The liveness probe success threshold | `1` |
-| `webhook.livenessProbe.timeoutSeconds` | The liveness probe timeout (in seconds) | `1` |
-| `webhook.readinessProbe.failureThreshold` | The readiness probe failure threshold | `3` |
-| `webhook.readinessProbe.initialDelaySeconds` | The readiness probe initial delay (in seconds) | `5` |
-| `webhook.readinessProbe.periodSeconds` | The readiness probe period (in seconds) | `5` |
-| `webhook.readinessProbe.successThreshold` | The readiness probe success threshold | `1` |
-| `webhook.readinessProbe.timeoutSeconds` | The readiness probe timeout (in seconds) | `1` |
-| `cainjector.enabled` | Toggles whether the cainjector component should be installed (required for the webhook component to work) | `true` |
-| `cainjector.replicaCount` | Number of cert-manager cainjector replicas | `1` |
-| `cainjector.podAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the cainjector pods | `{}` |
-| `cainjector.podLabels` | Labels to add to the cert-manager cainjector pod | `{}` |
-| `cainjector.deploymentAnnotations` | Annotations to add to the cainjector deployment | `{}` |
-| `cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.enabled` | Adds a PodDisruptionBudget for the cert-manager deployment | `false` |
-| `cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable` | Configures the minimum available pods for voluntary disruptions. Cannot used if `maxUnavailable` is set. | `1` |
-| `cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable` | Configures the maximum unavailable pods for voluntary disruptions. Cannot used if `minAvailable` is set. |  |
-| `cainjector.extraArgs` | Optional flags for cert-manager cainjector component | `[]` |
-| `cainjector.serviceAccount.create` | If `true`, create a new service account for the cainjector component | `true` |
-| `cainjector.serviceAccount.name` | Service account for the cainjector component to be used. If not set and `cainjector.serviceAccount.create` is `true`, a name is generated using the fullname template |  |
-| `cainjector.serviceAccount.annotations` | Annotations to add to the service account for the cainjector component |  |
-| `cainjector.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken` | Automount API credentials for the cainjector Service Account | `true` |
-| `cainjector.resources` | CPU/memory resource requests/limits for the cainjector pods | `{}` |
-| `cainjector.nodeSelector` | Node labels for cainjector pod assignment | `{}` |
-| `cainjector.affinity` | Node affinity for cainjector pod assignment | `{}` |
-| `cainjector.tolerations` | Node tolerations for cainjector pod assignment | `[]` |
-| `cainjector.topologySpreadConstraints` | Topology spread constraints for cainjector pod assignment | `[]` |
-| `cainjector.image.repository` | cainjector image repository | `quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector` |
-| `cainjector.image.tag` | cainjector image tag | `v1.12.17` |
-| `cainjector.image.pullPolicy` | cainjector image pull policy | `IfNotPresent` |
-| `cainjector.securityContext` | Security context for cainjector pod assignment | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
-| `cainjector.containerSecurityContext` | Security context to be set on cainjector component container | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
-| `acmesolver.image.repository` | acmesolver image repository | `quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-acmesolver` |
-| `acmesolver.image.tag` | acmesolver image tag | `v1.12.17` |
-| `acmesolver.image.pullPolicy` | acmesolver image pull policy | `IfNotPresent` |
-| `startupapicheck.enabled` | Toggles whether the startupapicheck Job should be installed | `true` |
-| `startupapicheck.securityContext` | Security context for startupapicheck pod assignment | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
-| `startupapicheck.containerSecurityContext` | Security context to be set on startupapicheck component container | refer to [Default Security Contexts](#default-security-contexts) |
-| `startupapicheck.timeout` | Timeout for 'kubectl check api' command | `1m` |
-| `startupapicheck.backoffLimit` | Job backoffLimit | `4` |
-| `startupapicheck.jobAnnotations` | Optional additional annotations to add to the startupapicheck Job | `{}` |
-| `startupapicheck.podAnnotations` | Optional additional annotations to add to the startupapicheck Pods | `{}` |
-| `startupapicheck.extraArgs` | Optional additional arguments for startupapicheck | `[]` |
-| `startupapicheck.resources` | CPU/memory resource requests/limits for the startupapicheck pod | `{}` |
-| `startupapicheck.nodeSelector` | Node labels for startupapicheck pod assignment | `{}` |
-| `startupapicheck.affinity` | Node affinity for startupapicheck pod assignment | `{}` |
-| `startupapicheck.tolerations` | Node tolerations for startupapicheck pod assignment | `[]` |
-| `startupapicheck.podLabels` | Optional additional labels to add to the startupapicheck Pods | `{}` |
-| `startupapicheck.image.repository` | startupapicheck image repository | `quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-ctl` |
-| `startupapicheck.image.tag` | startupapicheck image tag | `v1.12.17` |
-| `startupapicheck.image.pullPolicy` | startupapicheck image pull policy | `IfNotPresent` |
-| `startupapicheck.serviceAccount.create` | If `true`, create a new service account for the startupapicheck component | `true` |
-| `startupapicheck.serviceAccount.name` | Service account for the startupapicheck component to be used. If not set and `startupapicheck.serviceAccount.create` is `true`, a name is generated using the fullname template |  |
-| `startupapicheck.serviceAccount.annotations` | Annotations to add to the service account for the startupapicheck component |  |
-| `startupapicheck.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken` | Automount API credentials for the startupapicheck Service Account | `true` |
-| `maxConcurrentChallenges` | The maximum number of challenges that can be scheduled as 'processing' at once | `60` |
+#### **global.imagePullSecrets** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
 
+Reference to one or more secrets to be used when pulling images. For more information, see [Pull an Image from a Private Registry](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/pull-image-private-registry/).  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+imagePullSecrets:
+  - name: "image-pull-secret"
+```
+#### **global.commonLabels** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Labels to apply to all resources.  
+Please note that this does not add labels to the resources created dynamically by the controllers. For these resources, you have to add the labels in the template in the cert-manager custom resource: For example, podTemplate/ ingressTemplate in ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01Ingress. For more information, see the [cert-manager documentation](https://cert-manager.io/docs/reference/api-docs/#acme.cert-manager.io/v1.ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01Ingress).  
+For example, secretTemplate in CertificateSpec  
+For more information, see the [cert-manager documentation](https://cert-manager.io/docs/reference/api-docs/#cert-manager.io/v1.CertificateSpec).
+#### **global.revisionHistoryLimit** ~ `number`
+
+The number of old ReplicaSets to retain to allow rollback (if not set, the default Kubernetes value is set to 10).
+
+#### **global.priorityClassName** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> ""
+> ```
+
+The optional priority class to be used for the cert-manager pods.
+#### **global.rbac.create** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+Create required ClusterRoles and ClusterRoleBindings for cert-manager.
+#### **global.rbac.aggregateClusterRoles** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+Aggregate ClusterRoles to Kubernetes default user-facing roles. For more information, see [User-facing roles](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/rbac/#user-facing-roles)
+#### **global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+Create PodSecurityPolicy for cert-manager.  
+  
+Note that PodSecurityPolicy was deprecated in Kubernetes 1.21 and removed in Kubernetes 1.25.
+#### **global.podSecurityPolicy.useAppArmor** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+Configure the PodSecurityPolicy to use AppArmor.
+#### **global.logLevel** ~ `number`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> 2
+> ```
+
+Set the verbosity of cert-manager. A range of 0 - 6, with 6 being the most verbose.
+#### **global.leaderElection.namespace** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> kube-system
+> ```
+
+Override the namespace used for the leader election lease.
+#### **global.leaderElection.leaseDuration** ~ `string`
+
+The duration that non-leader candidates will wait after observing a leadership renewal until attempting to acquire leadership of a led but unrenewed leader slot. This is effectively the maximum duration that a leader can be stopped before it is replaced by another candidate.
+
+#### **global.leaderElection.renewDeadline** ~ `string`
+
+The interval between attempts by the acting master to renew a leadership slot before it stops leading. This must be less than or equal to the lease duration.
+
+#### **global.leaderElection.retryPeriod** ~ `string`
+
+The duration the clients should wait between attempting acquisition and renewal of a leadership.
+
+#### **installCRDs** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+This option is equivalent to setting crds.enabled=true and crds.keep=true. Deprecated: use crds.enabled and crds.keep instead.
+#### **crds.enabled** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+This option decides if the CRDs should be installed as part of the Helm installation.
+#### **crds.keep** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+This option makes it so that the "helm.sh/resource-policy": keep annotation is added to the CRD. This will prevent Helm from uninstalling the CRD when the Helm release is uninstalled. WARNING: when the CRDs are removed, all cert-manager custom resources  
+(Certificates, Issuers, ...) will be removed too by the garbage collector.
+### Controller
+
+#### **replicaCount** ~ `number`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> 1
+> ```
+
+The number of replicas of the cert-manager controller to run.  
+  
+The default is 1, but in production set this to 2 or 3 to provide high availability.  
+  
+If `replicas > 1`, consider setting `podDisruptionBudget.enabled=true`.  
+  
+Note that cert-manager uses leader election to ensure that there can only be a single instance active at a time.
+#### **strategy** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Deployment update strategy for the cert-manager controller deployment. For more information, see the [Kubernetes documentation](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/controllers/deployment/#strategy).  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+strategy:
+  type: RollingUpdate
+  rollingUpdate:
+    maxSurge: 0
+    maxUnavailable: 1
+```
+#### **podDisruptionBudget.enabled** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+Enable or disable the PodDisruptionBudget resource.  
+  
+This prevents downtime during voluntary disruptions such as during a Node upgrade. For example, the PodDisruptionBudget will block `kubectl drain` if it is used on the Node where the only remaining cert-manager  
+Pod is currently running.
+#### **podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable** ~ `unknown`
+
+This configures the minimum available pods for disruptions. It can either be set to an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).  
+It cannot be used if `maxUnavailable` is set.
+
+
+#### **podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable** ~ `unknown`
+
+This configures the maximum unavailable pods for disruptions. It can either be set to an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%). it cannot be used if `minAvailable` is set.
+
+
+#### **featureGates** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> ""
+> ```
+
+A comma-separated list of feature gates that should be enabled on the controller pod.
+#### **maxConcurrentChallenges** ~ `number`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> 60
+> ```
+
+The maximum number of challenges that can be scheduled as 'processing' at once.
+#### **image.registry** ~ `string`
+
+The container registry to pull the manager image from.
+
+#### **image.repository** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-controller
+> ```
+
+The container image for the cert-manager controller.
+
+#### **image.tag** ~ `string`
+
+Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable. If no value is set, the chart's appVersion is used.
+
+#### **image.digest** ~ `string`
+
+Setting a digest will override any tag.
+
+#### **image.pullPolicy** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> IfNotPresent
+> ```
+
+Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.
+#### **clusterResourceNamespace** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> ""
+> ```
+
+Override the namespace used to store DNS provider credentials etc. for ClusterIssuer resources. By default, the same namespace as cert-manager is deployed within is used. This namespace will not be automatically created by the Helm chart.
+#### **namespace** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> ""
+> ```
+
+This namespace allows you to define where the services are installed into. If not set then they use the namespace of the release. This is helpful when installing cert manager as a chart dependency (sub chart).
+#### **fullnameOverride** ~ `string`
+
+Override the "cert-manager.fullname" value. This value is used as part of most of the names of the resources created by this Helm chart.
+
+#### **nameOverride** ~ `string`
+
+Override the "cert-manager.name" value, which is used to annotate some of the resources that are created by this Chart (using "app.kubernetes.io/name"). NOTE: There are some inconsistencies in the Helm chart when it comes to these annotations (some resources use eg. "cainjector.name" which resolves to the value "cainjector").
+
+#### **serviceAccount.create** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+Specifies whether a service account should be created.
+#### **serviceAccount.name** ~ `string`
+
+The name of the service account to use.  
+If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template.
+
+#### **serviceAccount.annotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the controller's Service Account. Templates are allowed for both keys and values.  
+Example using templating:
+
+```yaml
+annotations:
+  "{{ .Chart.Name }}-helm-chart/version": "{{ .Chart.Version }}"
+```
+
+#### **serviceAccount.labels** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional labels to add to the controller's Service Account.
+
+#### **serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+Automount API credentials for a Service Account.
+#### **automountServiceAccountToken** ~ `bool`
+
+Automounting API credentials for a particular pod.
+
+#### **enableCertificateOwnerRef** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+When this flag is enabled, secrets will be automatically removed when the certificate resource is deleted.
+#### **config** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+This property is used to configure options for the controller pod. This allows setting options that would usually be provided using flags.  
+  
+If `apiVersion` and `kind` are unspecified they default to the current latest version (currently `controller.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1`). You can pin the version by specifying the `apiVersion` yourself.  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+config:
+  apiVersion: controller.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1
+  kind: ControllerConfiguration
+  logging:
+    verbosity: 2
+    format: text
+  leaderElectionConfig:
+    namespace: kube-system
+  kubernetesAPIQPS: 9000
+  kubernetesAPIBurst: 9000
+  numberOfConcurrentWorkers: 200
+  enableGatewayAPI: true
+  # Feature gates as of v1.17.0. Listed with their default values.
+  # See https://cert-manager.io/docs/cli/controller/
+  featureGates:
+    AdditionalCertificateOutputFormats: true # BETA - default=true
+    AllAlpha: false # ALPHA - default=false
+    AllBeta: false # BETA - default=false
+    ExperimentalCertificateSigningRequestControllers: false # ALPHA - default=false
+    ExperimentalGatewayAPISupport: true # BETA - default=true
+    LiteralCertificateSubject: true # BETA - default=true
+    NameConstraints: true # BETA - default=true
+    OtherNames: false # ALPHA - default=false
+    SecretsFilteredCaching: true # BETA - default=true
+    ServerSideApply: false # ALPHA - default=false
+    StableCertificateRequestName: true # BETA - default=true
+    UseCertificateRequestBasicConstraints: false # ALPHA - default=false
+    UseDomainQualifiedFinalizer: true # BETA - default=false
+    ValidateCAA: false # ALPHA - default=false
+  # Configure the metrics server for TLS
+  # See https://cert-manager.io/docs/devops-tips/prometheus-metrics/#tls
+  metricsTLSConfig:
+    dynamic:
+      secretNamespace: "cert-manager"
+      secretName: "cert-manager-metrics-ca"
+      dnsNames:
+      - cert-manager-metrics
+```
+#### **dns01RecursiveNameservers** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> ""
+> ```
+
+A comma-separated string with the host and port of the recursive nameservers cert-manager should query.
+#### **dns01RecursiveNameserversOnly** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+Forces cert-manager to use only the recursive nameservers for verification. Enabling this option could cause the DNS01 self check to take longer owing to caching performed by the recursive nameservers.
+#### **disableAutoApproval** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+Option to disable cert-manager's build-in auto-approver. The auto-approver approves all CertificateRequests that reference issuers matching the 'approveSignerNames' option. This 'disableAutoApproval' option is useful when you want to make all approval decisions using a different approver (like approver-policy - https://github.com/cert-manager/approver-policy).
+#### **approveSignerNames** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> - issuers.cert-manager.io/*
+> - clusterissuers.cert-manager.io/*
+> ```
+
+List of signer names that cert-manager will approve by default. CertificateRequests referencing these signer names will be auto-approved by cert-manager. Defaults to just approving the cert-manager.io Issuer and ClusterIssuer issuers. When set to an empty array, ALL issuers will be auto-approved by cert-manager. To disable the auto-approval, because eg. you are using approver-policy, you can enable 'disableAutoApproval'.  
+ref: https://cert-manager.io/docs/concepts/certificaterequest/#approval
+
+#### **extraArgs** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional command line flags to pass to cert-manager controller binary. To see all available flags run `docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-controller:<version> --help`.  
+  
+Use this flag to enable or disable arbitrary controllers. For example, to disable the CertificateRequests approver.  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+extraArgs:
+  - --controllers=*,-certificaterequests-approver
+```
+#### **extraEnv** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional environment variables to pass to cert-manager controller binary.  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+extraEnv:
+- name: SOME_VAR
+  value: 'some value'
+```
+#### **resources** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Resources to provide to the cert-manager controller pod.  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+requests:
+  cpu: 10m
+  memory: 32Mi
+```
+
+For more information, see [Resource Management for Pods and Containers](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/).
+#### **securityContext** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> runAsNonRoot: true
+> seccompProfile:
+>   type: RuntimeDefault
+> ```
+
+Pod Security Context.  
+For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+
+#### **containerSecurityContext** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
+> capabilities:
+>   drop:
+>     - ALL
+> readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
+> ```
+
+Container Security Context to be set on the controller component container. For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+
+#### **volumes** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional volumes to add to the cert-manager controller pod.
+#### **volumeMounts** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional volume mounts to add to the cert-manager controller container.
+#### **deploymentAnnotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the controller Deployment.
+
+#### **podAnnotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the controller Pods.
+
+#### **podLabels** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Optional additional labels to add to the controller Pods.
+#### **serviceAnnotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional annotations to add to the controller Service.
+
+#### **serviceLabels** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional labels to add to the controller Service.
+
+#### **serviceIPFamilyPolicy** ~ `string`
+
+Optionally set the IP family policy for the controller Service to configure dual-stack; see [Configure dual-stack](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dual-stack/#services).
+
+#### **serviceIPFamilies** ~ `array`
+
+Optionally set the IP families for the controller Service that should be supported, in the order in which they should be applied to ClusterIP. Can be IPv4 and/or IPv6.
+
+#### **podDnsPolicy** ~ `string`
+
+Pod DNS policy.  
+For more information, see [Pod's DNS Policy](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dns-pod-service/#pod-s-dns-policy).
+
+#### **podDnsConfig** ~ `object`
+
+Pod DNS configuration. The podDnsConfig field is optional and can work with any podDnsPolicy settings. However, when a Pod's dnsPolicy is set to "None", the dnsConfig field has to be specified. For more information, see [Pod's DNS Config](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dns-pod-service/#pod-dns-config).
+
+#### **hostAliases** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Optional hostAliases for cert-manager-controller pods. May be useful when performing ACME DNS-01 self checks.
+#### **nodeSelector** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> kubernetes.io/os: linux
+> ```
+
+The nodeSelector on Pods tells Kubernetes to schedule Pods on the nodes with matching labels. For more information, see [Assigning Pods to Nodes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/).  
+  
+This default ensures that Pods are only scheduled to Linux nodes. It prevents Pods being scheduled to Windows nodes in a mixed OS cluster.
+
+#### **ingressShim.defaultIssuerName** ~ `string`
+
+Optional default issuer to use for ingress resources.
+
+#### **ingressShim.defaultIssuerKind** ~ `string`
+
+Optional default issuer kind to use for ingress resources.
+
+#### **ingressShim.defaultIssuerGroup** ~ `string`
+
+Optional default issuer group to use for ingress resources.
+
+#### **http_proxy** ~ `string`
+
+Configures the HTTP_PROXY environment variable where a HTTP proxy is required.
+
+#### **https_proxy** ~ `string`
+
+Configures the HTTPS_PROXY environment variable where a HTTP proxy is required.
+
+#### **no_proxy** ~ `string`
+
+Configures the NO_PROXY environment variable where a HTTP proxy is required, but certain domains should be excluded.
+
+#### **affinity** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+A Kubernetes Affinity, if required. For more information, see [Affinity v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#affinity-v1-core).  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+affinity:
+  nodeAffinity:
+   requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+     nodeSelectorTerms:
+     - matchExpressions:
+       - key: foo.bar.com/role
+         operator: In
+         values:
+         - master
+```
+#### **tolerations** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+A list of Kubernetes Tolerations, if required. For more information, see [Toleration v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#toleration-v1-core).  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+tolerations:
+- key: foo.bar.com/role
+  operator: Equal
+  value: master
+  effect: NoSchedule
+```
+#### **topologySpreadConstraints** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+A list of Kubernetes TopologySpreadConstraints, if required. For more information, see [Topology spread constraint v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#topologyspreadconstraint-v1-core  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+topologySpreadConstraints:
+- maxSkew: 2
+  topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone
+  whenUnsatisfiable: ScheduleAnyway
+  labelSelector:
+    matchLabels:
+      app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager
+      app.kubernetes.io/component: controller
+```
+#### **livenessProbe** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> enabled: true
+> failureThreshold: 8
+> initialDelaySeconds: 10
+> periodSeconds: 10
+> successThreshold: 1
+> timeoutSeconds: 15
+> ```
+
+LivenessProbe settings for the controller container of the controller Pod.  
+  
+This is enabled by default, in order to enable the clock-skew liveness probe that restarts the controller in case of a skew between the system clock and the monotonic clock. LivenessProbe durations and thresholds are based on those used for the Kubernetes controller-manager. For more information see the following on the  
+[Kubernetes GitHub repository](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/806b30170c61a38fedd54cc9ede4cd6275a1ad3b/cmd/kubeadm/app/util/staticpod/utils.go#L241-L245)
+
+#### **enableServiceLinks** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+enableServiceLinks indicates whether information about services should be injected into the pod's environment variables, matching the syntax of Docker links.
+### Prometheus
+
+#### **prometheus.enabled** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+Enable Prometheus monitoring for the cert-manager controller and webhook. If you use the Prometheus Operator, set prometheus.podmonitor.enabled or prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled, to create a PodMonitor or a  
+ServiceMonitor resource.  
+Otherwise, 'prometheus.io' annotations are added to the cert-manager and cert-manager-webhook Deployments. Note that you can not enable both PodMonitor and ServiceMonitor as they are mutually exclusive. Enabling both will result in an error.
+#### **prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+Create a ServiceMonitor to add cert-manager to Prometheus.
+#### **prometheus.servicemonitor.namespace** ~ `string`
+
+The namespace that the service monitor should live in, defaults to the cert-manager namespace.
+
+#### **prometheus.servicemonitor.prometheusInstance** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> default
+> ```
+
+Specifies the `prometheus` label on the created ServiceMonitor. This is used when different Prometheus instances have label selectors matching different ServiceMonitors.
+#### **prometheus.servicemonitor.targetPort** ~ `number`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> 9402
+> ```
+
+The target port to set on the ServiceMonitor. This must match the port that the cert-manager controller is listening on for metrics.
+#### **prometheus.servicemonitor.path** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> /metrics
+> ```
+
+The path to scrape for metrics.
+#### **prometheus.servicemonitor.interval** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> 60s
+> ```
+
+The interval to scrape metrics.
+#### **prometheus.servicemonitor.scrapeTimeout** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> 30s
+> ```
+
+The timeout before a metrics scrape fails.
+#### **prometheus.servicemonitor.labels** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Additional labels to add to the ServiceMonitor.
+#### **prometheus.servicemonitor.annotations** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Additional annotations to add to the ServiceMonitor.
+#### **prometheus.servicemonitor.honorLabels** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+Keep labels from scraped data, overriding server-side labels.
+#### **prometheus.servicemonitor.endpointAdditionalProperties** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+EndpointAdditionalProperties allows setting additional properties on the endpoint such as relabelings, metricRelabelings etc.  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+endpointAdditionalProperties:
+ relabelings:
+ - action: replace
+   sourceLabels:
+   - __meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name
+   targetLabel: instance
+```
+
+
+
+#### **prometheus.podmonitor.enabled** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+Create a PodMonitor to add cert-manager to Prometheus.
+#### **prometheus.podmonitor.namespace** ~ `string`
+
+The namespace that the pod monitor should live in, defaults to the cert-manager namespace.
+
+#### **prometheus.podmonitor.prometheusInstance** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> default
+> ```
+
+Specifies the `prometheus` label on the created PodMonitor. This is used when different Prometheus instances have label selectors matching different PodMonitors.
+#### **prometheus.podmonitor.path** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> /metrics
+> ```
+
+The path to scrape for metrics.
+#### **prometheus.podmonitor.interval** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> 60s
+> ```
+
+The interval to scrape metrics.
+#### **prometheus.podmonitor.scrapeTimeout** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> 30s
+> ```
+
+The timeout before a metrics scrape fails.
+#### **prometheus.podmonitor.labels** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Additional labels to add to the PodMonitor.
+#### **prometheus.podmonitor.annotations** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Additional annotations to add to the PodMonitor.
+#### **prometheus.podmonitor.honorLabels** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+Keep labels from scraped data, overriding server-side labels.
+#### **prometheus.podmonitor.endpointAdditionalProperties** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+EndpointAdditionalProperties allows setting additional properties on the endpoint such as relabelings, metricRelabelings etc.  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+endpointAdditionalProperties:
+ relabelings:
+ - action: replace
+   sourceLabels:
+   - __meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name
+   targetLabel: instance
+ # Configure the PodMonitor for TLS connections
+ # See https://cert-manager.io/docs/devops-tips/prometheus-metrics/#tls
+ scheme: https
+ tlsConfig:
+   serverName: cert-manager-metrics
+   ca:
+     secret:
+       name: cert-manager-metrics-ca
+       key: "tls.crt"
+```
+
+
+
+### Webhook
+
+#### **webhook.replicaCount** ~ `number`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> 1
+> ```
+
+Number of replicas of the cert-manager webhook to run.  
+  
+The default is 1, but in production set this to 2 or 3 to provide high availability.  
+  
+If `replicas > 1`, consider setting `webhook.podDisruptionBudget.enabled=true`.
+#### **webhook.timeoutSeconds** ~ `number`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> 30
+> ```
+
+The number of seconds the API server should wait for the webhook to respond before treating the call as a failure. The value must be between 1 and 30 seconds. For more information, see  
+[Validating webhook configuration v1](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/extend-resources/validating-webhook-configuration-v1/).  
+  
+The default is set to the maximum value of 30 seconds as users sometimes report that the connection between the K8S API server and the cert-manager webhook server times out. If *this* timeout is reached, the error message will be "context deadline exceeded", which doesn't help the user diagnose what phase of the HTTPS connection timed out. For example, it could be during DNS resolution, TCP connection, TLS negotiation, HTTP negotiation, or slow HTTP response from the webhook server. By setting this timeout to its maximum value the underlying timeout error message has more chance of being returned to the end user.
+#### **webhook.config** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+This is used to configure options for the webhook pod. This allows setting options that would usually be provided using flags.  
+  
+If `apiVersion` and `kind` are unspecified they default to the current latest version (currently `webhook.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1`). You can pin the version by specifying the `apiVersion` yourself.  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+apiVersion: webhook.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1
+kind: WebhookConfiguration
+# The port that the webhook listens on for requests.
+# In GKE private clusters, by default Kubernetes apiservers are allowed to
+# talk to the cluster nodes only on 443 and 10250. Configuring
+# securePort: 10250 therefore will work out-of-the-box without needing to add firewall
+# rules or requiring NET_BIND_SERVICE capabilities to bind port numbers < 1000.
+# This should be uncommented and set as a default by the chart once
+# the apiVersion of WebhookConfiguration graduates beyond v1alpha1.
+securePort: 10250
+# Configure the metrics server for TLS
+# See https://cert-manager.io/docs/devops-tips/prometheus-metrics/#tls
+metricsTLSConfig:
+  dynamic:
+    secretNamespace: "cert-manager"
+    secretName: "cert-manager-metrics-ca"
+    dnsNames:
+    - cert-manager-metrics
+```
+#### **webhook.strategy** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+The update strategy for the cert-manager webhook deployment. For more information, see the [Kubernetes documentation](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/controllers/deployment/#strategy)  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+strategy:
+  type: RollingUpdate
+  rollingUpdate:
+    maxSurge: 0
+    maxUnavailable: 1
+```
+#### **webhook.securityContext** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> runAsNonRoot: true
+> seccompProfile:
+>   type: RuntimeDefault
+> ```
+
+Pod Security Context to be set on the webhook component Pod. For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+
+#### **webhook.containerSecurityContext** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
+> capabilities:
+>   drop:
+>     - ALL
+> readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
+> ```
+
+Container Security Context to be set on the webhook component container. For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+
+#### **webhook.podDisruptionBudget.enabled** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+Enable or disable the PodDisruptionBudget resource.  
+  
+This prevents downtime during voluntary disruptions such as during a Node upgrade. For example, the PodDisruptionBudget will block `kubectl drain` if it is used on the Node where the only remaining cert-manager  
+Pod is currently running.
+#### **webhook.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable** ~ `unknown`
+
+This property configures the minimum available pods for disruptions. Can either be set to an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).  
+It cannot be used if `maxUnavailable` is set.
+
+
+#### **webhook.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable** ~ `unknown`
+
+This property configures the maximum unavailable pods for disruptions. Can either be set to an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).  
+It cannot be used if `minAvailable` is set.
+
+
+#### **webhook.deploymentAnnotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Deployment.
+
+#### **webhook.podAnnotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Pods.
+
+#### **webhook.serviceAnnotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Service.
+
+#### **webhook.mutatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook MutatingWebhookConfiguration.
+
+#### **webhook.validatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook ValidatingWebhookConfiguration.
+
+#### **webhook.validatingWebhookConfiguration.namespaceSelector** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> matchExpressions:
+>   - key: cert-manager.io/disable-validation
+>     operator: NotIn
+>     values:
+>       - "true"
+> ```
+
+Configure spec.namespaceSelector for validating webhooks.
+
+#### **webhook.mutatingWebhookConfiguration.namespaceSelector** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Configure spec.namespaceSelector for mutating webhooks.
+
+#### **webhook.extraArgs** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional command line flags to pass to cert-manager webhook binary. To see all available flags run `docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-webhook:<version> --help`.
+#### **webhook.extraEnv** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional environment variables to pass to cert-manager webhook binary.  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+extraEnv:
+- name: SOME_VAR
+  value: 'some value'
+```
+#### **webhook.featureGates** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> ""
+> ```
+
+Comma separated list of feature gates that should be enabled on the webhook pod.
+#### **webhook.resources** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Resources to provide to the cert-manager webhook pod.  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+requests:
+  cpu: 10m
+  memory: 32Mi
+```
+
+For more information, see [Resource Management for Pods and Containers](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/).
+#### **webhook.livenessProbe** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> failureThreshold: 3
+> initialDelaySeconds: 60
+> periodSeconds: 10
+> successThreshold: 1
+> timeoutSeconds: 1
+> ```
+
+Liveness probe values.  
+For more information, see [Container probes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#container-probes).
+
+#### **webhook.readinessProbe** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> failureThreshold: 3
+> initialDelaySeconds: 5
+> periodSeconds: 5
+> successThreshold: 1
+> timeoutSeconds: 1
+> ```
+
+Readiness probe values.  
+For more information, see [Container probes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#container-probes).
+
+#### **webhook.nodeSelector** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> kubernetes.io/os: linux
+> ```
+
+The nodeSelector on Pods tells Kubernetes to schedule Pods on the nodes with matching labels. For more information, see [Assigning Pods to Nodes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/).  
+  
+This default ensures that Pods are only scheduled to Linux nodes. It prevents Pods being scheduled to Windows nodes in a mixed OS cluster.
+
+#### **webhook.affinity** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+A Kubernetes Affinity, if required. For more information, see [Affinity v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#affinity-v1-core).  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+affinity:
+  nodeAffinity:
+   requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+     nodeSelectorTerms:
+     - matchExpressions:
+       - key: foo.bar.com/role
+         operator: In
+         values:
+         - master
+```
+#### **webhook.tolerations** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+A list of Kubernetes Tolerations, if required. For more information, see [Toleration v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#toleration-v1-core).  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+tolerations:
+- key: foo.bar.com/role
+  operator: Equal
+  value: master
+  effect: NoSchedule
+```
+#### **webhook.topologySpreadConstraints** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+A list of Kubernetes TopologySpreadConstraints, if required. For more information, see [Topology spread constraint v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#topologyspreadconstraint-v1-core).  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+topologySpreadConstraints:
+- maxSkew: 2
+  topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone
+  whenUnsatisfiable: ScheduleAnyway
+  labelSelector:
+    matchLabels:
+      app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager
+      app.kubernetes.io/component: controller
+```
+#### **webhook.podLabels** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Optional additional labels to add to the Webhook Pods.
+#### **webhook.serviceLabels** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Optional additional labels to add to the Webhook Service.
+#### **webhook.serviceIPFamilyPolicy** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> ""
+> ```
+
+Optionally set the IP family policy for the controller Service to configure dual-stack; see [Configure dual-stack](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dual-stack/#services).
+#### **webhook.serviceIPFamilies** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Optionally set the IP families for the controller Service that should be supported, in the order in which they should be applied to ClusterIP. Can be IPv4 and/or IPv6.
+#### **webhook.image.registry** ~ `string`
+
+The container registry to pull the webhook image from.
+
+#### **webhook.image.repository** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-webhook
+> ```
+
+The container image for the cert-manager webhook
+
+#### **webhook.image.tag** ~ `string`
+
+Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable. If no value is set, the chart's appVersion will be used.
+
+#### **webhook.image.digest** ~ `string`
+
+Setting a digest will override any tag
+
+#### **webhook.image.pullPolicy** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> IfNotPresent
+> ```
+
+Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.
+#### **webhook.serviceAccount.create** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+Specifies whether a service account should be created.
+#### **webhook.serviceAccount.name** ~ `string`
+
+The name of the service account to use.  
+If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template.
+
+#### **webhook.serviceAccount.annotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook's Service Account.
+
+#### **webhook.serviceAccount.labels** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional labels to add to the webhook's Service Account.
+
+#### **webhook.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+Automount API credentials for a Service Account.
+#### **webhook.automountServiceAccountToken** ~ `bool`
+
+Automounting API credentials for a particular pod.
+
+#### **webhook.securePort** ~ `number`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> 10250
+> ```
+
+The port that the webhook listens on for requests. In GKE private clusters, by default Kubernetes apiservers are allowed to talk to the cluster nodes only on 443 and 10250. Configuring securePort: 10250, therefore will work out-of-the-box without needing to add firewall rules or requiring NET_BIND_SERVICE capabilities to bind port numbers <1000.
+#### **webhook.hostNetwork** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+Specifies if the webhook should be started in hostNetwork mode.  
+  
+Required for use in some managed kubernetes clusters (such as AWS EKS) with custom. CNI (such as calico), because control-plane managed by AWS cannot communicate with pods' IP CIDR and admission webhooks are not working  
+  
+Since the default port for the webhook conflicts with kubelet on the host network, `webhook.securePort` should be changed to an available port if running in hostNetwork mode.
+#### **webhook.serviceType** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> ClusterIP
+> ```
+
+Specifies how the service should be handled. Useful if you want to expose the webhook outside of the cluster. In some cases, the control plane cannot reach internal services.
+#### **webhook.loadBalancerIP** ~ `string`
+
+Specify the load balancer IP for the created service.
+
+#### **webhook.url** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Overrides the mutating webhook and validating webhook so they reach the webhook service using the `url` field instead of a service.
+#### **webhook.networkPolicy.enabled** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+Create network policies for the webhooks.
+#### **webhook.networkPolicy.ingress** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> - from:
+>     - ipBlock:
+>         cidr: 0.0.0.0/0
+> ```
+
+Ingress rule for the webhook network policy. By default, it allows all inbound traffic.
+
+#### **webhook.networkPolicy.egress** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> - ports:
+>     - port: 80
+>       protocol: TCP
+>     - port: 443
+>       protocol: TCP
+>     - port: 53
+>       protocol: TCP
+>     - port: 53
+>       protocol: UDP
+>     - port: 6443
+>       protocol: TCP
+>   to:
+>     - ipBlock:
+>         cidr: 0.0.0.0/0
+> ```
+
+Egress rule for the webhook network policy. By default, it allows all outbound traffic to ports 80 and 443, as well as DNS ports.
+
+#### **webhook.volumes** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional volumes to add to the cert-manager controller pod.
+#### **webhook.volumeMounts** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional volume mounts to add to the cert-manager controller container.
+#### **webhook.enableServiceLinks** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+enableServiceLinks indicates whether information about services should be injected into the pod's environment variables, matching the syntax of Docker links.
+### CA Injector
+
+#### **cainjector.enabled** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+Create the CA Injector deployment
+#### **cainjector.replicaCount** ~ `number`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> 1
+> ```
+
+The number of replicas of the cert-manager cainjector to run.  
+  
+The default is 1, but in production set this to 2 or 3 to provide high availability.  
+  
+If `replicas > 1`, consider setting `cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.enabled=true`.  
+  
+Note that cert-manager uses leader election to ensure that there can only be a single instance active at a time.
+#### **cainjector.config** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+This is used to configure options for the cainjector pod. It allows setting options that are usually provided via flags.  
+  
+If `apiVersion` and `kind` are unspecified they default to the current latest version (currently `cainjector.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1`). You can pin the version by specifying the `apiVersion` yourself.  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+apiVersion: cainjector.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1
+kind: CAInjectorConfiguration
+logging:
+ verbosity: 2
+ format: text
+leaderElectionConfig:
+ namespace: kube-system
+# Configure the metrics server for TLS
+# See https://cert-manager.io/docs/devops-tips/prometheus-metrics/#tls
+metricsTLSConfig:
+  dynamic:
+    secretNamespace: "cert-manager"
+    secretName: "cert-manager-metrics-ca"
+    dnsNames:
+    - cert-manager-metrics
+```
+#### **cainjector.strategy** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Deployment update strategy for the cert-manager cainjector deployment. For more information, see the [Kubernetes documentation](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/controllers/deployment/#strategy).  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+strategy:
+  type: RollingUpdate
+  rollingUpdate:
+    maxSurge: 0
+    maxUnavailable: 1
+```
+#### **cainjector.securityContext** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> runAsNonRoot: true
+> seccompProfile:
+>   type: RuntimeDefault
+> ```
+
+Pod Security Context to be set on the cainjector component Pod. For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+
+#### **cainjector.containerSecurityContext** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
+> capabilities:
+>   drop:
+>     - ALL
+> readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
+> ```
+
+Container Security Context to be set on the cainjector component container. For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+
+#### **cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.enabled** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+Enable or disable the PodDisruptionBudget resource.  
+  
+This prevents downtime during voluntary disruptions such as during a Node upgrade. For example, the PodDisruptionBudget will block `kubectl drain` if it is used on the Node where the only remaining cert-manager  
+Pod is currently running.
+#### **cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable** ~ `unknown`
+
+`minAvailable` configures the minimum available pods for disruptions. It can either be set to  
+an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).  
+Cannot be used if `maxUnavailable` is set.
+
+
+#### **cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable** ~ `unknown`
+
+`maxUnavailable` configures the maximum unavailable pods for disruptions. It can either be set to  
+an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).  
+Cannot be used if `minAvailable` is set.
+
+
+#### **cainjector.deploymentAnnotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector Deployment.
+
+#### **cainjector.podAnnotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector Pods.
+
+#### **cainjector.serviceAnnotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector metrics Service.
+
+#### **cainjector.extraArgs** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional command line flags to pass to cert-manager cainjector binary. To see all available flags run `docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector:<version> --help`.
+#### **cainjector.extraEnv** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional environment variables to pass to cert-manager cainjector binary.  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+extraEnv:
+- name: SOME_VAR
+  value: 'some value'
+```
+#### **cainjector.featureGates** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> ""
+> ```
+
+Comma separated list of feature gates that should be enabled on the cainjector pod.
+#### **cainjector.resources** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Resources to provide to the cert-manager cainjector pod.  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+requests:
+  cpu: 10m
+  memory: 32Mi
+```
+
+For more information, see [Resource Management for Pods and Containers](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/).
+#### **cainjector.nodeSelector** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> kubernetes.io/os: linux
+> ```
+
+The nodeSelector on Pods tells Kubernetes to schedule Pods on the nodes with matching labels. For more information, see [Assigning Pods to Nodes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/).  
+  
+This default ensures that Pods are only scheduled to Linux nodes. It prevents Pods being scheduled to Windows nodes in a mixed OS cluster.
+
+#### **cainjector.affinity** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+A Kubernetes Affinity, if required. For more information, see [Affinity v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#affinity-v1-core).  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+affinity:
+  nodeAffinity:
+   requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+     nodeSelectorTerms:
+     - matchExpressions:
+       - key: foo.bar.com/role
+         operator: In
+         values:
+         - master
+```
+#### **cainjector.tolerations** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+A list of Kubernetes Tolerations, if required. For more information, see [Toleration v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#toleration-v1-core).  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+tolerations:
+- key: foo.bar.com/role
+  operator: Equal
+  value: master
+  effect: NoSchedule
+```
+#### **cainjector.topologySpreadConstraints** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+A list of Kubernetes TopologySpreadConstraints, if required. For more information, see [Topology spread constraint v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#topologyspreadconstraint-v1-core).  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+topologySpreadConstraints:
+- maxSkew: 2
+  topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone
+  whenUnsatisfiable: ScheduleAnyway
+  labelSelector:
+    matchLabels:
+      app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager
+      app.kubernetes.io/component: controller
+```
+#### **cainjector.podLabels** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Optional additional labels to add to the CA Injector Pods.
+#### **cainjector.serviceLabels** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Optional additional labels to add to the CA Injector metrics Service.
+#### **cainjector.image.registry** ~ `string`
+
+The container registry to pull the cainjector image from.
+
+#### **cainjector.image.repository** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector
+> ```
+
+The container image for the cert-manager cainjector
+
+#### **cainjector.image.tag** ~ `string`
+
+Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable. If no value is set, the chart's appVersion will be used.
+
+#### **cainjector.image.digest** ~ `string`
+
+Setting a digest will override any tag.
+
+#### **cainjector.image.pullPolicy** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> IfNotPresent
+> ```
+
+Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.
+#### **cainjector.serviceAccount.create** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+Specifies whether a service account should be created.
+#### **cainjector.serviceAccount.name** ~ `string`
+
+The name of the service account to use.  
+If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template
+
+#### **cainjector.serviceAccount.annotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector's Service Account.
+
+#### **cainjector.serviceAccount.labels** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional labels to add to the cainjector's Service Account.
+
+#### **cainjector.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+Automount API credentials for a Service Account.
+#### **cainjector.automountServiceAccountToken** ~ `bool`
+
+Automounting API credentials for a particular pod.
+
+#### **cainjector.volumes** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional volumes to add to the cert-manager controller pod.
+#### **cainjector.volumeMounts** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional volume mounts to add to the cert-manager controller container.
+#### **cainjector.enableServiceLinks** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+enableServiceLinks indicates whether information about services should be injected into the pod's environment variables, matching the syntax of Docker links.
+### ACME Solver
+
+#### **acmesolver.image.registry** ~ `string`
+
+The container registry to pull the acmesolver image from.
+
+#### **acmesolver.image.repository** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-acmesolver
+> ```
+
+The container image for the cert-manager acmesolver.
+
+#### **acmesolver.image.tag** ~ `string`
+
+Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable. If no value is set, the chart's appVersion is used.
+
+#### **acmesolver.image.digest** ~ `string`
+
+Setting a digest will override any tag.
+
+#### **acmesolver.image.pullPolicy** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> IfNotPresent
+> ```
+
+Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.
+### Startup API Check
+
+
+This startupapicheck is a Helm post-install hook that waits for the webhook endpoints to become available. The check is implemented using a Kubernetes Job - if you are injecting mesh sidecar proxies into cert-manager pods, ensure that they are not injected into this Job's pod. Otherwise, the installation may time out owing to the Job never being completed because the sidecar proxy does not exit. For more information, see [this note](https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/pull/4414).
+#### **startupapicheck.enabled** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+Enables the startup api check.
+#### **startupapicheck.securityContext** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> runAsNonRoot: true
+> seccompProfile:
+>   type: RuntimeDefault
+> ```
+
+Pod Security Context to be set on the startupapicheck component Pod. For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+
+#### **startupapicheck.containerSecurityContext** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
+> capabilities:
+>   drop:
+>     - ALL
+> readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
+> ```
+
+Container Security Context to be set on the controller component container. For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+
+#### **startupapicheck.timeout** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> 1m
+> ```
+
+Timeout for 'kubectl check api' command.
+#### **startupapicheck.backoffLimit** ~ `number`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> 4
+> ```
+
+Job backoffLimit
+#### **startupapicheck.jobAnnotations** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> helm.sh/hook: post-install
+> helm.sh/hook-delete-policy: before-hook-creation,hook-succeeded
+> helm.sh/hook-weight: "1"
+> ```
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the startupapicheck Job.
+
+#### **startupapicheck.podAnnotations** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the startupapicheck Pods.
+
+#### **startupapicheck.extraArgs** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> - -v
+> ```
+
+Additional command line flags to pass to startupapicheck binary. To see all available flags run `docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-startupapicheck:<version> --help`.  
+  
+Verbose logging is enabled by default so that if startupapicheck fails, you can know what exactly caused the failure. Verbose logs include details of the webhook URL, IP address and TCP connect errors for example.
+
+#### **startupapicheck.extraEnv** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional environment variables to pass to cert-manager startupapicheck binary.  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+extraEnv:
+- name: SOME_VAR
+  value: 'some value'
+```
+#### **startupapicheck.resources** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Resources to provide to the cert-manager controller pod.  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+requests:
+  cpu: 10m
+  memory: 32Mi
+```
+
+For more information, see [Resource Management for Pods and Containers](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/).
+#### **startupapicheck.nodeSelector** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> kubernetes.io/os: linux
+> ```
+
+The nodeSelector on Pods tells Kubernetes to schedule Pods on the nodes with matching labels. For more information, see [Assigning Pods to Nodes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/).  
+  
+This default ensures that Pods are only scheduled to Linux nodes. It prevents Pods being scheduled to Windows nodes in a mixed OS cluster.
+
+#### **startupapicheck.affinity** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+A Kubernetes Affinity, if required. For more information, see [Affinity v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#affinity-v1-core).  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+affinity:
+  nodeAffinity:
+   requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+     nodeSelectorTerms:
+     - matchExpressions:
+       - key: foo.bar.com/role
+         operator: In
+         values:
+         - master
+```
+#### **startupapicheck.tolerations** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+A list of Kubernetes Tolerations, if required. For more information, see [Toleration v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#toleration-v1-core).  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+tolerations:
+- key: foo.bar.com/role
+  operator: Equal
+  value: master
+  effect: NoSchedule
+```
+#### **startupapicheck.podLabels** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> {}
+> ```
+
+Optional additional labels to add to the startupapicheck Pods.
+#### **startupapicheck.image.registry** ~ `string`
+
+The container registry to pull the startupapicheck image from.
+
+#### **startupapicheck.image.repository** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-startupapicheck
+> ```
+
+The container image for the cert-manager startupapicheck.
+
+#### **startupapicheck.image.tag** ~ `string`
+
+Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable. If no value is set, the chart's appVersion is used.
+
+#### **startupapicheck.image.digest** ~ `string`
+
+Setting a digest will override any tag.
+
+#### **startupapicheck.image.pullPolicy** ~ `string`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> IfNotPresent
+> ```
+
+Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.
+#### **startupapicheck.rbac.annotations** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> helm.sh/hook: post-install
+> helm.sh/hook-delete-policy: before-hook-creation,hook-succeeded
+> helm.sh/hook-weight: "-5"
+> ```
+
+annotations for the startup API Check job RBAC and PSP resources.
+
+#### **startupapicheck.automountServiceAccountToken** ~ `bool`
+
+Automounting API credentials for a particular pod.
+
+#### **startupapicheck.serviceAccount.create** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+Specifies whether a service account should be created.
+#### **startupapicheck.serviceAccount.name** ~ `string`
+
+The name of the service account to use.  
+If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template.
+
+#### **startupapicheck.serviceAccount.annotations** ~ `object`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> helm.sh/hook: post-install
+> helm.sh/hook-delete-policy: before-hook-creation,hook-succeeded
+> helm.sh/hook-weight: "-5"
+> ```
+
+Optional additional annotations to add to the Job's Service Account.
+
+#### **startupapicheck.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> true
+> ```
+
+Automount API credentials for a Service Account.
+
+#### **startupapicheck.serviceAccount.labels** ~ `object`
+
+Optional additional labels to add to the startupapicheck's Service Account.
+
+#### **startupapicheck.volumes** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional volumes to add to the cert-manager controller pod.
+#### **startupapicheck.volumeMounts** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Additional volume mounts to add to the cert-manager controller container.
+#### **startupapicheck.enableServiceLinks** ~ `bool`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> false
+> ```
+
+enableServiceLinks indicates whether information about services should be injected into pod's environment variables, matching the syntax of Docker links.
+#### **extraObjects** ~ `array`
+> Default value:
+> ```yaml
+> []
+> ```
+
+Create dynamic manifests via values.  
+  
+For example:
+
+```yaml
+extraObjects:
+  - |
+    apiVersion: v1
+    kind: ConfigMap
+    metadata:
+      name: '{{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-extra-configmap'
+```
+
+<!-- /AUTO-GENERATED -->
 ### Default Security Contexts
 
 The default pod-level and container-level security contexts, below, adhere to the [restricted](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/security/pod-security-standards/#restricted) Pod Security Standards policies.
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/NOTES.txt b/charts/cert-manager/templates/NOTES.txt
index 1025354..341d101 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/NOTES.txt
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/NOTES.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+{{- if .Values.installCRDs }}
+⚠️  WARNING: `installCRDs` is deprecated, use `crds.enabled` instead.
+{{- end }}
 cert-manager {{ .Chart.AppVersion }} has been deployed successfully!
 
 In order to begin issuing certificates, you will need to set up a ClusterIssuer
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/_helpers.tpl b/charts/cert-manager/templates/_helpers.tpl
index 90db4af..e15fa19 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/_helpers.tpl
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/_helpers.tpl
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 */}}
 {{- define "labels" -}}
 app.kubernetes.io/version: {{ .Chart.AppVersion | quote }}
-{{- if eq (default "helm" .Values.creator) "helm" }}
+{{- if eq .Values.creator "helm" }}
 app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: {{ .Release.Service }}
 helm.sh/chart: {{ include "chartName" . }}
 {{- end -}}
@@ -172,3 +172,31 @@
 {{- define "cert-manager.namespace" -}}
     {{ .Values.namespace | default .Release.Namespace }}
 {{- end -}}
+
+{{/*
+Util function for generating the image URL based on the provided options.
+IMPORTANT: This function is standardized across all charts in the cert-manager GH organization.
+Any changes to this function should also be made in cert-manager, trust-manager, approver-policy, ...
+See https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/issues/6329 for a list of linked PRs.
+*/}}
+{{- define "image" -}}
+{{- $defaultTag := index . 1 -}}
+{{- with index . 0 -}}
+{{- if .registry -}}{{ printf "%s/%s" .registry .repository }}{{- else -}}{{- .repository -}}{{- end -}}
+{{- if .digest -}}{{ printf "@%s" .digest }}{{- else -}}{{ printf ":%s" (default $defaultTag .tag) }}{{- end -}}
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
+
+{{/*
+Check that the user has not set both .installCRDs and .crds.enabled or
+set .installCRDs and disabled .crds.keep.
+.installCRDs is deprecated and users should use .crds.enabled and .crds.keep instead.
+*/}}
+{{- define "cert-manager.crd-check" -}}
+  {{- if and (.Values.installCRDs) (.Values.crds.enabled) }}
+    {{- fail "ERROR: the deprecated .installCRDs option cannot be enabled at the same time as its replacement .crds.enabled" }}
+  {{- end }}
+  {{- if and (.Values.installCRDs) (not .Values.crds.keep) }}
+    {{- fail "ERROR: .crds.keep is not compatible with .installCRDs, please use .crds.enabled and .crds.keep instead" }}
+  {{- end }}
+{{- end -}}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-config.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-config.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..994cfa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-config.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+{{- if .Values.cainjector.config -}}
+{{- $config := .Values.cainjector.config -}}
+{{- $_ := set $config "apiVersion" (default "cainjector.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1" $config.apiVersion) -}}
+{{- $_ := set $config "kind" (default "CAInjectorConfiguration" $config.kind) -}}
+apiVersion: v1
+kind: ConfigMap
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "cainjector.fullname" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+data:
+  config.yaml: |
+    {{- $config | toYaml | nindent 4 }}
+{{- end -}}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-deployment.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-deployment.yaml
index 1220173..dc14ab0 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-deployment.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-deployment.yaml
@@ -16,6 +16,10 @@
   {{- end }}
 spec:
   replicas: {{ .Values.cainjector.replicaCount }}
+  {{- /* The if statement below is equivalent to {{- if $value }} but will also return true for 0. */ -}}
+  {{- if not (has (quote .Values.global.revisionHistoryLimit) (list "" (quote ""))) }}
+  revisionHistoryLimit: {{ .Values.global.revisionHistoryLimit }}
+  {{- end }}
   selector:
     matchLabels:
       app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
@@ -40,11 +44,26 @@
       annotations:
         {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
       {{- end }}
+      {{- if and .Values.prometheus.enabled (not (or .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.enabled)) }}
+      {{- if not .Values.cainjector.podAnnotations }}
+      annotations:
+      {{- end }}
+        prometheus.io/path: "/metrics"
+        prometheus.io/scrape: 'true'
+        prometheus.io/port: '9402'
+      {{- end }}
     spec:
+      {{- if not .Values.cainjector.serviceAccount.create }}
+      {{- with .Values.global.imagePullSecrets }}
+      imagePullSecrets:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- end }}
       serviceAccountName: {{ template "cainjector.serviceAccountName" . }}
       {{- if hasKey .Values.cainjector "automountServiceAccountToken" }}
       automountServiceAccountToken: {{ .Values.cainjector.automountServiceAccountToken }}
       {{- end }}
+      enableServiceLinks: {{ .Values.cainjector.enableServiceLinks }}
       {{- with .Values.global.priorityClassName }}
       priorityClassName: {{ . | quote }}
       {{- end }}
@@ -54,14 +73,16 @@
       {{- end }}
       containers:
         - name: {{ .Chart.Name }}-cainjector
-          {{- with .Values.cainjector.image }}
-          image: "{{- if .registry -}}{{ .registry }}/{{- end -}}{{ .repository }}{{- if (.digest) -}} @{{ .digest }}{{- else -}}:{{ default $.Chart.AppVersion .tag }} {{- end -}}"
-          {{- end }}
+          image: "{{ template "image" (tuple .Values.cainjector.image $.Chart.AppVersion) }}"
           imagePullPolicy: {{ .Values.cainjector.image.pullPolicy }}
           args:
-          {{- if .Values.global.logLevel }}
+          {{- /* The if statement below is equivalent to {{- if $value }} but will also return true for 0. */ -}}
+          {{- if not (has (quote .Values.global.logLevel) (list "" (quote ""))) }}
           - --v={{ .Values.global.logLevel }}
           {{- end }}
+          {{- if .Values.cainjector.config }}
+          - --config=/var/cert-manager/config/config.yaml
+          {{- end }}
           {{- with .Values.global.leaderElection }}
           - --leader-election-namespace={{ .namespace }}
           {{- if .leaseDuration }}
@@ -74,14 +95,29 @@
           - --leader-election-retry-period={{ .retryPeriod }}
           {{- end }}
           {{- end }}
+          {{- with .Values.cainjector.featureGates}}
+          - --feature-gates={{ . }}
+          {{- end}}
           {{- with .Values.cainjector.extraArgs }}
           {{- toYaml . | nindent 10 }}
           {{- end }}
+          {{- if not .Values.prometheus.enabled }}
+          - --metrics-listen-address=0
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- if .Values.prometheus.enabled }}
+          ports:
+          - containerPort: 9402
+            name: http-metrics
+            protocol: TCP
+          {{- end }}
           env:
           - name: POD_NAMESPACE
             valueFrom:
               fieldRef:
                 fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          {{- with .Values.cainjector.extraEnv }}
+          {{- toYaml . | nindent 10 }}
+          {{- end }}
           {{- with .Values.cainjector.containerSecurityContext }}
           securityContext:
             {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
@@ -90,9 +126,15 @@
           resources:
             {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
           {{- end }}
-          {{- with .Values.cainjector.volumeMounts }}
+          {{- if or .Values.cainjector.config .Values.cainjector.volumeMounts }}
           volumeMounts:
+            {{- if .Values.cainjector.config }}
+            - name: config
+              mountPath: /var/cert-manager/config
+            {{- end }}
+            {{- with .Values.cainjector.volumeMounts }}
             {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
+            {{- end }}
           {{- end }}
       {{- with .Values.cainjector.nodeSelector }}
       nodeSelector:
@@ -110,8 +152,15 @@
       topologySpreadConstraints:
         {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
       {{- end }}
-      {{- with .Values.cainjector.volumes }}
+      {{- if or .Values.cainjector.volumes .Values.cainjector.config }}
       volumes:
+        {{- if .Values.cainjector.config }}
+        - name: config
+          configMap:
+            name: {{ include "cainjector.fullname" . }}
+        {{- end }}
+        {{ with .Values.cainjector.volumes }}
         {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+        {{- end }}
       {{- end }}
 {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-poddisruptionbudget.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-poddisruptionbudget.yaml
index f080b75..6a7d609 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-poddisruptionbudget.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-poddisruptionbudget.yaml
@@ -17,10 +17,13 @@
       app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
       app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
 
-  {{- with .Values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable }}
-  minAvailable: {{ . }}
+  {{- if not (or (hasKey .Values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget "minAvailable") (hasKey .Values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget "maxUnavailable")) }}
+  minAvailable: 1 # Default value because minAvailable and maxUnavailable are not set
   {{- end }}
-  {{- with .Values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable }}
-  maxUnavailable: {{ . }}
+  {{- if hasKey .Values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget "minAvailable" }}
+  minAvailable: {{ .Values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable }}
+  {{- end }}
+  {{- if hasKey .Values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget "maxUnavailable" }}
+  maxUnavailable: {{ .Values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable }}
   {{- end }}
 {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-rbac.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-rbac.yaml
index 2aa59ee..511073c 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-rbac.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-rbac.yaml
@@ -101,3 +101,56 @@
     namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
 {{- end }}
 {{- end }}
+{{- $certmanagerNamespace := include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- if (.Values.cainjector.config.metricsTLSConfig).dynamic }}
+{{- if $certmanagerNamespace | eq .Values.cainjector.config.metricsTLSConfig.dynamic.secretNamespace }}
+
+---
+
+# Metrics server dynamic TLS serving certificate rules
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: Role
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cainjector.fullname" . }}:dynamic-serving
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["secrets"]
+    resourceNames:
+    # Allow cainjector to read and update the metrics CA Secret when dynamic TLS is
+    # enabled for the metrics server and if the Secret is configured to be in the
+    # same namespace as cert-manager.
+    - {{ .Values.cainjector.config.metricsTLSConfig.dynamic.secretName | quote }}
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "update"]
+  # It's not possible to grant CREATE permission on a single resourceName.
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["secrets"]
+    verbs: ["create"]
+---
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: RoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "cainjector.fullname" . }}:dynamic-serving
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: Role
+  name: {{ template "cainjector.fullname" . }}:dynamic-serving
+subjects:
+  - kind: ServiceAccount
+    name: {{ template "cainjector.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-service.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-service.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd0e64d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/cainjector-service.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+{{- if .Values.cainjector.enabled }}
+{{- if and .Values.prometheus.enabled (not .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.enabled) }}
+apiVersion: v1
+kind: Service
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cainjector.fullname" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- with .Values.cainjector.serviceAnnotations }}
+  annotations:
+{{ toYaml . | indent 4 }}
+{{- end }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- with .Values.cainjector.serviceLabels }}
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
+spec:
+  type: ClusterIP
+  ports:
+  - protocol: TCP
+    port: 9402
+    name: http-metrics
+  selector:
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector"
+{{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/controller-config.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/controller-config.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46d2cc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/controller-config.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+{{- if .Values.config -}}
+{{- $config := .Values.config -}}
+{{- $_ := set $config "apiVersion" (default "controller.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1" $config.apiVersion) -}}
+{{- $_ := set $config "kind" (default "ControllerConfiguration" $config.kind) -}}
+apiVersion: v1
+kind: ConfigMap
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "cert-manager.fullname" . }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+data:
+  config.yaml: |
+    {{- $config | toYaml | nindent 4 }}
+{{- end -}}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/crds.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/crds.yaml
index 961ccdb..f5f8ec4 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/crds.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/crds.yaml
@@ -1,8 +1,13 @@
-{{- if .Values.installCRDs }}
+# {{- include "cert-manager.crd-check" . }}
+# START crd {{- if or .Values.crds.enabled .Values.installCRDs }}
 apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   name: certificaterequests.cert-manager.io
+  # START annotations {{- if .Values.crds.keep }}
+  annotations:
+    helm.sh/resource-policy: keep
+  # END annotations {{- end }}
   labels:
     app: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
     app.kubernetes.io/name: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
@@ -39,7 +44,7 @@
           name: Issuer
           type: string
         - jsonPath: .spec.username
-          name: Requestor
+          name: Requester
           type: string
         - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].message
           name: Status
@@ -56,14 +61,12 @@
             configured issuers.
 
             All fields within the CertificateRequest's `spec` are immutable after creation.
-            A CertificateRequest will either succeed or fail, as denoted by its `status.state`
-            field.
+            A CertificateRequest will either succeed or fail, as denoted by its `Ready` status
+            condition and its `status.failureTime` field.
 
             A CertificateRequest is a one-shot resource, meaning it represents a single
             point in time request for a certificate and cannot be re-used.
           type: object
-          required:
-            - spec
           properties:
             apiVersion:
               description: |-
@@ -83,7 +86,9 @@
             metadata:
               type: object
             spec:
-              description: Desired state of the CertificateRequest resource.
+              description: |-
+                Specification of the desired state of the CertificateRequest resource.
+                https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status
               type: object
               required:
                 - issuerRef
@@ -91,8 +96,9 @@
               properties:
                 duration:
                   description: |-
-                    The requested 'duration' (i.e. lifetime) of the Certificate.
-                    This option may be ignored/overridden by some issuer types.
+                    Requested 'duration' (i.e. lifetime) of the Certificate. Note that the
+                    issuer may choose to ignore the requested duration, just like any other
+                    requested attribute.
                   type: string
                 extra:
                   description: |-
@@ -113,19 +119,23 @@
                   x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                 isCA:
                   description: |-
-                    IsCA will request to mark the certificate as valid for certificate signing
-                    when submitting to the issuer.
-                    This will automatically add the `cert sign` usage to the list of `usages`.
+                    Requested basic constraints isCA value. Note that the issuer may choose
+                    to ignore the requested isCA value, just like any other requested attribute.
+
+                    NOTE: If the CSR in the `Request` field has a BasicConstraints extension,
+                    it must have the same isCA value as specified here.
+
+                    If true, this will automatically add the `cert sign` usage to the list
+                    of requested `usages`.
                   type: boolean
                 issuerRef:
                   description: |-
-                    IssuerRef is a reference to the issuer for this CertificateRequest.  If
-                    the `kind` field is not set, or set to `Issuer`, an Issuer resource with
-                    the given name in the same namespace as the CertificateRequest will be
-                    used.  If the `kind` field is set to `ClusterIssuer`, a ClusterIssuer with
-                    the provided name will be used. The `name` field in this stanza is
-                    required at all times. The group field refers to the API group of the
-                    issuer which defaults to `cert-manager.io` if empty.
+                    Reference to the issuer responsible for issuing the certificate.
+                    If the issuer is namespace-scoped, it must be in the same namespace
+                    as the Certificate. If the issuer is cluster-scoped, it can be used
+                    from any namespace.
+
+                    The `name` field of the reference must always be specified.
                   type: object
                   required:
                     - name
@@ -141,8 +151,16 @@
                       type: string
                 request:
                   description: |-
-                    The PEM-encoded x509 certificate signing request to be submitted to the
-                    CA for signing.
+                    The PEM-encoded X.509 certificate signing request to be submitted to the
+                    issuer for signing.
+
+                    If the CSR has a BasicConstraints extension, its isCA attribute must
+                    match the `isCA` value of this CertificateRequest.
+                    If the CSR has a KeyUsage extension, its key usages must match the
+                    key usages in the `usages` field of this CertificateRequest.
+                    If the CSR has a ExtKeyUsage extension, its extended key usages
+                    must match the extended key usages in the `usages` field of this
+                    CertificateRequest.
                   type: string
                   format: byte
                 uid:
@@ -152,9 +170,13 @@
                   type: string
                 usages:
                   description: |-
-                    Usages is the set of x509 usages that are requested for the certificate.
-                    If usages are set they SHOULD be encoded inside the CSR spec
-                    Defaults to `digital signature` and `key encipherment` if not specified.
+                    Requested key usages and extended key usages.
+
+                    NOTE: If the CSR in the `Request` field has uses the KeyUsage or
+                    ExtKeyUsage extension, these extensions must have the same values
+                    as specified here without any additional values.
+
+                    If unset, defaults to `digital signature` and `key encipherment`.
                   type: array
                   items:
                     description: |-
@@ -218,12 +240,16 @@
                     Populated by the cert-manager webhook on creation and immutable.
                   type: string
             status:
-              description: Status of the CertificateRequest. This is set and managed automatically.
+              description: |-
+                Status of the CertificateRequest.
+                This is set and managed automatically.
+                Read-only.
+                More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status
               type: object
               properties:
                 ca:
                   description: |-
-                    The PEM encoded x509 certificate of the signer, also known as the CA
+                    The PEM encoded X.509 certificate of the signer, also known as the CA
                     (Certificate Authority).
                     This is set on a best-effort basis by different issuers.
                     If not set, the CA is assumed to be unknown/not available.
@@ -231,7 +257,7 @@
                   format: byte
                 certificate:
                   description: |-
-                    The PEM encoded x509 certificate resulting from the certificate
+                    The PEM encoded X.509 certificate resulting from the certificate
                     signing request.
                     If not set, the CertificateRequest has either not been completed or has
                     failed. More information on failure can be found by checking the
@@ -241,7 +267,7 @@
                 conditions:
                   description: |-
                     List of status conditions to indicate the status of a CertificateRequest.
-                    Known condition types are `Ready` and `InvalidRequest`.
+                    Known condition types are `Ready`, `InvalidRequest`, `Approved` and `Denied`.
                   type: array
                   items:
                     description: CertificateRequestCondition contains condition information for a CertificateRequest.
@@ -289,11 +315,19 @@
                   format: date-time
       served: true
       storage: true
+
+# END crd {{- end }}
+
 ---
+# START crd {{- if or .Values.crds.enabled .Values.installCRDs }}
 apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   name: certificates.cert-manager.io
+  # START annotations {{- if .Values.crds.keep }}
+  annotations:
+    helm.sh/resource-policy: keep
+  # END annotations {{- end }}
   labels:
     app: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
     app.kubernetes.io/name: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
@@ -339,12 +373,10 @@
         openAPIV3Schema:
           description: |-
             A Certificate resource should be created to ensure an up to date and signed
-            x509 certificate is stored in the Kubernetes Secret resource named in `spec.secretName`.
+            X.509 certificate is stored in the Kubernetes Secret resource named in `spec.secretName`.
 
             The stored certificate will be renewed before it expires (as configured by `spec.renewBefore`).
           type: object
-          required:
-            - spec
           properties:
             apiVersion:
               description: |-
@@ -364,7 +396,9 @@
             metadata:
               type: object
             spec:
-              description: Desired state of the Certificate resource.
+              description: |-
+                Specification of the desired state of the Certificate resource.
+                https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status
               type: object
               required:
                 - issuerRef
@@ -372,10 +406,11 @@
               properties:
                 additionalOutputFormats:
                   description: |-
-                    AdditionalOutputFormats defines extra output formats of the private key
-                    and signed certificate chain to be written to this Certificate's target
-                    Secret. This is an Alpha Feature and is only enabled with the
-                    `--feature-gates=AdditionalCertificateOutputFormats=true` option on both
+                    Defines extra output formats of the private key and signed certificate chain
+                    to be written to this Certificate's target Secret.
+
+                    This is a Beta Feature enabled by default. It can be disabled with the
+                    `--feature-gates=AdditionalCertificateOutputFormats=false` option set on both
                     the controller and webhook components.
                   type: array
                   items:
@@ -397,54 +432,64 @@
                           - CombinedPEM
                 commonName:
                   description: |-
-                    CommonName is a common name to be used on the Certificate.
-                    The CommonName should have a length of 64 characters or fewer to avoid
-                    generating invalid CSRs.
-                    This value is ignored by TLS clients when any subject alt name is set.
-                    This is x509 behaviour: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6125#section-6.4.4
+                    Requested common name X509 certificate subject attribute.
+                    More info: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5280#section-4.1.2.6
+                    NOTE: TLS clients will ignore this value when any subject alternative name is
+                    set (see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6125#section-6.4.4).
+
+                    Should have a length of 64 characters or fewer to avoid generating invalid CSRs.
+                    Cannot be set if the `literalSubject` field is set.
                   type: string
                 dnsNames:
-                  description: DNSNames is a list of DNS subjectAltNames to be set on the Certificate.
+                  description: Requested DNS subject alternative names.
                   type: array
                   items:
                     type: string
                 duration:
                   description: |-
-                    The requested 'duration' (i.e. lifetime) of the Certificate. This option
-                    may be ignored/overridden by some issuer types. If unset this defaults to
-                    90 days. Certificate will be renewed either 2/3 through its duration or
-                    `renewBefore` period before its expiry, whichever is later. Minimum
-                    accepted duration is 1 hour. Value must be in units accepted by Go
-                    time.ParseDuration https://golang.org/pkg/time/#ParseDuration
+                    Requested 'duration' (i.e. lifetime) of the Certificate. Note that the
+                    issuer may choose to ignore the requested duration, just like any other
+                    requested attribute.
+
+                    If unset, this defaults to 90 days.
+                    Minimum accepted duration is 1 hour.
+                    Value must be in units accepted by Go time.ParseDuration https://golang.org/pkg/time/#ParseDuration.
                   type: string
                 emailAddresses:
-                  description: EmailAddresses is a list of email subjectAltNames to be set on the Certificate.
+                  description: Requested email subject alternative names.
                   type: array
                   items:
                     type: string
                 encodeUsagesInRequest:
                   description: |-
-                    EncodeUsagesInRequest controls whether key usages should be present
-                    in the CertificateRequest
+                    Whether the KeyUsage and ExtKeyUsage extensions should be set in the encoded CSR.
+
+                    This option defaults to true, and should only be disabled if the target
+                    issuer does not support CSRs with these X509 KeyUsage/ ExtKeyUsage extensions.
                   type: boolean
                 ipAddresses:
-                  description: IPAddresses is a list of IP address subjectAltNames to be set on the Certificate.
+                  description: Requested IP address subject alternative names.
                   type: array
                   items:
                     type: string
                 isCA:
                   description: |-
-                    IsCA will mark this Certificate as valid for certificate signing.
-                    This will automatically add the `cert sign` usage to the list of `usages`.
+                    Requested basic constraints isCA value.
+                    The isCA value is used to set the `isCA` field on the created CertificateRequest
+                    resources. Note that the issuer may choose to ignore the requested isCA value, just
+                    like any other requested attribute.
+
+                    If true, this will automatically add the `cert sign` usage to the list
+                    of requested `usages`.
                   type: boolean
                 issuerRef:
                   description: |-
-                    IssuerRef is a reference to the issuer for this certificate.
-                    If the `kind` field is not set, or set to `Issuer`, an Issuer resource
-                    with the given name in the same namespace as the Certificate will be used.
-                    If the `kind` field is set to `ClusterIssuer`, a ClusterIssuer with the
-                    provided name will be used.
-                    The `name` field in this stanza is required at all times.
+                    Reference to the issuer responsible for issuing the certificate.
+                    If the issuer is namespace-scoped, it must be in the same namespace
+                    as the Certificate. If the issuer is cluster-scoped, it can be used
+                    from any namespace.
+
+                    The `name` field of the reference must always be specified.
                   type: object
                   required:
                     - name
@@ -459,9 +504,7 @@
                       description: Name of the resource being referred to.
                       type: string
                 keystores:
-                  description: |-
-                    Keystores configures additional keystore output formats stored in the
-                    `secretName` Secret resource.
+                  description: Additional keystore output formats to be stored in the Certificate's Secret.
                   type: object
                   properties:
                     jks:
@@ -471,24 +514,36 @@
                       type: object
                       required:
                         - create
-                        - passwordSecretRef
                       properties:
+                        alias:
+                          description: |-
+                            Alias specifies the alias of the key in the keystore, required by the JKS format.
+                            If not provided, the default alias `certificate` will be used.
+                          type: string
                         create:
                           description: |-
                             Create enables JKS keystore creation for the Certificate.
                             If true, a file named `keystore.jks` will be created in the target
                             Secret resource, encrypted using the password stored in
-                            `passwordSecretRef`.
+                            `passwordSecretRef` or `password`.
                             The keystore file will be updated immediately.
                             If the issuer provided a CA certificate, a file named `truststore.jks`
                             will also be created in the target Secret resource, encrypted using the
                             password stored in `passwordSecretRef`
                             containing the issuing Certificate Authority
                           type: boolean
+                        password:
+                          description: |-
+                            Password provides a literal password used to encrypt the JKS keystore.
+                            Mutually exclusive with passwordSecretRef.
+                            One of password or passwordSecretRef must provide a password with a non-zero length.
+                          type: string
                         passwordSecretRef:
                           description: |-
-                            PasswordSecretRef is a reference to a key in a Secret resource
+                            PasswordSecretRef is a reference to a non-empty key in a Secret resource
                             containing the password used to encrypt the JKS keystore.
+                            Mutually exclusive with password.
+                            One of password or passwordSecretRef must provide a password with a non-zero length.
                           type: object
                           required:
                             - name
@@ -511,24 +566,31 @@
                       type: object
                       required:
                         - create
-                        - passwordSecretRef
                       properties:
                         create:
                           description: |-
                             Create enables PKCS12 keystore creation for the Certificate.
                             If true, a file named `keystore.p12` will be created in the target
                             Secret resource, encrypted using the password stored in
-                            `passwordSecretRef`.
+                            `passwordSecretRef` or in `password`.
                             The keystore file will be updated immediately.
                             If the issuer provided a CA certificate, a file named `truststore.p12` will
                             also be created in the target Secret resource, encrypted using the
                             password stored in `passwordSecretRef` containing the issuing Certificate
                             Authority
                           type: boolean
+                        password:
+                          description: |-
+                            Password provides a literal password used to encrypt the PKCS#12 keystore.
+                            Mutually exclusive with passwordSecretRef.
+                            One of password or passwordSecretRef must provide a password with a non-zero length.
+                          type: string
                         passwordSecretRef:
                           description: |-
-                            PasswordSecretRef is a reference to a key in a Secret resource
-                            containing the password used to encrypt the PKCS12 keystore.
+                            PasswordSecretRef is a reference to a non-empty key in a Secret resource
+                            containing the password used to encrypt the PKCS#12 keystore.
+                            Mutually exclusive with password.
+                            One of password or passwordSecretRef must provide a password with a non-zero length.
                           type: object
                           required:
                             - name
@@ -544,23 +606,139 @@
                                 Name of the resource being referred to.
                                 More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
                               type: string
+                        profile:
+                          description: |-
+                            Profile specifies the key and certificate encryption algorithms and the HMAC algorithm
+                            used to create the PKCS12 keystore. Default value is `LegacyRC2` for backward compatibility.
+
+                            If provided, allowed values are:
+                            `LegacyRC2`: Deprecated. Not supported by default in OpenSSL 3 or Java 20.
+                            `LegacyDES`: Less secure algorithm. Use this option for maximal compatibility.
+                            `Modern2023`: Secure algorithm. Use this option in case you have to always use secure algorithms
+                            (eg. because of company policy). Please note that the security of the algorithm is not that important
+                            in reality, because the unencrypted certificate and private key are also stored in the Secret.
+                          type: string
+                          enum:
+                            - LegacyRC2
+                            - LegacyDES
+                            - Modern2023
                 literalSubject:
                   description: |-
-                    LiteralSubject is an LDAP formatted string that represents the [X.509 Subject field](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5280#section-4.1.2.6).
-                    Use this *instead* of the Subject field if you need to ensure the correct ordering of the RDN sequence, such as when issuing certs for LDAP authentication. See https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/issues/3203, https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/issues/4424.
-                    This field is alpha level and is only supported by cert-manager installations where LiteralCertificateSubject feature gate is enabled on both cert-manager controller and webhook.
+                    Requested X.509 certificate subject, represented using the LDAP "String
+                    Representation of a Distinguished Name" [1].
+                    Important: the LDAP string format also specifies the order of the attributes
+                    in the subject, this is important when issuing certs for LDAP authentication.
+                    Example: `CN=foo,DC=corp,DC=example,DC=com`
+                    More info [1]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4514
+                    More info: https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/issues/3203
+                    More info: https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/issues/4424
+
+                    Cannot be set if the `subject` or `commonName` field is set.
                   type: string
+                nameConstraints:
+                  description: |-
+                    x.509 certificate NameConstraint extension which MUST NOT be used in a non-CA certificate.
+                    More Info: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5280#section-4.2.1.10
+
+                    This is an Alpha Feature and is only enabled with the
+                    `--feature-gates=NameConstraints=true` option set on both
+                    the controller and webhook components.
+                  type: object
+                  properties:
+                    critical:
+                      description: if true then the name constraints are marked critical.
+                      type: boolean
+                    excluded:
+                      description: |-
+                        Excluded contains the constraints which must be disallowed. Any name matching a
+                        restriction in the excluded field is invalid regardless
+                        of information appearing in the permitted
+                      type: object
+                      properties:
+                        dnsDomains:
+                          description: DNSDomains is a list of DNS domains that are permitted or excluded.
+                          type: array
+                          items:
+                            type: string
+                        emailAddresses:
+                          description: EmailAddresses is a list of Email Addresses that are permitted or excluded.
+                          type: array
+                          items:
+                            type: string
+                        ipRanges:
+                          description: |-
+                            IPRanges is a list of IP Ranges that are permitted or excluded.
+                            This should be a valid CIDR notation.
+                          type: array
+                          items:
+                            type: string
+                        uriDomains:
+                          description: URIDomains is a list of URI domains that are permitted or excluded.
+                          type: array
+                          items:
+                            type: string
+                    permitted:
+                      description: Permitted contains the constraints in which the names must be located.
+                      type: object
+                      properties:
+                        dnsDomains:
+                          description: DNSDomains is a list of DNS domains that are permitted or excluded.
+                          type: array
+                          items:
+                            type: string
+                        emailAddresses:
+                          description: EmailAddresses is a list of Email Addresses that are permitted or excluded.
+                          type: array
+                          items:
+                            type: string
+                        ipRanges:
+                          description: |-
+                            IPRanges is a list of IP Ranges that are permitted or excluded.
+                            This should be a valid CIDR notation.
+                          type: array
+                          items:
+                            type: string
+                        uriDomains:
+                          description: URIDomains is a list of URI domains that are permitted or excluded.
+                          type: array
+                          items:
+                            type: string
+                otherNames:
+                  description: |-
+                    `otherNames` is an escape hatch for SAN that allows any type. We currently restrict the support to string like otherNames, cf RFC 5280 p 37
+                    Any UTF8 String valued otherName can be passed with by setting the keys oid: x.x.x.x and UTF8Value: somevalue for `otherName`.
+                    Most commonly this would be UPN set with oid: 1.3.6.1.4.1.311.20.2.3
+                    You should ensure that any OID passed is valid for the UTF8String type as we do not explicitly validate this.
+                  type: array
+                  items:
+                    type: object
+                    properties:
+                      oid:
+                        description: |-
+                          OID is the object identifier for the otherName SAN.
+                          The object identifier must be expressed as a dotted string, for
+                          example, "1.2.840.113556.1.4.221".
+                        type: string
+                      utf8Value:
+                        description: |-
+                          utf8Value is the string value of the otherName SAN.
+                          The utf8Value accepts any valid UTF8 string to set as value for the otherName SAN.
+                        type: string
                 privateKey:
-                  description: Options to control private keys used for the Certificate.
+                  description: |-
+                    Private key options. These include the key algorithm and size, the used
+                    encoding and the rotation policy.
                   type: object
                   properties:
                     algorithm:
                       description: |-
                         Algorithm is the private key algorithm of the corresponding private key
-                        for this certificate. If provided, allowed values are either `RSA`,`Ed25519` or `ECDSA`
+                        for this certificate.
+
+                        If provided, allowed values are either `RSA`, `ECDSA` or `Ed25519`.
                         If `algorithm` is specified and `size` is not provided,
-                        key size of 256 will be used for `ECDSA` key algorithm and
-                        key size of 2048 will be used for `RSA` key algorithm.
+                        key size of 2048 will be used for `RSA` key algorithm and
+                        key size of 256 will be used for `ECDSA` key algorithm.
                         key size is ignored when using the `Ed25519` key algorithm.
                       type: string
                       enum:
@@ -571,6 +749,7 @@
                       description: |-
                         The private key cryptography standards (PKCS) encoding for this
                         certificate's private key to be encoded in.
+
                         If provided, allowed values are `PKCS1` and `PKCS8` standing for PKCS#1
                         and PKCS#8, respectively.
                         Defaults to `PKCS1` if not specified.
@@ -582,13 +761,14 @@
                       description: |-
                         RotationPolicy controls how private keys should be regenerated when a
                         re-issuance is being processed.
-                        If set to Never, a private key will only be generated if one does not
-                        already exist in the target `spec.secretName`. If one does exists but it
+
+                        If set to `Never`, a private key will only be generated if one does not
+                        already exist in the target `spec.secretName`. If one does exist but it
                         does not have the correct algorithm or size, a warning will be raised
                         to await user intervention.
-                        If set to Always, a private key matching the specified requirements
+                        If set to `Always`, a private key matching the specified requirements
                         will be generated whenever a re-issuance occurs.
-                        Default is 'Never' for backward compatibility.
+                        Default is `Never` for backward compatibility.
                       type: string
                       enum:
                         - Never
@@ -596,6 +776,7 @@
                     size:
                       description: |-
                         Size is the key bit size of the corresponding private key for this certificate.
+
                         If `algorithm` is set to `RSA`, valid values are `2048`, `4096` or `8192`,
                         and will default to `2048` if not specified.
                         If `algorithm` is set to `ECDSA`, valid values are `256`, `384` or `521`,
@@ -605,37 +786,66 @@
                       type: integer
                 renewBefore:
                   description: |-
-                    How long before the currently issued certificate's expiry
-                    cert-manager should renew the certificate. The default is 2/3 of the
-                    issued certificate's duration. Minimum accepted value is 5 minutes.
-                    Value must be in units accepted by Go time.ParseDuration
-                    https://golang.org/pkg/time/#ParseDuration
+                    How long before the currently issued certificate's expiry cert-manager should
+                    renew the certificate. For example, if a certificate is valid for 60 minutes,
+                    and `renewBefore=10m`, cert-manager will begin to attempt to renew the certificate
+                    50 minutes after it was issued (i.e. when there are 10 minutes remaining until
+                    the certificate is no longer valid).
+
+                    NOTE: The actual lifetime of the issued certificate is used to determine the
+                    renewal time. If an issuer returns a certificate with a different lifetime than
+                    the one requested, cert-manager will use the lifetime of the issued certificate.
+
+                    If unset, this defaults to 1/3 of the issued certificate's lifetime.
+                    Minimum accepted value is 5 minutes.
+                    Value must be in units accepted by Go time.ParseDuration https://golang.org/pkg/time/#ParseDuration.
+                    Cannot be set if the `renewBeforePercentage` field is set.
                   type: string
+                renewBeforePercentage:
+                  description: |-
+                    `renewBeforePercentage` is like `renewBefore`, except it is a relative percentage
+                    rather than an absolute duration. For example, if a certificate is valid for 60
+                    minutes, and  `renewBeforePercentage=25`, cert-manager will begin to attempt to
+                    renew the certificate 45 minutes after it was issued (i.e. when there are 15
+                    minutes (25%) remaining until the certificate is no longer valid).
+
+                    NOTE: The actual lifetime of the issued certificate is used to determine the
+                    renewal time. If an issuer returns a certificate with a different lifetime than
+                    the one requested, cert-manager will use the lifetime of the issued certificate.
+
+                    Value must be an integer in the range (0,100). The minimum effective
+                    `renewBefore` derived from the `renewBeforePercentage` and `duration` fields is 5
+                    minutes.
+                    Cannot be set if the `renewBefore` field is set.
+                  type: integer
+                  format: int32
                 revisionHistoryLimit:
                   description: |-
-                    revisionHistoryLimit is the maximum number of CertificateRequest revisions
-                    that are maintained in the Certificate's history. Each revision represents
-                    a single `CertificateRequest` created by this Certificate, either when it
-                    was created, renewed, or Spec was changed. Revisions will be removed by
-                    oldest first if the number of revisions exceeds this number. If set,
-                    revisionHistoryLimit must be a value of `1` or greater. If unset (`nil`),
-                    revisions will not be garbage collected. Default value is `nil`.
+                    The maximum number of CertificateRequest revisions that are maintained in
+                    the Certificate's history. Each revision represents a single `CertificateRequest`
+                    created by this Certificate, either when it was created, renewed, or Spec
+                    was changed. Revisions will be removed by oldest first if the number of
+                    revisions exceeds this number.
+
+                    If set, revisionHistoryLimit must be a value of `1` or greater.
+                    If unset (`nil`), revisions will not be garbage collected.
+                    Default value is `nil`.
                   type: integer
                   format: int32
                 secretName:
                   description: |-
-                    SecretName is the name of the secret resource that will be automatically
-                    created and managed by this Certificate resource.
-                    It will be populated with a private key and certificate, signed by the
-                    denoted issuer.
+                    Name of the Secret resource that will be automatically created and
+                    managed by this Certificate resource. It will be populated with a
+                    private key and certificate, signed by the denoted issuer. The Secret
+                    resource lives in the same namespace as the Certificate resource.
                   type: string
                 secretTemplate:
                   description: |-
-                    SecretTemplate defines annotations and labels to be copied to the
-                    Certificate's Secret. Labels and annotations on the Secret will be changed
-                    as they appear on the SecretTemplate when added or removed. SecretTemplate
-                    annotations are added in conjunction with, and cannot overwrite, the base
-                    set of annotations cert-manager sets on the Certificate's Secret.
+                    Defines annotations and labels to be copied to the Certificate's Secret.
+                    Labels and annotations on the Secret will be changed as they appear on the
+                    SecretTemplate when added or removed. SecretTemplate annotations are added
+                    in conjunction with, and cannot overwrite, the base set of annotations
+                    cert-manager sets on the Certificate's Secret.
                   type: object
                   properties:
                     annotations:
@@ -649,7 +859,12 @@
                       additionalProperties:
                         type: string
                 subject:
-                  description: Full X509 name specification (https://golang.org/pkg/crypto/x509/pkix/#Name).
+                  description: |-
+                    Requested set of X509 certificate subject attributes.
+                    More info: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5280#section-4.1.2.6
+
+                    The common name attribute is specified separately in the `commonName` field.
+                    Cannot be set if the `literalSubject` field is set.
                   type: object
                   properties:
                     countries:
@@ -691,14 +906,18 @@
                       items:
                         type: string
                 uris:
-                  description: URIs is a list of URI subjectAltNames to be set on the Certificate.
+                  description: Requested URI subject alternative names.
                   type: array
                   items:
                     type: string
                 usages:
                   description: |-
-                    Usages is the set of x509 usages that are requested for the certificate.
-                    Defaults to `digital signature` and `key encipherment` if not specified.
+                    Requested key usages and extended key usages.
+                    These usages are used to set the `usages` field on the created CertificateRequest
+                    resources. If `encodeUsagesInRequest` is unset or set to `true`, the usages
+                    will additionally be encoded in the `request` field which contains the CSR blob.
+
+                    If unset, defaults to `digital signature` and `key encipherment`.
                   type: array
                   items:
                     description: |-
@@ -757,7 +976,11 @@
                       - microsoft sgc
                       - netscape sgc
             status:
-              description: Status of the Certificate. This is set and managed automatically.
+              description: |-
+                Status of the Certificate.
+                This is set and managed automatically.
+                Read-only.
+                More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status
               type: object
               properties:
                 conditions:
@@ -766,7 +989,7 @@
                     Known condition types are `Ready` and `Issuing`.
                   type: array
                   items:
-                    description: CertificateCondition contains condition information for an Certificate.
+                    description: CertificateCondition contains condition information for a Certificate.
                     type: object
                     required:
                       - status
@@ -820,7 +1043,7 @@
                   type: integer
                 lastFailureTime:
                   description: |-
-                    LastFailureTime is set only if the lastest issuance for this
+                    LastFailureTime is set only if the latest issuance for this
                     Certificate failed and contains the time of the failure. If an
                     issuance has failed, the delay till the next issuance will be
                     calculated using formula time.Hour * 2 ^ (failedIssuanceAttempts -
@@ -845,7 +1068,7 @@
                 notBefore:
                   description: |-
                     The time after which the certificate stored in the secret named
-                    by this resource in spec.secretName is valid.
+                    by this resource in `spec.secretName` is valid.
                   type: string
                   format: date-time
                 renewalTime:
@@ -874,11 +1097,19 @@
                   type: integer
       served: true
       storage: true
+
+# END crd {{- end }}
+
 ---
+# START crd {{- if or .Values.crds.enabled .Values.installCRDs }}
 apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   name: challenges.acme.cert-manager.io
+  # START annotations {{- if .Values.crds.keep }}
+  annotations:
+    helm.sh/resource-policy: keep
+  # END annotations {{- end }}
   labels:
     app: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
     app.kubernetes.io/name: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
@@ -1108,10 +1339,16 @@
                             - subscriptionID
                           properties:
                             clientID:
-                              description: if both this and ClientSecret are left unset MSI will be used
+                              description: |-
+                                Auth: Azure Service Principal:
+                                The ClientID of the Azure Service Principal used to authenticate with Azure DNS.
+                                If set, ClientSecret and TenantID must also be set.
                               type: string
                             clientSecretSecretRef:
-                              description: if both this and ClientID are left unset MSI will be used
+                              description: |-
+                                Auth: Azure Service Principal:
+                                A reference to a Secret containing the password associated with the Service Principal.
+                                If set, ClientID and TenantID must also be set.
                               type: object
                               required:
                                 - name
@@ -1139,14 +1376,22 @@
                               description: name of the DNS zone that should be used
                               type: string
                             managedIdentity:
-                              description: managed identity configuration, can not be used at the same time as clientID, clientSecretSecretRef or tenantID
+                              description: |-
+                                Auth: Azure Workload Identity or Azure Managed Service Identity:
+                                Settings to enable Azure Workload Identity or Azure Managed Service Identity
+                                If set, ClientID, ClientSecret and TenantID must not be set.
                               type: object
                               properties:
                                 clientID:
                                   description: client ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as resourceID
                                   type: string
                                 resourceID:
-                                  description: resource ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as clientID
+                                  description: |-
+                                    resource ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as clientID
+                                    Cannot be used for Azure Managed Service Identity
+                                  type: string
+                                tenantID:
+                                  description: tenant ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as resourceID
                                   type: string
                             resourceGroupName:
                               description: resource group the DNS zone is located in
@@ -1155,7 +1400,10 @@
                               description: ID of the Azure subscription
                               type: string
                             tenantID:
-                              description: when specifying ClientID and ClientSecret then this field is also needed
+                              description: |-
+                                Auth: Azure Service Principal:
+                                The TenantID of the Azure Service Principal used to authenticate with Azure DNS.
+                                If set, ClientID and ClientSecret must also be set.
                               type: string
                         cloudDNS:
                           description: Use the Google Cloud DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
@@ -1316,8 +1564,6 @@
                         route53:
                           description: Use the AWS Route53 API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
                           type: object
-                          required:
-                            - region
                           properties:
                             accessKeyID:
                               description: |-
@@ -1350,11 +1596,68 @@
                                     Name of the resource being referred to.
                                     More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
                                   type: string
+                            auth:
+                              description: Auth configures how cert-manager authenticates.
+                              type: object
+                              required:
+                                - kubernetes
+                              properties:
+                                kubernetes:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Kubernetes authenticates with Route53 using AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity
+                                    by passing a bound ServiceAccount token.
+                                  type: object
+                                  required:
+                                    - serviceAccountRef
+                                  properties:
+                                    serviceAccountRef:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        A reference to a service account that will be used to request a bound
+                                        token (also known as "projected token"). To use this field, you must
+                                        configure an RBAC rule to let cert-manager request a token.
+                                      type: object
+                                      required:
+                                        - name
+                                      properties:
+                                        audiences:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            TokenAudiences is an optional list of audiences to include in the
+                                            token passed to AWS. The default token consisting of the issuer's namespace
+                                            and name is always included.
+                                            If unset the audience defaults to `sts.amazonaws.com`.
+                                          type: array
+                                          items:
+                                            type: string
+                                        name:
+                                          description: Name of the ServiceAccount used to request a token.
+                                          type: string
                             hostedZoneID:
-                              description: If set, the provider will manage only this zone in Route53 and will not do an lookup using the route53:ListHostedZonesByName api call.
+                              description: If set, the provider will manage only this zone in Route53 and will not do a lookup using the route53:ListHostedZonesByName api call.
                               type: string
                             region:
-                              description: Always set the region when using AccessKeyID and SecretAccessKey
+                              description: |-
+                                Override the AWS region.
+
+                                Route53 is a global service and does not have regional endpoints but the
+                                region specified here (or via environment variables) is used as a hint to
+                                help compute the correct AWS credential scope and partition when it
+                                connects to Route53. See:
+                                - [Amazon Route 53 endpoints and quotas](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/r53.html)
+                                - [Global services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/whitepapers/latest/aws-fault-isolation-boundaries/global-services.html)
+
+                                If you omit this region field, cert-manager will use the region from
+                                AWS_REGION and AWS_DEFAULT_REGION environment variables, if they are set
+                                in the cert-manager controller Pod.
+
+                                The `region` field is not needed if you use [IAM Roles for Service Accounts (IRSA)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/iam-roles-for-service-accounts.html).
+                                Instead an AWS_REGION environment variable is added to the cert-manager controller Pod by:
+                                [Amazon EKS Pod Identity Webhook](https://github.com/aws/amazon-eks-pod-identity-webhook).
+                                In this case this `region` field value is ignored.
+
+                                The `region` field is not needed if you use [EKS Pod Identities](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/pod-identities.html).
+                                Instead an AWS_REGION environment variable is added to the cert-manager controller Pod by:
+                                [Amazon EKS Pod Identity Agent](https://github.com/aws/eks-pod-identity-agent),
+                                In this case this `region` field value is ignored.
                               type: string
                             role:
                               description: |-
@@ -1448,9 +1751,14 @@
                               items:
                                 description: |-
                                   ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
-                                  a parent of this resource (usually a route). The only kind of parent resource
-                                  with "Core" support is Gateway. This API may be extended in the future to
-                                  support additional kinds of parent resources, such as HTTPRoute.
+                                  a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                                  with "Core" support:
+
+                                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                                  resources.
 
                                   The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                                   be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
@@ -1474,9 +1782,12 @@
                                     description: |-
                                       Kind is kind of the referent.
 
-                                      Support: Core (Gateway)
+                                      There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
 
-                                      Support: Implementation-specific (Other Resources)
+                                      * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                                      * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                                      Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                                     type: string
                                     default: Gateway
                                     maxLength: 63
@@ -1501,6 +1812,18 @@
                                       Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                                       generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
 
+                                      <gateway:experimental:description>
+                                      ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                                      routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                                      any namespace to the Service.
+
+                                      ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                                      "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                                      connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                                      the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                                      ParentRef of the Route.
+                                      </gateway:experimental:description>
+
                                       Support: Core
                                     type: string
                                     maxLength: 63
@@ -1519,6 +1842,12 @@
                                       and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                                       must match both specified values.
 
+                                      <gateway:experimental:description>
+                                      When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                                      Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                                      the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+                                      </gateway:experimental:description>
+
                                       Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                                       Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                                       document how/if Port is interpreted.
@@ -1532,8 +1861,6 @@
                                       the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
 
                                       Support: Extended
-
-                                      <gateway:experimental>
                                     type: integer
                                     format: int32
                                     maximum: 65535
@@ -1543,7 +1870,10 @@
                                       SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                                       following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
 
-                                      * Gateway: Listener Name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                                      * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                                      are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                                      both specified values.
+                                      * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                                       are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                                       both specified values.
 
@@ -1565,66 +1895,6 @@
                                     maxLength: 253
                                     minLength: 1
                                     pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
-                            serviceType:
-                              description: |-
-                                Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values
-                                are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort.
-                              type: string
-                        ingress:
-                          description: |-
-                            The ingress based HTTP01 challenge solver will solve challenges by
-                            creating or modifying Ingress resources in order to route requests for
-                            '/.well-known/acme-challenge/XYZ' to 'challenge solver' pods that are
-                            provisioned by cert-manager for each Challenge to be completed.
-                          type: object
-                          properties:
-                            class:
-                              description: |-
-                                This field configures the annotation `kubernetes.io/ingress.class` when
-                                creating Ingress resources to solve ACME challenges that use this
-                                challenge solver. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
-                                be specified.
-                              type: string
-                            ingressClassName:
-                              description: |-
-                                This field configures the field `ingressClassName` on the created Ingress
-                                resources used to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver.
-                                This is the recommended way of configuring the ingress class. Only one of
-                                `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified.
-                              type: string
-                            ingressTemplate:
-                              description: |-
-                                Optional ingress template used to configure the ACME challenge solver
-                                ingress used for HTTP01 challenges.
-                              type: object
-                              properties:
-                                metadata:
-                                  description: |-
-                                    ObjectMeta overrides for the ingress used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
-                                    Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
-                                    If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
-                                    will override the in-built values.
-                                  type: object
-                                  properties:
-                                    annotations:
-                                      description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
-                                      type: object
-                                      additionalProperties:
-                                        type: string
-                                    labels:
-                                      description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
-                                      type: object
-                                      additionalProperties:
-                                        type: string
-                            name:
-                              description: |-
-                                The name of the ingress resource that should have ACME challenge solving
-                                routes inserted into it in order to solve HTTP01 challenges.
-                                This is typically used in conjunction with ingress controllers like
-                                ingress-gce, which maintains a 1:1 mapping between external IPs and
-                                ingress resources. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
-                                be specified.
-                              type: string
                             podTemplate:
                               description: |-
                                 Optional pod template used to configure the ACME challenge solver pods
@@ -1640,7 +1910,7 @@
                                   type: object
                                   properties:
                                     annotations:
-                                      description: Annotations that should be added to the create ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                      description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
                                       type: object
                                       additionalProperties:
                                         type: string
@@ -1719,6 +1989,8 @@
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                       matchFields:
                                                         description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
                                                         type: array
@@ -1749,11 +2021,14 @@
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                     x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                                                   weight:
                                                     description: Weight associated with matching the corresponding nodeSelectorTerm, in the range 1-100.
                                                     type: integer
                                                     format: int32
+                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                             requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
                                               description: |-
                                                 If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
@@ -1805,6 +2080,8 @@
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                       matchFields:
                                                         description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
                                                         type: array
@@ -1835,7 +2112,10 @@
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                     x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                               x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                                         podAffinity:
                                           description: Describes pod affinity scheduling rules (e.g. co-locate this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
@@ -1901,6 +2181,8 @@
                                                                   type: array
                                                                   items:
                                                                     type: string
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                           matchLabels:
                                                             description: |-
                                                               matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -1914,13 +2196,13 @@
                                                         description: |-
                                                           MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                           be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
                                                           to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                           for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                           pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                          Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                          This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                          Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                          This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                         type: array
                                                         items:
                                                           type: string
@@ -1929,13 +2211,13 @@
                                                         description: |-
                                                           MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                           be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
                                                           to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                           for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                           pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                          Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                          This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                          Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                          This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                         type: array
                                                         items:
                                                           type: string
@@ -1978,6 +2260,8 @@
                                                                   type: array
                                                                   items:
                                                                     type: string
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                           matchLabels:
                                                             description: |-
                                                               matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -1996,6 +2280,7 @@
                                                         type: array
                                                         items:
                                                           type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                       topologyKey:
                                                         description: |-
                                                           This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
@@ -2010,6 +2295,7 @@
                                                       in the range 1-100.
                                                     type: integer
                                                     format: int32
+                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                             requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
                                               description: |-
                                                 If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
@@ -2067,6 +2353,8 @@
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                       matchLabels:
                                                         description: |-
                                                           matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -2080,13 +2368,13 @@
                                                     description: |-
                                                       MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                       be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
                                                       to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                       for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                       pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                      Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                      This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                      Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                      This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                     type: array
                                                     items:
                                                       type: string
@@ -2095,13 +2383,13 @@
                                                     description: |-
                                                       MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                       be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
                                                       to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                       for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                       pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                      Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                      This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                      Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                      This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                     type: array
                                                     items:
                                                       type: string
@@ -2144,6 +2432,8 @@
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                       matchLabels:
                                                         description: |-
                                                           matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -2162,6 +2452,7 @@
                                                     type: array
                                                     items:
                                                       type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                   topologyKey:
                                                     description: |-
                                                       This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
@@ -2170,6 +2461,7 @@
                                                       selected pods is running.
                                                       Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
                                                     type: string
+                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                         podAntiAffinity:
                                           description: Describes pod anti-affinity scheduling rules (e.g. avoid putting this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
                                           type: object
@@ -2234,6 +2526,8 @@
                                                                   type: array
                                                                   items:
                                                                     type: string
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                           matchLabels:
                                                             description: |-
                                                               matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -2247,13 +2541,13 @@
                                                         description: |-
                                                           MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                           be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
                                                           to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                           for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                           pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                          Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                          This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                          Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                          This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                         type: array
                                                         items:
                                                           type: string
@@ -2262,13 +2556,13 @@
                                                         description: |-
                                                           MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                           be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
                                                           to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                           for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                           pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                          Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                          This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                          Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                          This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                         type: array
                                                         items:
                                                           type: string
@@ -2311,6 +2605,8 @@
                                                                   type: array
                                                                   items:
                                                                     type: string
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                           matchLabels:
                                                             description: |-
                                                               matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -2329,6 +2625,7 @@
                                                         type: array
                                                         items:
                                                           type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                       topologyKey:
                                                         description: |-
                                                           This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
@@ -2343,6 +2640,7 @@
                                                       in the range 1-100.
                                                     type: integer
                                                     format: int32
+                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                             requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
                                               description: |-
                                                 If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
@@ -2400,6 +2698,8 @@
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                       matchLabels:
                                                         description: |-
                                                           matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -2413,13 +2713,13 @@
                                                     description: |-
                                                       MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                       be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
                                                       to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                       for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                       pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                      Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                      This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                      Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                      This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                     type: array
                                                     items:
                                                       type: string
@@ -2428,13 +2728,13 @@
                                                     description: |-
                                                       MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                       be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
                                                       to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                       for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                       pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                      Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                      This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                      Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                      This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                     type: array
                                                     items:
                                                       type: string
@@ -2477,6 +2777,8 @@
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                       matchLabels:
                                                         description: |-
                                                           matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -2495,6 +2797,7 @@
                                                     type: array
                                                     items:
                                                       type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                   topologyKey:
                                                     description: |-
                                                       This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
@@ -2503,6 +2806,7 @@
                                                       selected pods is running.
                                                       Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
                                                     type: string
+                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                     imagePullSecrets:
                                       description: If specified, the pod's imagePullSecrets
                                       type: array
@@ -2515,8 +2819,12 @@
                                           name:
                                             description: |-
                                               Name of the referent.
+                                              This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is
+                                              allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are
+                                              almost certainly wrong.
                                               More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
                                             type: string
+                                            default: ""
                                         x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                                     nodeSelector:
                                       description: |-
@@ -2529,6 +2837,1320 @@
                                     priorityClassName:
                                       description: If specified, the pod's priorityClassName.
                                       type: string
+                                    securityContext:
+                                      description: If specified, the pod's security context
+                                      type: object
+                                      properties:
+                                        fsGroup:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            A special supplemental group that applies to all containers in a pod.
+                                            Some volume types allow the Kubelet to change the ownership of that volume
+                                            to be owned by the pod:
+
+                                            1. The owning GID will be the FSGroup
+                                            2. The setgid bit is set (new files created in the volume will be owned by FSGroup)
+                                            3. The permission bits are OR'd with rw-rw----
+
+                                            If unset, the Kubelet will not modify the ownership and permissions of any volume.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: integer
+                                          format: int64
+                                        fsGroupChangePolicy:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            fsGroupChangePolicy defines behavior of changing ownership and permission of the volume
+                                            before being exposed inside Pod. This field will only apply to
+                                            volume types which support fsGroup based ownership(and permissions).
+                                            It will have no effect on ephemeral volume types such as: secret, configmaps
+                                            and emptydir.
+                                            Valid values are "OnRootMismatch" and "Always". If not specified, "Always" is used.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: string
+                                        runAsGroup:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process.
+                                            Uses runtime default if unset.
+                                            May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                            PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence
+                                            for that container.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: integer
+                                          format: int64
+                                        runAsNonRoot:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user.
+                                            If true, the Kubelet will validate the image at runtime to ensure that it
+                                            does not run as UID 0 (root) and fail to start the container if it does.
+                                            If unset or false, no such validation will be performed.
+                                            May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                            PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+                                          type: boolean
+                                        runAsUser:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process.
+                                            Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified.
+                                            May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                            PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence
+                                            for that container.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: integer
+                                          format: int64
+                                        seLinuxOptions:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            The SELinux context to be applied to all containers.
+                                            If unspecified, the container runtime will allocate a random SELinux context for each
+                                            container.  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in
+                                            both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext
+                                            takes precedence for that container.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: object
+                                          properties:
+                                            level:
+                                              description: Level is SELinux level label that applies to the container.
+                                              type: string
+                                            role:
+                                              description: Role is a SELinux role label that applies to the container.
+                                              type: string
+                                            type:
+                                              description: Type is a SELinux type label that applies to the container.
+                                              type: string
+                                            user:
+                                              description: User is a SELinux user label that applies to the container.
+                                              type: string
+                                        seccompProfile:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            The seccomp options to use by the containers in this pod.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: object
+                                          required:
+                                            - type
+                                          properties:
+                                            localhostProfile:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                localhostProfile indicates a profile defined in a file on the node should be used.
+                                                The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work.
+                                                Must be a descending path, relative to the kubelet's configured seccomp profile location.
+                                                Must be set if type is "Localhost". Must NOT be set for any other type.
+                                              type: string
+                                            type:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                type indicates which kind of seccomp profile will be applied.
+                                                Valid options are:
+
+                                                Localhost - a profile defined in a file on the node should be used.
+                                                RuntimeDefault - the container runtime default profile should be used.
+                                                Unconfined - no profile should be applied.
+                                              type: string
+                                        supplementalGroups:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            A list of groups applied to the first process run in each container, in addition
+                                            to the container's primary GID, the fsGroup (if specified), and group memberships
+                                            defined in the container image for the uid of the container process. If unspecified,
+                                            no additional groups are added to any container. Note that group memberships
+                                            defined in the container image for the uid of the container process are still effective,
+                                            even if they are not included in this list.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: array
+                                          items:
+                                            type: integer
+                                            format: int64
+                                        sysctls:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Sysctls hold a list of namespaced sysctls used for the pod. Pods with unsupported
+                                            sysctls (by the container runtime) might fail to launch.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: array
+                                          items:
+                                            description: Sysctl defines a kernel parameter to be set
+                                            type: object
+                                            required:
+                                              - name
+                                              - value
+                                            properties:
+                                              name:
+                                                description: Name of a property to set
+                                                type: string
+                                              value:
+                                                description: Value of a property to set
+                                                type: string
+                                    serviceAccountName:
+                                      description: If specified, the pod's service account
+                                      type: string
+                                    tolerations:
+                                      description: If specified, the pod's tolerations.
+                                      type: array
+                                      items:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The pod this Toleration is attached to tolerates any taint that matches
+                                          the triple <key,value,effect> using the matching operator <operator>.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          effect:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Effect indicates the taint effect to match. Empty means match all taint effects.
+                                              When specified, allowed values are NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule and NoExecute.
+                                            type: string
+                                          key:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Key is the taint key that the toleration applies to. Empty means match all taint keys.
+                                              If the key is empty, operator must be Exists; this combination means to match all values and all keys.
+                                            type: string
+                                          operator:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Operator represents a key's relationship to the value.
+                                              Valid operators are Exists and Equal. Defaults to Equal.
+                                              Exists is equivalent to wildcard for value, so that a pod can
+                                              tolerate all taints of a particular category.
+                                            type: string
+                                          tolerationSeconds:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              TolerationSeconds represents the period of time the toleration (which must be
+                                              of effect NoExecute, otherwise this field is ignored) tolerates the taint. By default,
+                                              it is not set, which means tolerate the taint forever (do not evict). Zero and
+                                              negative values will be treated as 0 (evict immediately) by the system.
+                                            type: integer
+                                            format: int64
+                                          value:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Value is the taint value the toleration matches to.
+                                              If the operator is Exists, the value should be empty, otherwise just a regular string.
+                                            type: string
+                            serviceType:
+                              description: |-
+                                Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values
+                                are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort.
+                              type: string
+                        ingress:
+                          description: |-
+                            The ingress based HTTP01 challenge solver will solve challenges by
+                            creating or modifying Ingress resources in order to route requests for
+                            '/.well-known/acme-challenge/XYZ' to 'challenge solver' pods that are
+                            provisioned by cert-manager for each Challenge to be completed.
+                          type: object
+                          properties:
+                            class:
+                              description: |-
+                                This field configures the annotation `kubernetes.io/ingress.class` when
+                                creating Ingress resources to solve ACME challenges that use this
+                                challenge solver. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
+                                be specified.
+                              type: string
+                            ingressClassName:
+                              description: |-
+                                This field configures the field `ingressClassName` on the created Ingress
+                                resources used to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver.
+                                This is the recommended way of configuring the ingress class. Only one of
+                                `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified.
+                              type: string
+                            ingressTemplate:
+                              description: |-
+                                Optional ingress template used to configure the ACME challenge solver
+                                ingress used for HTTP01 challenges.
+                              type: object
+                              properties:
+                                metadata:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ObjectMeta overrides for the ingress used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                    Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
+                                    If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
+                                    will override the in-built values.
+                                  type: object
+                                  properties:
+                                    annotations:
+                                      description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
+                                      type: object
+                                      additionalProperties:
+                                        type: string
+                                    labels:
+                                      description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
+                                      type: object
+                                      additionalProperties:
+                                        type: string
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                The name of the ingress resource that should have ACME challenge solving
+                                routes inserted into it in order to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                This is typically used in conjunction with ingress controllers like
+                                ingress-gce, which maintains a 1:1 mapping between external IPs and
+                                ingress resources. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
+                                be specified.
+                              type: string
+                            podTemplate:
+                              description: |-
+                                Optional pod template used to configure the ACME challenge solver pods
+                                used for HTTP01 challenges.
+                              type: object
+                              properties:
+                                metadata:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ObjectMeta overrides for the pod used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                    Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
+                                    If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
+                                    will override the in-built values.
+                                  type: object
+                                  properties:
+                                    annotations:
+                                      description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                      type: object
+                                      additionalProperties:
+                                        type: string
+                                    labels:
+                                      description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                      type: object
+                                      additionalProperties:
+                                        type: string
+                                spec:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    PodSpec defines overrides for the HTTP01 challenge solver pod.
+                                    Check ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01IngressPodSpec to find out currently supported fields.
+                                    All other fields will be ignored.
+                                  type: object
+                                  properties:
+                                    affinity:
+                                      description: If specified, the pod's scheduling constraints
+                                      type: object
+                                      properties:
+                                        nodeAffinity:
+                                          description: Describes node affinity scheduling rules for the pod.
+                                          type: object
+                                          properties:
+                                            preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                "weight" to the sum if the node matches the corresponding matchExpressions; the
+                                                node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                              type: array
+                                              items:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  An empty preferred scheduling term matches all objects with implicit weight 0
+                                                  (i.e. it's a no-op). A null preferred scheduling term matches no objects (i.e. is also a no-op).
+                                                type: object
+                                                required:
+                                                  - preference
+                                                  - weight
+                                                properties:
+                                                  preference:
+                                                    description: A node selector term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      matchExpressions:
+                                                        description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                            that relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      matchFields:
+                                                        description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                            that relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                  weight:
+                                                    description: Weight associated with matching the corresponding nodeSelectorTerm, in the range 1-100.
+                                                    type: integer
+                                                    format: int32
+                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                            requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to an update), the system
+                                                may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                              type: object
+                                              required:
+                                                - nodeSelectorTerms
+                                              properties:
+                                                nodeSelectorTerms:
+                                                  description: Required. A list of node selector terms. The terms are ORed.
+                                                  type: array
+                                                  items:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      A null or empty node selector term matches no objects. The requirements of
+                                                      them are ANDed.
+                                                      The TopologySelectorTerm type implements a subset of the NodeSelectorTerm.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      matchExpressions:
+                                                        description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                            that relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      matchFields:
+                                                        description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                            that relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                        podAffinity:
+                                          description: Describes pod affinity scheduling rules (e.g. co-locate this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
+                                          type: object
+                                          properties:
+                                            preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the
+                                                node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                              type: array
+                                              items:
+                                                description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s)
+                                                type: object
+                                                required:
+                                                  - podAffinityTerm
+                                                  - weight
+                                                properties:
+                                                  podAffinityTerm:
+                                                    description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    required:
+                                                      - topologyKey
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      labelSelector:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                          If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        properties:
+                                                          matchExpressions:
+                                                            description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: array
+                                                            items:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                relates the key and values.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              required:
+                                                                - key
+                                                                - operator
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                key:
+                                                                  description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                operator:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                    Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                values:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                    the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                    the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                    merge patch.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                          matchLabels:
+                                                            description: |-
+                                                              matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                              map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                              operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: object
+                                                            additionalProperties:
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                      matchLabelKeys:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                          be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                          to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                          for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                          pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                          Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                          This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                          be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                          to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                          for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                          pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                          Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                          This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      namespaceSelector:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                          The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                          and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                          null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                          An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        properties:
+                                                          matchExpressions:
+                                                            description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: array
+                                                            items:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                relates the key and values.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              required:
+                                                                - key
+                                                                - operator
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                key:
+                                                                  description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                operator:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                    Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                values:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                    the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                    the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                    merge patch.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                          matchLabels:
+                                                            description: |-
+                                                              matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                              map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                              operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: object
+                                                            additionalProperties:
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                      namespaces:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                          The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                          and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                          null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      topologyKey:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                          the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                          whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                          selected pods is running.
+                                                          Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                        type: string
+                                                  weight:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm,
+                                                      in the range 1-100.
+                                                    type: integer
+                                                    format: int32
+                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                            requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the
+                                                system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each
+                                                podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied.
+                                              type: array
+                                              items:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector
+                                                  relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be
+                                                  co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with,
+                                                  where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of
+                                                  the label with key <topologyKey> matches that of any node on which
+                                                  a pod of the set of pods is running
+                                                type: object
+                                                required:
+                                                  - topologyKey
+                                                properties:
+                                                  labelSelector:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                      If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      matchExpressions:
+                                                        description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                            relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      matchLabels:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                          map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                          operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        additionalProperties:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                  matchLabelKeys:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                      be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                      to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                      for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                      pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                      Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                      This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                      be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                      to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                      for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                      pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                      Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                      This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  namespaceSelector:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                      The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                      and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                      null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                      An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      matchExpressions:
+                                                        description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                            relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      matchLabels:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                          map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                          operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        additionalProperties:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                  namespaces:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                      The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                      and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                      null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  topologyKey:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                      the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                      whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                      selected pods is running.
+                                                      Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                    type: string
+                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                        podAntiAffinity:
+                                          description: Describes pod anti-affinity scheduling rules (e.g. avoid putting this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
+                                          type: object
+                                          properties:
+                                            preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                the anti-affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                request, requiredDuringScheduling anti-affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the
+                                                node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                              type: array
+                                              items:
+                                                description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s)
+                                                type: object
+                                                required:
+                                                  - podAffinityTerm
+                                                  - weight
+                                                properties:
+                                                  podAffinityTerm:
+                                                    description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    required:
+                                                      - topologyKey
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      labelSelector:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                          If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        properties:
+                                                          matchExpressions:
+                                                            description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: array
+                                                            items:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                relates the key and values.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              required:
+                                                                - key
+                                                                - operator
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                key:
+                                                                  description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                operator:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                    Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                values:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                    the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                    the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                    merge patch.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                          matchLabels:
+                                                            description: |-
+                                                              matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                              map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                              operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: object
+                                                            additionalProperties:
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                      matchLabelKeys:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                          be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                          to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                          for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                          pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                          Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                          This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                          be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                          incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                          to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                          for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                          pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                          The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                          Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                          This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      namespaceSelector:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                          The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                          and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                          null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                          An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        properties:
+                                                          matchExpressions:
+                                                            description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: array
+                                                            items:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                relates the key and values.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              required:
+                                                                - key
+                                                                - operator
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                key:
+                                                                  description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                operator:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                    Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                  type: string
+                                                                values:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                    the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                    the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                    merge patch.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                          matchLabels:
+                                                            description: |-
+                                                              matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                              map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                              operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                            type: object
+                                                            additionalProperties:
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                      namespaces:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                          The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                          and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                          null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      topologyKey:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                          the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                          whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                          selected pods is running.
+                                                          Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                        type: string
+                                                  weight:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm,
+                                                      in the range 1-100.
+                                                    type: integer
+                                                    format: int32
+                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                            requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the
+                                                system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each
+                                                podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied.
+                                              type: array
+                                              items:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector
+                                                  relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be
+                                                  co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with,
+                                                  where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of
+                                                  the label with key <topologyKey> matches that of any node on which
+                                                  a pod of the set of pods is running
+                                                type: object
+                                                required:
+                                                  - topologyKey
+                                                properties:
+                                                  labelSelector:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                      If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      matchExpressions:
+                                                        description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                            relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      matchLabels:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                          map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                          operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        additionalProperties:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                  matchLabelKeys:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                      be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                      to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                      for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                      pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                      Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                      This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                      be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                      incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                      to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                      for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                      pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                      The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                      Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                      This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  namespaceSelector:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                      The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                      and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                      null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                      An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      matchExpressions:
+                                                        description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                            relates the key and values.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - key
+                                                            - operator
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            key:
+                                                              description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            operator:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                            values:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                merge patch.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                      matchLabels:
+                                                        description: |-
+                                                          matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                          map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                          operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                        type: object
+                                                        additionalProperties:
+                                                          type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                  namespaces:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                      The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                      and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                      null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  topologyKey:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                      the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                      whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                      selected pods is running.
+                                                      Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                    type: string
+                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                    imagePullSecrets:
+                                      description: If specified, the pod's imagePullSecrets
+                                      type: array
+                                      items:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the
+                                          referenced object inside the same namespace.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name of the referent.
+                                              This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is
+                                              allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are
+                                              almost certainly wrong.
+                                              More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                            type: string
+                                            default: ""
+                                        x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                    nodeSelector:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        NodeSelector is a selector which must be true for the pod to fit on a node.
+                                        Selector which must match a node's labels for the pod to be scheduled on that node.
+                                        More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/
+                                      type: object
+                                      additionalProperties:
+                                        type: string
+                                    priorityClassName:
+                                      description: If specified, the pod's priorityClassName.
+                                      type: string
+                                    securityContext:
+                                      description: If specified, the pod's security context
+                                      type: object
+                                      properties:
+                                        fsGroup:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            A special supplemental group that applies to all containers in a pod.
+                                            Some volume types allow the Kubelet to change the ownership of that volume
+                                            to be owned by the pod:
+
+                                            1. The owning GID will be the FSGroup
+                                            2. The setgid bit is set (new files created in the volume will be owned by FSGroup)
+                                            3. The permission bits are OR'd with rw-rw----
+
+                                            If unset, the Kubelet will not modify the ownership and permissions of any volume.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: integer
+                                          format: int64
+                                        fsGroupChangePolicy:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            fsGroupChangePolicy defines behavior of changing ownership and permission of the volume
+                                            before being exposed inside Pod. This field will only apply to
+                                            volume types which support fsGroup based ownership(and permissions).
+                                            It will have no effect on ephemeral volume types such as: secret, configmaps
+                                            and emptydir.
+                                            Valid values are "OnRootMismatch" and "Always". If not specified, "Always" is used.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: string
+                                        runAsGroup:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process.
+                                            Uses runtime default if unset.
+                                            May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                            PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence
+                                            for that container.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: integer
+                                          format: int64
+                                        runAsNonRoot:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user.
+                                            If true, the Kubelet will validate the image at runtime to ensure that it
+                                            does not run as UID 0 (root) and fail to start the container if it does.
+                                            If unset or false, no such validation will be performed.
+                                            May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                            PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+                                          type: boolean
+                                        runAsUser:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process.
+                                            Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified.
+                                            May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                            PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence
+                                            for that container.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: integer
+                                          format: int64
+                                        seLinuxOptions:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            The SELinux context to be applied to all containers.
+                                            If unspecified, the container runtime will allocate a random SELinux context for each
+                                            container.  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in
+                                            both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext
+                                            takes precedence for that container.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: object
+                                          properties:
+                                            level:
+                                              description: Level is SELinux level label that applies to the container.
+                                              type: string
+                                            role:
+                                              description: Role is a SELinux role label that applies to the container.
+                                              type: string
+                                            type:
+                                              description: Type is a SELinux type label that applies to the container.
+                                              type: string
+                                            user:
+                                              description: User is a SELinux user label that applies to the container.
+                                              type: string
+                                        seccompProfile:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            The seccomp options to use by the containers in this pod.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: object
+                                          required:
+                                            - type
+                                          properties:
+                                            localhostProfile:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                localhostProfile indicates a profile defined in a file on the node should be used.
+                                                The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work.
+                                                Must be a descending path, relative to the kubelet's configured seccomp profile location.
+                                                Must be set if type is "Localhost". Must NOT be set for any other type.
+                                              type: string
+                                            type:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                type indicates which kind of seccomp profile will be applied.
+                                                Valid options are:
+
+                                                Localhost - a profile defined in a file on the node should be used.
+                                                RuntimeDefault - the container runtime default profile should be used.
+                                                Unconfined - no profile should be applied.
+                                              type: string
+                                        supplementalGroups:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            A list of groups applied to the first process run in each container, in addition
+                                            to the container's primary GID, the fsGroup (if specified), and group memberships
+                                            defined in the container image for the uid of the container process. If unspecified,
+                                            no additional groups are added to any container. Note that group memberships
+                                            defined in the container image for the uid of the container process are still effective,
+                                            even if they are not included in this list.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: array
+                                          items:
+                                            type: integer
+                                            format: int64
+                                        sysctls:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Sysctls hold a list of namespaced sysctls used for the pod. Pods with unsupported
+                                            sysctls (by the container runtime) might fail to launch.
+                                            Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                          type: array
+                                          items:
+                                            description: Sysctl defines a kernel parameter to be set
+                                            type: object
+                                            required:
+                                              - name
+                                              - value
+                                            properties:
+                                              name:
+                                                description: Name of a property to set
+                                                type: string
+                                              value:
+                                                description: Value of a property to set
+                                                type: string
                                     serviceAccountName:
                                       description: If specified, the pod's service account
                                       type: string
@@ -2684,15 +4306,23 @@
       storage: true
       subresources:
         status: {}
+
+# END crd {{- end }}
+
 ---
+# START crd {{- if or .Values.crds.enabled .Values.installCRDs }}
 apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   name: clusterissuers.cert-manager.io
+  # START annotations {{- if .Values.crds.keep }}
+  annotations:
+    helm.sh/resource-policy: keep
+  # END annotations {{- end }}
   labels:
     app: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
     app.kubernetes.io/name: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
-    app.kubernetes.io/instance: "{{ .Release.Name }}"
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: '{{ .Release.Name }}'
     # Generated labels {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
 spec:
   group: cert-manager.io
@@ -2794,7 +4424,7 @@
                         Enables requesting a Not After date on certificates that matches the
                         duration of the certificate. This is not supported by all ACME servers
                         like Let's Encrypt. If set to true when the ACME server does not support
-                        it it will create an error on the Order.
+                        it, it will create an error on the Order.
                         Defaults to false.
                       type: boolean
                     externalAccountBinding:
@@ -2852,8 +4482,9 @@
                         endpoint.
                         For example, for Let's Encrypt's DST crosssign you would use:
                         "DST Root CA X3" or "ISRG Root X1" for the newer Let's Encrypt root CA.
-                        This value picks the first certificate bundle in the ACME alternative
-                        chains that has a certificate with this value as its issuer's CN
+                        This value picks the first certificate bundle in the combined set of
+                        ACME default and alternative chains that has a root-most certificate with
+                        this value as its issuer's commonname.
                       type: string
                       maxLength: 64
                     privateKeySecretRef:
@@ -3024,10 +4655,16 @@
                                   - subscriptionID
                                 properties:
                                   clientID:
-                                    description: if both this and ClientSecret are left unset MSI will be used
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Auth: Azure Service Principal:
+                                      The ClientID of the Azure Service Principal used to authenticate with Azure DNS.
+                                      If set, ClientSecret and TenantID must also be set.
                                     type: string
                                   clientSecretSecretRef:
-                                    description: if both this and ClientID are left unset MSI will be used
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Auth: Azure Service Principal:
+                                      A reference to a Secret containing the password associated with the Service Principal.
+                                      If set, ClientID and TenantID must also be set.
                                     type: object
                                     required:
                                       - name
@@ -3055,14 +4692,22 @@
                                     description: name of the DNS zone that should be used
                                     type: string
                                   managedIdentity:
-                                    description: managed identity configuration, can not be used at the same time as clientID, clientSecretSecretRef or tenantID
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Auth: Azure Workload Identity or Azure Managed Service Identity:
+                                      Settings to enable Azure Workload Identity or Azure Managed Service Identity
+                                      If set, ClientID, ClientSecret and TenantID must not be set.
                                     type: object
                                     properties:
                                       clientID:
                                         description: client ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as resourceID
                                         type: string
                                       resourceID:
-                                        description: resource ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as clientID
+                                        description: |-
+                                          resource ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as clientID
+                                          Cannot be used for Azure Managed Service Identity
+                                        type: string
+                                      tenantID:
+                                        description: tenant ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as resourceID
                                         type: string
                                   resourceGroupName:
                                     description: resource group the DNS zone is located in
@@ -3071,7 +4716,10 @@
                                     description: ID of the Azure subscription
                                     type: string
                                   tenantID:
-                                    description: when specifying ClientID and ClientSecret then this field is also needed
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Auth: Azure Service Principal:
+                                      The TenantID of the Azure Service Principal used to authenticate with Azure DNS.
+                                      If set, ClientID and ClientSecret must also be set.
                                     type: string
                               cloudDNS:
                                 description: Use the Google Cloud DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
@@ -3232,8 +4880,6 @@
                               route53:
                                 description: Use the AWS Route53 API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
                                 type: object
-                                required:
-                                  - region
                                 properties:
                                   accessKeyID:
                                     description: |-
@@ -3266,11 +4912,68 @@
                                           Name of the resource being referred to.
                                           More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
                                         type: string
+                                  auth:
+                                    description: Auth configures how cert-manager authenticates.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - kubernetes
+                                    properties:
+                                      kubernetes:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Kubernetes authenticates with Route53 using AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity
+                                          by passing a bound ServiceAccount token.
+                                        type: object
+                                        required:
+                                          - serviceAccountRef
+                                        properties:
+                                          serviceAccountRef:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              A reference to a service account that will be used to request a bound
+                                              token (also known as "projected token"). To use this field, you must
+                                              configure an RBAC rule to let cert-manager request a token.
+                                            type: object
+                                            required:
+                                              - name
+                                            properties:
+                                              audiences:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  TokenAudiences is an optional list of audiences to include in the
+                                                  token passed to AWS. The default token consisting of the issuer's namespace
+                                                  and name is always included.
+                                                  If unset the audience defaults to `sts.amazonaws.com`.
+                                                type: array
+                                                items:
+                                                  type: string
+                                              name:
+                                                description: Name of the ServiceAccount used to request a token.
+                                                type: string
                                   hostedZoneID:
-                                    description: If set, the provider will manage only this zone in Route53 and will not do an lookup using the route53:ListHostedZonesByName api call.
+                                    description: If set, the provider will manage only this zone in Route53 and will not do a lookup using the route53:ListHostedZonesByName api call.
                                     type: string
                                   region:
-                                    description: Always set the region when using AccessKeyID and SecretAccessKey
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Override the AWS region.
+
+                                      Route53 is a global service and does not have regional endpoints but the
+                                      region specified here (or via environment variables) is used as a hint to
+                                      help compute the correct AWS credential scope and partition when it
+                                      connects to Route53. See:
+                                      - [Amazon Route 53 endpoints and quotas](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/r53.html)
+                                      - [Global services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/whitepapers/latest/aws-fault-isolation-boundaries/global-services.html)
+
+                                      If you omit this region field, cert-manager will use the region from
+                                      AWS_REGION and AWS_DEFAULT_REGION environment variables, if they are set
+                                      in the cert-manager controller Pod.
+
+                                      The `region` field is not needed if you use [IAM Roles for Service Accounts (IRSA)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/iam-roles-for-service-accounts.html).
+                                      Instead an AWS_REGION environment variable is added to the cert-manager controller Pod by:
+                                      [Amazon EKS Pod Identity Webhook](https://github.com/aws/amazon-eks-pod-identity-webhook).
+                                      In this case this `region` field value is ignored.
+
+                                      The `region` field is not needed if you use [EKS Pod Identities](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/pod-identities.html).
+                                      Instead an AWS_REGION environment variable is added to the cert-manager controller Pod by:
+                                      [Amazon EKS Pod Identity Agent](https://github.com/aws/eks-pod-identity-agent),
+                                      In this case this `region` field value is ignored.
                                     type: string
                                   role:
                                     description: |-
@@ -3364,9 +5067,14 @@
                                     items:
                                       description: |-
                                         ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
-                                        a parent of this resource (usually a route). The only kind of parent resource
-                                        with "Core" support is Gateway. This API may be extended in the future to
-                                        support additional kinds of parent resources, such as HTTPRoute.
+                                        a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                                        with "Core" support:
+
+                                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                                        This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                                        resources.
 
                                         The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                                         be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
@@ -3390,9 +5098,12 @@
                                           description: |-
                                             Kind is kind of the referent.
 
-                                            Support: Core (Gateway)
+                                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
 
-                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Other Resources)
+                                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                                           type: string
                                           default: Gateway
                                           maxLength: 63
@@ -3417,6 +5128,18 @@
                                             Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                                             generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
 
+                                            <gateway:experimental:description>
+                                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                                            any namespace to the Service.
+
+                                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                                            ParentRef of the Route.
+                                            </gateway:experimental:description>
+
                                             Support: Core
                                           type: string
                                           maxLength: 63
@@ -3435,6 +5158,12 @@
                                             and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                                             must match both specified values.
 
+                                            <gateway:experimental:description>
+                                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+                                            </gateway:experimental:description>
+
                                             Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                                             Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                                             document how/if Port is interpreted.
@@ -3448,8 +5177,6 @@
                                             the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
 
                                             Support: Extended
-
-                                            <gateway:experimental>
                                           type: integer
                                           format: int32
                                           maximum: 65535
@@ -3459,7 +5186,10 @@
                                             SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                                             following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
 
-                                            * Gateway: Listener Name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                                            both specified values.
+                                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                                             are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                                             both specified values.
 
@@ -3481,66 +5211,6 @@
                                           maxLength: 253
                                           minLength: 1
                                           pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
-                                  serviceType:
-                                    description: |-
-                                      Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values
-                                      are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort.
-                                    type: string
-                              ingress:
-                                description: |-
-                                  The ingress based HTTP01 challenge solver will solve challenges by
-                                  creating or modifying Ingress resources in order to route requests for
-                                  '/.well-known/acme-challenge/XYZ' to 'challenge solver' pods that are
-                                  provisioned by cert-manager for each Challenge to be completed.
-                                type: object
-                                properties:
-                                  class:
-                                    description: |-
-                                      This field configures the annotation `kubernetes.io/ingress.class` when
-                                      creating Ingress resources to solve ACME challenges that use this
-                                      challenge solver. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
-                                      be specified.
-                                    type: string
-                                  ingressClassName:
-                                    description: |-
-                                      This field configures the field `ingressClassName` on the created Ingress
-                                      resources used to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver.
-                                      This is the recommended way of configuring the ingress class. Only one of
-                                      `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified.
-                                    type: string
-                                  ingressTemplate:
-                                    description: |-
-                                      Optional ingress template used to configure the ACME challenge solver
-                                      ingress used for HTTP01 challenges.
-                                    type: object
-                                    properties:
-                                      metadata:
-                                        description: |-
-                                          ObjectMeta overrides for the ingress used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
-                                          Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
-                                          If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
-                                          will override the in-built values.
-                                        type: object
-                                        properties:
-                                          annotations:
-                                            description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
-                                            type: object
-                                            additionalProperties:
-                                              type: string
-                                          labels:
-                                            description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
-                                            type: object
-                                            additionalProperties:
-                                              type: string
-                                  name:
-                                    description: |-
-                                      The name of the ingress resource that should have ACME challenge solving
-                                      routes inserted into it in order to solve HTTP01 challenges.
-                                      This is typically used in conjunction with ingress controllers like
-                                      ingress-gce, which maintains a 1:1 mapping between external IPs and
-                                      ingress resources. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
-                                      be specified.
-                                    type: string
                                   podTemplate:
                                     description: |-
                                       Optional pod template used to configure the ACME challenge solver pods
@@ -3556,7 +5226,7 @@
                                         type: object
                                         properties:
                                           annotations:
-                                            description: Annotations that should be added to the create ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                            description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
                                             type: object
                                             additionalProperties:
                                               type: string
@@ -3635,6 +5305,8 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             matchFields:
                                                               description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
                                                               type: array
@@ -3665,11 +5337,14 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                           x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                                                         weight:
                                                           description: Weight associated with matching the corresponding nodeSelectorTerm, in the range 1-100.
                                                           type: integer
                                                           format: int32
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                   requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
                                                     description: |-
                                                       If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
@@ -3721,6 +5396,8 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             matchFields:
                                                               description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
                                                               type: array
@@ -3751,7 +5428,10 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                           x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                     x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                                               podAffinity:
                                                 description: Describes pod affinity scheduling rules (e.g. co-locate this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
@@ -3817,6 +5497,8 @@
                                                                         type: array
                                                                         items:
                                                                           type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                                 matchLabels:
                                                                   description: |-
                                                                     matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -3830,13 +5512,13 @@
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                                 be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
                                                                 to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                                 for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                                 pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                                Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
@@ -3845,13 +5527,13 @@
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                                 be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
                                                                 to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                                 for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                                 pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                                Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
@@ -3894,6 +5576,8 @@
                                                                         type: array
                                                                         items:
                                                                           type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                                 matchLabels:
                                                                   description: |-
                                                                     matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -3912,6 +5596,7 @@
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             topologyKey:
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
@@ -3926,6 +5611,7 @@
                                                             in the range 1-100.
                                                           type: integer
                                                           format: int32
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                   requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
                                                     description: |-
                                                       If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
@@ -3983,6 +5669,8 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             matchLabels:
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -3996,13 +5684,13 @@
                                                           description: |-
                                                             MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                             be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
                                                             to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                             for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                             pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                            Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                           type: array
                                                           items:
                                                             type: string
@@ -4011,13 +5699,13 @@
                                                           description: |-
                                                             MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                             be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
                                                             to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                             for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                             pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                            Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                           type: array
                                                           items:
                                                             type: string
@@ -4060,6 +5748,8 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             matchLabels:
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -4078,6 +5768,7 @@
                                                           type: array
                                                           items:
                                                             type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                         topologyKey:
                                                           description: |-
                                                             This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
@@ -4086,6 +5777,7 @@
                                                             selected pods is running.
                                                             Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
                                                           type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                               podAntiAffinity:
                                                 description: Describes pod anti-affinity scheduling rules (e.g. avoid putting this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
                                                 type: object
@@ -4150,6 +5842,8 @@
                                                                         type: array
                                                                         items:
                                                                           type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                                 matchLabels:
                                                                   description: |-
                                                                     matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -4163,13 +5857,13 @@
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                                 be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
                                                                 to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                                 for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                                 pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                                Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
@@ -4178,13 +5872,13 @@
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                                 be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
                                                                 to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                                 for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                                 pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                                Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
@@ -4227,6 +5921,8 @@
                                                                         type: array
                                                                         items:
                                                                           type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                                 matchLabels:
                                                                   description: |-
                                                                     matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -4245,6 +5941,7 @@
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             topologyKey:
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
@@ -4259,6 +5956,7 @@
                                                             in the range 1-100.
                                                           type: integer
                                                           format: int32
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                   requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
                                                     description: |-
                                                       If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
@@ -4316,6 +6014,8 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             matchLabels:
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -4329,13 +6029,13 @@
                                                           description: |-
                                                             MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                             be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
                                                             to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                             for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                             pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                            Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                           type: array
                                                           items:
                                                             type: string
@@ -4344,13 +6044,13 @@
                                                           description: |-
                                                             MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                             be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
                                                             to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                             for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                             pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                            Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                           type: array
                                                           items:
                                                             type: string
@@ -4393,6 +6093,8 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             matchLabels:
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -4411,6 +6113,7 @@
                                                           type: array
                                                           items:
                                                             type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                         topologyKey:
                                                           description: |-
                                                             This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
@@ -4419,6 +6122,7 @@
                                                             selected pods is running.
                                                             Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
                                                           type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                           imagePullSecrets:
                                             description: If specified, the pod's imagePullSecrets
                                             type: array
@@ -4431,8 +6135,12 @@
                                                 name:
                                                   description: |-
                                                     Name of the referent.
+                                                    This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is
+                                                    allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are
+                                                    almost certainly wrong.
                                                     More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
                                                   type: string
+                                                  default: ""
                                               x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                                           nodeSelector:
                                             description: |-
@@ -4445,6 +6153,1320 @@
                                           priorityClassName:
                                             description: If specified, the pod's priorityClassName.
                                             type: string
+                                          securityContext:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's security context
+                                            type: object
+                                            properties:
+                                              fsGroup:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  A special supplemental group that applies to all containers in a pod.
+                                                  Some volume types allow the Kubelet to change the ownership of that volume
+                                                  to be owned by the pod:
+
+                                                  1. The owning GID will be the FSGroup
+                                                  2. The setgid bit is set (new files created in the volume will be owned by FSGroup)
+                                                  3. The permission bits are OR'd with rw-rw----
+
+                                                  If unset, the Kubelet will not modify the ownership and permissions of any volume.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: integer
+                                                format: int64
+                                              fsGroupChangePolicy:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  fsGroupChangePolicy defines behavior of changing ownership and permission of the volume
+                                                  before being exposed inside Pod. This field will only apply to
+                                                  volume types which support fsGroup based ownership(and permissions).
+                                                  It will have no effect on ephemeral volume types such as: secret, configmaps
+                                                  and emptydir.
+                                                  Valid values are "OnRootMismatch" and "Always". If not specified, "Always" is used.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: string
+                                              runAsGroup:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process.
+                                                  Uses runtime default if unset.
+                                                  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                                  PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence
+                                                  for that container.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: integer
+                                                format: int64
+                                              runAsNonRoot:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user.
+                                                  If true, the Kubelet will validate the image at runtime to ensure that it
+                                                  does not run as UID 0 (root) and fail to start the container if it does.
+                                                  If unset or false, no such validation will be performed.
+                                                  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                                  PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+                                                type: boolean
+                                              runAsUser:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process.
+                                                  Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified.
+                                                  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                                  PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence
+                                                  for that container.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: integer
+                                                format: int64
+                                              seLinuxOptions:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The SELinux context to be applied to all containers.
+                                                  If unspecified, the container runtime will allocate a random SELinux context for each
+                                                  container.  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in
+                                                  both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext
+                                                  takes precedence for that container.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  level:
+                                                    description: Level is SELinux level label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  role:
+                                                    description: Role is a SELinux role label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  type:
+                                                    description: Type is a SELinux type label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  user:
+                                                    description: User is a SELinux user label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                              seccompProfile:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The seccomp options to use by the containers in this pod.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: object
+                                                required:
+                                                  - type
+                                                properties:
+                                                  localhostProfile:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      localhostProfile indicates a profile defined in a file on the node should be used.
+                                                      The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work.
+                                                      Must be a descending path, relative to the kubelet's configured seccomp profile location.
+                                                      Must be set if type is "Localhost". Must NOT be set for any other type.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  type:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      type indicates which kind of seccomp profile will be applied.
+                                                      Valid options are:
+
+                                                      Localhost - a profile defined in a file on the node should be used.
+                                                      RuntimeDefault - the container runtime default profile should be used.
+                                                      Unconfined - no profile should be applied.
+                                                    type: string
+                                              supplementalGroups:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  A list of groups applied to the first process run in each container, in addition
+                                                  to the container's primary GID, the fsGroup (if specified), and group memberships
+                                                  defined in the container image for the uid of the container process. If unspecified,
+                                                  no additional groups are added to any container. Note that group memberships
+                                                  defined in the container image for the uid of the container process are still effective,
+                                                  even if they are not included in this list.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: array
+                                                items:
+                                                  type: integer
+                                                  format: int64
+                                              sysctls:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  Sysctls hold a list of namespaced sysctls used for the pod. Pods with unsupported
+                                                  sysctls (by the container runtime) might fail to launch.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: array
+                                                items:
+                                                  description: Sysctl defines a kernel parameter to be set
+                                                  type: object
+                                                  required:
+                                                    - name
+                                                    - value
+                                                  properties:
+                                                    name:
+                                                      description: Name of a property to set
+                                                      type: string
+                                                    value:
+                                                      description: Value of a property to set
+                                                      type: string
+                                          serviceAccountName:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's service account
+                                            type: string
+                                          tolerations:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's tolerations.
+                                            type: array
+                                            items:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                The pod this Toleration is attached to tolerates any taint that matches
+                                                the triple <key,value,effect> using the matching operator <operator>.
+                                              type: object
+                                              properties:
+                                                effect:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Effect indicates the taint effect to match. Empty means match all taint effects.
+                                                    When specified, allowed values are NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule and NoExecute.
+                                                  type: string
+                                                key:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Key is the taint key that the toleration applies to. Empty means match all taint keys.
+                                                    If the key is empty, operator must be Exists; this combination means to match all values and all keys.
+                                                  type: string
+                                                operator:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Operator represents a key's relationship to the value.
+                                                    Valid operators are Exists and Equal. Defaults to Equal.
+                                                    Exists is equivalent to wildcard for value, so that a pod can
+                                                    tolerate all taints of a particular category.
+                                                  type: string
+                                                tolerationSeconds:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    TolerationSeconds represents the period of time the toleration (which must be
+                                                    of effect NoExecute, otherwise this field is ignored) tolerates the taint. By default,
+                                                    it is not set, which means tolerate the taint forever (do not evict). Zero and
+                                                    negative values will be treated as 0 (evict immediately) by the system.
+                                                  type: integer
+                                                  format: int64
+                                                value:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Value is the taint value the toleration matches to.
+                                                    If the operator is Exists, the value should be empty, otherwise just a regular string.
+                                                  type: string
+                                  serviceType:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values
+                                      are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort.
+                                    type: string
+                              ingress:
+                                description: |-
+                                  The ingress based HTTP01 challenge solver will solve challenges by
+                                  creating or modifying Ingress resources in order to route requests for
+                                  '/.well-known/acme-challenge/XYZ' to 'challenge solver' pods that are
+                                  provisioned by cert-manager for each Challenge to be completed.
+                                type: object
+                                properties:
+                                  class:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      This field configures the annotation `kubernetes.io/ingress.class` when
+                                      creating Ingress resources to solve ACME challenges that use this
+                                      challenge solver. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
+                                      be specified.
+                                    type: string
+                                  ingressClassName:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      This field configures the field `ingressClassName` on the created Ingress
+                                      resources used to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver.
+                                      This is the recommended way of configuring the ingress class. Only one of
+                                      `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified.
+                                    type: string
+                                  ingressTemplate:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Optional ingress template used to configure the ACME challenge solver
+                                      ingress used for HTTP01 challenges.
+                                    type: object
+                                    properties:
+                                      metadata:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          ObjectMeta overrides for the ingress used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                          Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
+                                          If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
+                                          will override the in-built values.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          annotations:
+                                            description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                          labels:
+                                            description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The name of the ingress resource that should have ACME challenge solving
+                                      routes inserted into it in order to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                      This is typically used in conjunction with ingress controllers like
+                                      ingress-gce, which maintains a 1:1 mapping between external IPs and
+                                      ingress resources. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
+                                      be specified.
+                                    type: string
+                                  podTemplate:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Optional pod template used to configure the ACME challenge solver pods
+                                      used for HTTP01 challenges.
+                                    type: object
+                                    properties:
+                                      metadata:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          ObjectMeta overrides for the pod used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                          Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
+                                          If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
+                                          will override the in-built values.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          annotations:
+                                            description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                          labels:
+                                            description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                      spec:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          PodSpec defines overrides for the HTTP01 challenge solver pod.
+                                          Check ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01IngressPodSpec to find out currently supported fields.
+                                          All other fields will be ignored.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          affinity:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's scheduling constraints
+                                            type: object
+                                            properties:
+                                              nodeAffinity:
+                                                description: Describes node affinity scheduling rules for the pod.
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                      the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                      a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                      most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                      for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                      request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                      compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                      "weight" to the sum if the node matches the corresponding matchExpressions; the
+                                                      node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: |-
+                                                        An empty preferred scheduling term matches all objects with implicit weight 0
+                                                        (i.e. it's a no-op). A null preferred scheduling term matches no objects (i.e. is also a no-op).
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - preference
+                                                        - weight
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        preference:
+                                                          description: A node selector term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            matchFields:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        weight:
+                                                          description: Weight associated with matching the corresponding nodeSelectorTerm, in the range 1-100.
+                                                          type: integer
+                                                          format: int32
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                      scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                      at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to an update), the system
+                                                      may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    required:
+                                                      - nodeSelectorTerms
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      nodeSelectorTerms:
+                                                        description: Required. A list of node selector terms. The terms are ORed.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A null or empty node selector term matches no objects. The requirements of
+                                                            them are ANDed.
+                                                            The TopologySelectorTerm type implements a subset of the NodeSelectorTerm.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            matchFields:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                              podAffinity:
+                                                description: Describes pod affinity scheduling rules (e.g. co-locate this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                      the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                      a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                      most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                      for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                      request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                      compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                      "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the
+                                                      node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s)
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - podAffinityTerm
+                                                        - weight
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        podAffinityTerm:
+                                                          description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - topologyKey
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            labelSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                                If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaceSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                                and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                                null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                                An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaces:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                                and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                                null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            topologyKey:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                                the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                                whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                                selected pods is running.
+                                                                Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        weight:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm,
+                                                            in the range 1-100.
+                                                          type: integer
+                                                          format: int32
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                      scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                      at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the
+                                                      system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                      When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each
+                                                      podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: |-
+                                                        Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector
+                                                        relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be
+                                                        co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with,
+                                                        where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of
+                                                        the label with key <topologyKey> matches that of any node on which
+                                                        a pod of the set of pods is running
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - topologyKey
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        labelSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                            If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        matchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaceSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                            and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                            null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                            An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaces:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                            and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                            null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        topologyKey:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                            the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                            whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                            selected pods is running.
+                                                            Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                          type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                              podAntiAffinity:
+                                                description: Describes pod anti-affinity scheduling rules (e.g. avoid putting this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                      the anti-affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                      a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                      most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                      for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                      request, requiredDuringScheduling anti-affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                      compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                      "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the
+                                                      node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s)
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - podAffinityTerm
+                                                        - weight
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        podAffinityTerm:
+                                                          description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - topologyKey
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            labelSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                                If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaceSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                                and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                                null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                                An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaces:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                                and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                                null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            topologyKey:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                                the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                                whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                                selected pods is running.
+                                                                Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        weight:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm,
+                                                            in the range 1-100.
+                                                          type: integer
+                                                          format: int32
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                      scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                      If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                      at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the
+                                                      system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                      When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each
+                                                      podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: |-
+                                                        Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector
+                                                        relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be
+                                                        co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with,
+                                                        where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of
+                                                        the label with key <topologyKey> matches that of any node on which
+                                                        a pod of the set of pods is running
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - topologyKey
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        labelSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                            If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        matchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaceSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                            and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                            null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                            An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaces:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                            and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                            null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        topologyKey:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                            the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                            whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                            selected pods is running.
+                                                            Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                          type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                          imagePullSecrets:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's imagePullSecrets
+                                            type: array
+                                            items:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the
+                                                referenced object inside the same namespace.
+                                              type: object
+                                              properties:
+                                                name:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Name of the referent.
+                                                    This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is
+                                                    allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are
+                                                    almost certainly wrong.
+                                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                                  type: string
+                                                  default: ""
+                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                          nodeSelector:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              NodeSelector is a selector which must be true for the pod to fit on a node.
+                                              Selector which must match a node's labels for the pod to be scheduled on that node.
+                                              More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                          priorityClassName:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's priorityClassName.
+                                            type: string
+                                          securityContext:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's security context
+                                            type: object
+                                            properties:
+                                              fsGroup:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  A special supplemental group that applies to all containers in a pod.
+                                                  Some volume types allow the Kubelet to change the ownership of that volume
+                                                  to be owned by the pod:
+
+                                                  1. The owning GID will be the FSGroup
+                                                  2. The setgid bit is set (new files created in the volume will be owned by FSGroup)
+                                                  3. The permission bits are OR'd with rw-rw----
+
+                                                  If unset, the Kubelet will not modify the ownership and permissions of any volume.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: integer
+                                                format: int64
+                                              fsGroupChangePolicy:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  fsGroupChangePolicy defines behavior of changing ownership and permission of the volume
+                                                  before being exposed inside Pod. This field will only apply to
+                                                  volume types which support fsGroup based ownership(and permissions).
+                                                  It will have no effect on ephemeral volume types such as: secret, configmaps
+                                                  and emptydir.
+                                                  Valid values are "OnRootMismatch" and "Always". If not specified, "Always" is used.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: string
+                                              runAsGroup:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process.
+                                                  Uses runtime default if unset.
+                                                  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                                  PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence
+                                                  for that container.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: integer
+                                                format: int64
+                                              runAsNonRoot:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user.
+                                                  If true, the Kubelet will validate the image at runtime to ensure that it
+                                                  does not run as UID 0 (root) and fail to start the container if it does.
+                                                  If unset or false, no such validation will be performed.
+                                                  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                                  PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+                                                type: boolean
+                                              runAsUser:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process.
+                                                  Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified.
+                                                  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                                  PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence
+                                                  for that container.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: integer
+                                                format: int64
+                                              seLinuxOptions:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The SELinux context to be applied to all containers.
+                                                  If unspecified, the container runtime will allocate a random SELinux context for each
+                                                  container.  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in
+                                                  both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext
+                                                  takes precedence for that container.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  level:
+                                                    description: Level is SELinux level label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  role:
+                                                    description: Role is a SELinux role label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  type:
+                                                    description: Type is a SELinux type label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  user:
+                                                    description: User is a SELinux user label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                              seccompProfile:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The seccomp options to use by the containers in this pod.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: object
+                                                required:
+                                                  - type
+                                                properties:
+                                                  localhostProfile:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      localhostProfile indicates a profile defined in a file on the node should be used.
+                                                      The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work.
+                                                      Must be a descending path, relative to the kubelet's configured seccomp profile location.
+                                                      Must be set if type is "Localhost". Must NOT be set for any other type.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  type:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      type indicates which kind of seccomp profile will be applied.
+                                                      Valid options are:
+
+                                                      Localhost - a profile defined in a file on the node should be used.
+                                                      RuntimeDefault - the container runtime default profile should be used.
+                                                      Unconfined - no profile should be applied.
+                                                    type: string
+                                              supplementalGroups:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  A list of groups applied to the first process run in each container, in addition
+                                                  to the container's primary GID, the fsGroup (if specified), and group memberships
+                                                  defined in the container image for the uid of the container process. If unspecified,
+                                                  no additional groups are added to any container. Note that group memberships
+                                                  defined in the container image for the uid of the container process are still effective,
+                                                  even if they are not included in this list.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: array
+                                                items:
+                                                  type: integer
+                                                  format: int64
+                                              sysctls:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  Sysctls hold a list of namespaced sysctls used for the pod. Pods with unsupported
+                                                  sysctls (by the container runtime) might fail to launch.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: array
+                                                items:
+                                                  description: Sysctl defines a kernel parameter to be set
+                                                  type: object
+                                                  required:
+                                                    - name
+                                                    - value
+                                                  properties:
+                                                    name:
+                                                      description: Name of a property to set
+                                                      type: string
+                                                    value:
+                                                      description: Value of a property to set
+                                                      type: string
                                           serviceAccountName:
                                             description: If specified, the pod's service account
                                             type: string
@@ -4551,6 +7573,14 @@
                       type: array
                       items:
                         type: string
+                    issuingCertificateURLs:
+                      description: |-
+                        IssuingCertificateURLs is a list of URLs which this issuer should embed into certificates
+                        it creates. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc5280#section-4.2.2.1 for more details.
+                        As an example, such a URL might be "http://ca.domain.com/ca.crt".
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
                     ocspServers:
                       description: |-
                         The OCSP server list is an X.509 v3 extension that defines a list of
@@ -4635,6 +7665,31 @@
                                     Name of the resource being referred to.
                                     More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
                                   type: string
+                        clientCertificate:
+                          description: |-
+                            ClientCertificate authenticates with Vault by presenting a client
+                            certificate during the request's TLS handshake.
+                            Works only when using HTTPS protocol.
+                          type: object
+                          properties:
+                            mountPath:
+                              description: |-
+                                The Vault mountPath here is the mount path to use when authenticating with
+                                Vault. For example, setting a value to `/v1/auth/foo`, will use the path
+                                `/v1/auth/foo/login` to authenticate with Vault. If unspecified, the
+                                default value "/v1/auth/cert" will be used.
+                              type: string
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                Name of the certificate role to authenticate against.
+                                If not set, matching any certificate role, if available.
+                              type: string
+                            secretName:
+                              description: |-
+                                Reference to Kubernetes Secret of type "kubernetes.io/tls" (hence containing
+                                tls.crt and tls.key) used to authenticate to Vault using TLS client
+                                authentication.
+                              type: string
                         kubernetes:
                           description: |-
                             Kubernetes authenticates with Vault by passing the ServiceAccount
@@ -4686,6 +7741,13 @@
                               required:
                                 - name
                               properties:
+                                audiences:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    TokenAudiences is an optional list of extra audiences to include in the token passed to Vault. The default token
+                                    consisting of the issuer's namespace and name is always included.
+                                  type: array
+                                  items:
+                                    type: string
                                 name:
                                   description: Name of the ServiceAccount used to request a token.
                                   type: string
@@ -4739,6 +7801,44 @@
                             Name of the resource being referred to.
                             More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
                           type: string
+                    clientCertSecretRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        Reference to a Secret containing a PEM-encoded Client Certificate to use when the
+                        Vault server requires mTLS.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - name
+                      properties:
+                        key:
+                          description: |-
+                            The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                            Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                            required.
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name of the resource being referred to.
+                            More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                          type: string
+                    clientKeySecretRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        Reference to a Secret containing a PEM-encoded Client Private Key to use when the
+                        Vault server requires mTLS.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - name
+                      properties:
+                        key:
+                          description: |-
+                            The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                            Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                            required.
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name of the resource being referred to.
+                            More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                          type: string
                     namespace:
                       description: |-
                         Name of the vault namespace. Namespaces is a set of features within Vault Enterprise that allows Vault environments to support Secure Multi-tenancy. e.g: "ns1"
@@ -4807,11 +7907,33 @@
                             is used to validate the chain.
                           type: string
                           format: byte
+                        caBundleSecretRef:
+                          description: |-
+                            Reference to a Secret containing a base64-encoded bundle of PEM CAs
+                            which will be used to validate the certificate chain presented by the TPP server.
+                            Only used if using HTTPS; ignored for HTTP. Mutually exclusive with CABundle.
+                            If neither CABundle nor CABundleSecretRef is defined, the certificate bundle in
+                            the cert-manager controller container is used to validate the TLS connection.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - name
+                          properties:
+                            key:
+                              description: |-
+                                The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                required.
+                              type: string
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                              type: string
                         credentialsRef:
                           description: |-
-                            CredentialsRef is a reference to a Secret containing the username and
-                            password for the TPP server.
-                            The secret must contain two keys, 'username' and 'password'.
+                            CredentialsRef is a reference to a Secret containing the Venafi TPP API credentials.
+                            The secret must contain the key 'access-token' for the Access Token Authentication,
+                            or two keys, 'username' and 'password' for the API Keys Authentication.
                           type: object
                           required:
                             - name
@@ -4913,15 +8035,24 @@
                   x-kubernetes-list-type: map
       served: true
       storage: true
+
+# END crd {{- end }}
+
 ---
+# START crd {{- if or .Values.crds.enabled .Values.installCRDs }}
 apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   name: issuers.cert-manager.io
+  # START annotations {{- if .Values.crds.keep }}
+  annotations:
+    helm.sh/resource-policy: keep
+  # END annotations {{- end }}
   labels:
     app: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
     app.kubernetes.io/name: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
-    app.kubernetes.io/instance: "{{ .Release.Name }}"
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: '{{ .Release.Name }}'
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "crds"
     # Generated labels {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
 spec:
   group: cert-manager.io
@@ -5022,7 +8153,7 @@
                         Enables requesting a Not After date on certificates that matches the
                         duration of the certificate. This is not supported by all ACME servers
                         like Let's Encrypt. If set to true when the ACME server does not support
-                        it it will create an error on the Order.
+                        it, it will create an error on the Order.
                         Defaults to false.
                       type: boolean
                     externalAccountBinding:
@@ -5080,8 +8211,9 @@
                         endpoint.
                         For example, for Let's Encrypt's DST crosssign you would use:
                         "DST Root CA X3" or "ISRG Root X1" for the newer Let's Encrypt root CA.
-                        This value picks the first certificate bundle in the ACME alternative
-                        chains that has a certificate with this value as its issuer's CN
+                        This value picks the first certificate bundle in the combined set of
+                        ACME default and alternative chains that has a root-most certificate with
+                        this value as its issuer's commonname.
                       type: string
                       maxLength: 64
                     privateKeySecretRef:
@@ -5252,10 +8384,16 @@
                                   - subscriptionID
                                 properties:
                                   clientID:
-                                    description: if both this and ClientSecret are left unset MSI will be used
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Auth: Azure Service Principal:
+                                      The ClientID of the Azure Service Principal used to authenticate with Azure DNS.
+                                      If set, ClientSecret and TenantID must also be set.
                                     type: string
                                   clientSecretSecretRef:
-                                    description: if both this and ClientID are left unset MSI will be used
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Auth: Azure Service Principal:
+                                      A reference to a Secret containing the password associated with the Service Principal.
+                                      If set, ClientID and TenantID must also be set.
                                     type: object
                                     required:
                                       - name
@@ -5283,14 +8421,22 @@
                                     description: name of the DNS zone that should be used
                                     type: string
                                   managedIdentity:
-                                    description: managed identity configuration, can not be used at the same time as clientID, clientSecretSecretRef or tenantID
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Auth: Azure Workload Identity or Azure Managed Service Identity:
+                                      Settings to enable Azure Workload Identity or Azure Managed Service Identity
+                                      If set, ClientID, ClientSecret and TenantID must not be set.
                                     type: object
                                     properties:
                                       clientID:
                                         description: client ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as resourceID
                                         type: string
                                       resourceID:
-                                        description: resource ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as clientID
+                                        description: |-
+                                          resource ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as clientID
+                                          Cannot be used for Azure Managed Service Identity
+                                        type: string
+                                      tenantID:
+                                        description: tenant ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as resourceID
                                         type: string
                                   resourceGroupName:
                                     description: resource group the DNS zone is located in
@@ -5299,7 +8445,10 @@
                                     description: ID of the Azure subscription
                                     type: string
                                   tenantID:
-                                    description: when specifying ClientID and ClientSecret then this field is also needed
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Auth: Azure Service Principal:
+                                      The TenantID of the Azure Service Principal used to authenticate with Azure DNS.
+                                      If set, ClientID and ClientSecret must also be set.
                                     type: string
                               cloudDNS:
                                 description: Use the Google Cloud DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
@@ -5460,8 +8609,6 @@
                               route53:
                                 description: Use the AWS Route53 API to manage DNS01 challenge records.
                                 type: object
-                                required:
-                                  - region
                                 properties:
                                   accessKeyID:
                                     description: |-
@@ -5494,11 +8641,68 @@
                                           Name of the resource being referred to.
                                           More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
                                         type: string
+                                  auth:
+                                    description: Auth configures how cert-manager authenticates.
+                                    type: object
+                                    required:
+                                      - kubernetes
+                                    properties:
+                                      kubernetes:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          Kubernetes authenticates with Route53 using AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity
+                                          by passing a bound ServiceAccount token.
+                                        type: object
+                                        required:
+                                          - serviceAccountRef
+                                        properties:
+                                          serviceAccountRef:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              A reference to a service account that will be used to request a bound
+                                              token (also known as "projected token"). To use this field, you must
+                                              configure an RBAC rule to let cert-manager request a token.
+                                            type: object
+                                            required:
+                                              - name
+                                            properties:
+                                              audiences:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  TokenAudiences is an optional list of audiences to include in the
+                                                  token passed to AWS. The default token consisting of the issuer's namespace
+                                                  and name is always included.
+                                                  If unset the audience defaults to `sts.amazonaws.com`.
+                                                type: array
+                                                items:
+                                                  type: string
+                                              name:
+                                                description: Name of the ServiceAccount used to request a token.
+                                                type: string
                                   hostedZoneID:
-                                    description: If set, the provider will manage only this zone in Route53 and will not do an lookup using the route53:ListHostedZonesByName api call.
+                                    description: If set, the provider will manage only this zone in Route53 and will not do a lookup using the route53:ListHostedZonesByName api call.
                                     type: string
                                   region:
-                                    description: Always set the region when using AccessKeyID and SecretAccessKey
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Override the AWS region.
+
+                                      Route53 is a global service and does not have regional endpoints but the
+                                      region specified here (or via environment variables) is used as a hint to
+                                      help compute the correct AWS credential scope and partition when it
+                                      connects to Route53. See:
+                                      - [Amazon Route 53 endpoints and quotas](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/r53.html)
+                                      - [Global services](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/whitepapers/latest/aws-fault-isolation-boundaries/global-services.html)
+
+                                      If you omit this region field, cert-manager will use the region from
+                                      AWS_REGION and AWS_DEFAULT_REGION environment variables, if they are set
+                                      in the cert-manager controller Pod.
+
+                                      The `region` field is not needed if you use [IAM Roles for Service Accounts (IRSA)](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/iam-roles-for-service-accounts.html).
+                                      Instead an AWS_REGION environment variable is added to the cert-manager controller Pod by:
+                                      [Amazon EKS Pod Identity Webhook](https://github.com/aws/amazon-eks-pod-identity-webhook).
+                                      In this case this `region` field value is ignored.
+
+                                      The `region` field is not needed if you use [EKS Pod Identities](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/pod-identities.html).
+                                      Instead an AWS_REGION environment variable is added to the cert-manager controller Pod by:
+                                      [Amazon EKS Pod Identity Agent](https://github.com/aws/eks-pod-identity-agent),
+                                      In this case this `region` field value is ignored.
                                     type: string
                                   role:
                                     description: |-
@@ -5592,9 +8796,14 @@
                                     items:
                                       description: |-
                                         ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
-                                        a parent of this resource (usually a route). The only kind of parent resource
-                                        with "Core" support is Gateway. This API may be extended in the future to
-                                        support additional kinds of parent resources, such as HTTPRoute.
+                                        a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                                        with "Core" support:
+
+                                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                                        This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                                        resources.
 
                                         The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                                         be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
@@ -5618,9 +8827,12 @@
                                           description: |-
                                             Kind is kind of the referent.
 
-                                            Support: Core (Gateway)
+                                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
 
-                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Other Resources)
+                                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                                           type: string
                                           default: Gateway
                                           maxLength: 63
@@ -5645,6 +8857,18 @@
                                             Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                                             generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
 
+                                            <gateway:experimental:description>
+                                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                                            any namespace to the Service.
+
+                                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                                            ParentRef of the Route.
+                                            </gateway:experimental:description>
+
                                             Support: Core
                                           type: string
                                           maxLength: 63
@@ -5663,6 +8887,12 @@
                                             and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                                             must match both specified values.
 
+                                            <gateway:experimental:description>
+                                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+                                            </gateway:experimental:description>
+
                                             Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                                             Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                                             document how/if Port is interpreted.
@@ -5676,8 +8906,6 @@
                                             the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
 
                                             Support: Extended
-
-                                            <gateway:experimental>
                                           type: integer
                                           format: int32
                                           maximum: 65535
@@ -5687,7 +8915,10 @@
                                             SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                                             following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
 
-                                            * Gateway: Listener Name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                                            both specified values.
+                                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                                             are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                                             both specified values.
 
@@ -5709,66 +8940,6 @@
                                           maxLength: 253
                                           minLength: 1
                                           pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
-                                  serviceType:
-                                    description: |-
-                                      Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values
-                                      are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort.
-                                    type: string
-                              ingress:
-                                description: |-
-                                  The ingress based HTTP01 challenge solver will solve challenges by
-                                  creating or modifying Ingress resources in order to route requests for
-                                  '/.well-known/acme-challenge/XYZ' to 'challenge solver' pods that are
-                                  provisioned by cert-manager for each Challenge to be completed.
-                                type: object
-                                properties:
-                                  class:
-                                    description: |-
-                                      This field configures the annotation `kubernetes.io/ingress.class` when
-                                      creating Ingress resources to solve ACME challenges that use this
-                                      challenge solver. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
-                                      be specified.
-                                    type: string
-                                  ingressClassName:
-                                    description: |-
-                                      This field configures the field `ingressClassName` on the created Ingress
-                                      resources used to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver.
-                                      This is the recommended way of configuring the ingress class. Only one of
-                                      `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified.
-                                    type: string
-                                  ingressTemplate:
-                                    description: |-
-                                      Optional ingress template used to configure the ACME challenge solver
-                                      ingress used for HTTP01 challenges.
-                                    type: object
-                                    properties:
-                                      metadata:
-                                        description: |-
-                                          ObjectMeta overrides for the ingress used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
-                                          Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
-                                          If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
-                                          will override the in-built values.
-                                        type: object
-                                        properties:
-                                          annotations:
-                                            description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
-                                            type: object
-                                            additionalProperties:
-                                              type: string
-                                          labels:
-                                            description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
-                                            type: object
-                                            additionalProperties:
-                                              type: string
-                                  name:
-                                    description: |-
-                                      The name of the ingress resource that should have ACME challenge solving
-                                      routes inserted into it in order to solve HTTP01 challenges.
-                                      This is typically used in conjunction with ingress controllers like
-                                      ingress-gce, which maintains a 1:1 mapping between external IPs and
-                                      ingress resources. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
-                                      be specified.
-                                    type: string
                                   podTemplate:
                                     description: |-
                                       Optional pod template used to configure the ACME challenge solver pods
@@ -5784,7 +8955,7 @@
                                         type: object
                                         properties:
                                           annotations:
-                                            description: Annotations that should be added to the create ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                            description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
                                             type: object
                                             additionalProperties:
                                               type: string
@@ -5863,6 +9034,8 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             matchFields:
                                                               description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
                                                               type: array
@@ -5893,11 +9066,14 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                           x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                                                         weight:
                                                           description: Weight associated with matching the corresponding nodeSelectorTerm, in the range 1-100.
                                                           type: integer
                                                           format: int32
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                   requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
                                                     description: |-
                                                       If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
@@ -5949,6 +9125,8 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             matchFields:
                                                               description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
                                                               type: array
@@ -5979,7 +9157,10 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                           x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                     x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                                               podAffinity:
                                                 description: Describes pod affinity scheduling rules (e.g. co-locate this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
@@ -6045,6 +9226,8 @@
                                                                         type: array
                                                                         items:
                                                                           type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                                 matchLabels:
                                                                   description: |-
                                                                     matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -6058,13 +9241,13 @@
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                                 be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
                                                                 to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                                 for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                                 pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                                Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
@@ -6073,13 +9256,13 @@
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                                 be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
                                                                 to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                                 for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                                 pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                                Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
@@ -6122,6 +9305,8 @@
                                                                         type: array
                                                                         items:
                                                                           type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                                 matchLabels:
                                                                   description: |-
                                                                     matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -6140,6 +9325,7 @@
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             topologyKey:
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
@@ -6154,6 +9340,7 @@
                                                             in the range 1-100.
                                                           type: integer
                                                           format: int32
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                   requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
                                                     description: |-
                                                       If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
@@ -6211,6 +9398,8 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             matchLabels:
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -6224,13 +9413,13 @@
                                                           description: |-
                                                             MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                             be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
                                                             to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                             for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                             pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                            Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                           type: array
                                                           items:
                                                             type: string
@@ -6239,13 +9428,13 @@
                                                           description: |-
                                                             MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                             be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
                                                             to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                             for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                             pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                            Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                           type: array
                                                           items:
                                                             type: string
@@ -6288,6 +9477,8 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             matchLabels:
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -6306,6 +9497,7 @@
                                                           type: array
                                                           items:
                                                             type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                         topologyKey:
                                                           description: |-
                                                             This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
@@ -6314,6 +9506,7 @@
                                                             selected pods is running.
                                                             Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
                                                           type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                               podAntiAffinity:
                                                 description: Describes pod anti-affinity scheduling rules (e.g. avoid putting this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
                                                 type: object
@@ -6378,6 +9571,8 @@
                                                                         type: array
                                                                         items:
                                                                           type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                                 matchLabels:
                                                                   description: |-
                                                                     matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -6391,13 +9586,13 @@
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                                 be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
                                                                 to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                                 for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                                 pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                                Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
@@ -6406,13 +9601,13 @@
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                                 be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
                                                                 to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                                 for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                                 pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                                Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                                This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
@@ -6455,6 +9650,8 @@
                                                                         type: array
                                                                         items:
                                                                           type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                                 matchLabels:
                                                                   description: |-
                                                                     matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -6473,6 +9670,7 @@
                                                               type: array
                                                               items:
                                                                 type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             topologyKey:
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
@@ -6487,6 +9685,7 @@
                                                             in the range 1-100.
                                                           type: integer
                                                           format: int32
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                   requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
                                                     description: |-
                                                       If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
@@ -6544,6 +9743,8 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             matchLabels:
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -6557,13 +9758,13 @@
                                                           description: |-
                                                             MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                             be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
                                                             to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                             for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                             pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                            Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                           type: array
                                                           items:
                                                             type: string
@@ -6572,13 +9773,13 @@
                                                           description: |-
                                                             MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
                                                             be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
-                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
                                                             to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
                                                             for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
                                                             pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
-                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector.
-                                                            Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set.
-                                                            This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
                                                           type: array
                                                           items:
                                                             type: string
@@ -6621,6 +9822,8 @@
                                                                     type: array
                                                                     items:
                                                                       type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                             matchLabels:
                                                               description: |-
                                                                 matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
@@ -6639,6 +9842,7 @@
                                                           type: array
                                                           items:
                                                             type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                                         topologyKey:
                                                           description: |-
                                                             This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
@@ -6647,6 +9851,7 @@
                                                             selected pods is running.
                                                             Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
                                                           type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                           imagePullSecrets:
                                             description: If specified, the pod's imagePullSecrets
                                             type: array
@@ -6659,8 +9864,12 @@
                                                 name:
                                                   description: |-
                                                     Name of the referent.
+                                                    This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is
+                                                    allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are
+                                                    almost certainly wrong.
                                                     More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
                                                   type: string
+                                                  default: ""
                                               x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                                           nodeSelector:
                                             description: |-
@@ -6673,6 +9882,1320 @@
                                           priorityClassName:
                                             description: If specified, the pod's priorityClassName.
                                             type: string
+                                          securityContext:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's security context
+                                            type: object
+                                            properties:
+                                              fsGroup:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  A special supplemental group that applies to all containers in a pod.
+                                                  Some volume types allow the Kubelet to change the ownership of that volume
+                                                  to be owned by the pod:
+
+                                                  1. The owning GID will be the FSGroup
+                                                  2. The setgid bit is set (new files created in the volume will be owned by FSGroup)
+                                                  3. The permission bits are OR'd with rw-rw----
+
+                                                  If unset, the Kubelet will not modify the ownership and permissions of any volume.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: integer
+                                                format: int64
+                                              fsGroupChangePolicy:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  fsGroupChangePolicy defines behavior of changing ownership and permission of the volume
+                                                  before being exposed inside Pod. This field will only apply to
+                                                  volume types which support fsGroup based ownership(and permissions).
+                                                  It will have no effect on ephemeral volume types such as: secret, configmaps
+                                                  and emptydir.
+                                                  Valid values are "OnRootMismatch" and "Always". If not specified, "Always" is used.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: string
+                                              runAsGroup:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process.
+                                                  Uses runtime default if unset.
+                                                  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                                  PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence
+                                                  for that container.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: integer
+                                                format: int64
+                                              runAsNonRoot:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user.
+                                                  If true, the Kubelet will validate the image at runtime to ensure that it
+                                                  does not run as UID 0 (root) and fail to start the container if it does.
+                                                  If unset or false, no such validation will be performed.
+                                                  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                                  PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+                                                type: boolean
+                                              runAsUser:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process.
+                                                  Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified.
+                                                  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                                  PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence
+                                                  for that container.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: integer
+                                                format: int64
+                                              seLinuxOptions:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The SELinux context to be applied to all containers.
+                                                  If unspecified, the container runtime will allocate a random SELinux context for each
+                                                  container.  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in
+                                                  both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext
+                                                  takes precedence for that container.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  level:
+                                                    description: Level is SELinux level label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  role:
+                                                    description: Role is a SELinux role label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  type:
+                                                    description: Type is a SELinux type label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  user:
+                                                    description: User is a SELinux user label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                              seccompProfile:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The seccomp options to use by the containers in this pod.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: object
+                                                required:
+                                                  - type
+                                                properties:
+                                                  localhostProfile:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      localhostProfile indicates a profile defined in a file on the node should be used.
+                                                      The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work.
+                                                      Must be a descending path, relative to the kubelet's configured seccomp profile location.
+                                                      Must be set if type is "Localhost". Must NOT be set for any other type.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  type:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      type indicates which kind of seccomp profile will be applied.
+                                                      Valid options are:
+
+                                                      Localhost - a profile defined in a file on the node should be used.
+                                                      RuntimeDefault - the container runtime default profile should be used.
+                                                      Unconfined - no profile should be applied.
+                                                    type: string
+                                              supplementalGroups:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  A list of groups applied to the first process run in each container, in addition
+                                                  to the container's primary GID, the fsGroup (if specified), and group memberships
+                                                  defined in the container image for the uid of the container process. If unspecified,
+                                                  no additional groups are added to any container. Note that group memberships
+                                                  defined in the container image for the uid of the container process are still effective,
+                                                  even if they are not included in this list.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: array
+                                                items:
+                                                  type: integer
+                                                  format: int64
+                                              sysctls:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  Sysctls hold a list of namespaced sysctls used for the pod. Pods with unsupported
+                                                  sysctls (by the container runtime) might fail to launch.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: array
+                                                items:
+                                                  description: Sysctl defines a kernel parameter to be set
+                                                  type: object
+                                                  required:
+                                                    - name
+                                                    - value
+                                                  properties:
+                                                    name:
+                                                      description: Name of a property to set
+                                                      type: string
+                                                    value:
+                                                      description: Value of a property to set
+                                                      type: string
+                                          serviceAccountName:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's service account
+                                            type: string
+                                          tolerations:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's tolerations.
+                                            type: array
+                                            items:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                The pod this Toleration is attached to tolerates any taint that matches
+                                                the triple <key,value,effect> using the matching operator <operator>.
+                                              type: object
+                                              properties:
+                                                effect:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Effect indicates the taint effect to match. Empty means match all taint effects.
+                                                    When specified, allowed values are NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule and NoExecute.
+                                                  type: string
+                                                key:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Key is the taint key that the toleration applies to. Empty means match all taint keys.
+                                                    If the key is empty, operator must be Exists; this combination means to match all values and all keys.
+                                                  type: string
+                                                operator:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Operator represents a key's relationship to the value.
+                                                    Valid operators are Exists and Equal. Defaults to Equal.
+                                                    Exists is equivalent to wildcard for value, so that a pod can
+                                                    tolerate all taints of a particular category.
+                                                  type: string
+                                                tolerationSeconds:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    TolerationSeconds represents the period of time the toleration (which must be
+                                                    of effect NoExecute, otherwise this field is ignored) tolerates the taint. By default,
+                                                    it is not set, which means tolerate the taint forever (do not evict). Zero and
+                                                    negative values will be treated as 0 (evict immediately) by the system.
+                                                  type: integer
+                                                  format: int64
+                                                value:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Value is the taint value the toleration matches to.
+                                                    If the operator is Exists, the value should be empty, otherwise just a regular string.
+                                                  type: string
+                                  serviceType:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values
+                                      are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort.
+                                    type: string
+                              ingress:
+                                description: |-
+                                  The ingress based HTTP01 challenge solver will solve challenges by
+                                  creating or modifying Ingress resources in order to route requests for
+                                  '/.well-known/acme-challenge/XYZ' to 'challenge solver' pods that are
+                                  provisioned by cert-manager for each Challenge to be completed.
+                                type: object
+                                properties:
+                                  class:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      This field configures the annotation `kubernetes.io/ingress.class` when
+                                      creating Ingress resources to solve ACME challenges that use this
+                                      challenge solver. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
+                                      be specified.
+                                    type: string
+                                  ingressClassName:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      This field configures the field `ingressClassName` on the created Ingress
+                                      resources used to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver.
+                                      This is the recommended way of configuring the ingress class. Only one of
+                                      `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified.
+                                    type: string
+                                  ingressTemplate:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Optional ingress template used to configure the ACME challenge solver
+                                      ingress used for HTTP01 challenges.
+                                    type: object
+                                    properties:
+                                      metadata:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          ObjectMeta overrides for the ingress used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                          Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
+                                          If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
+                                          will override the in-built values.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          annotations:
+                                            description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                          labels:
+                                            description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      The name of the ingress resource that should have ACME challenge solving
+                                      routes inserted into it in order to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                      This is typically used in conjunction with ingress controllers like
+                                      ingress-gce, which maintains a 1:1 mapping between external IPs and
+                                      ingress resources. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may
+                                      be specified.
+                                    type: string
+                                  podTemplate:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Optional pod template used to configure the ACME challenge solver pods
+                                      used for HTTP01 challenges.
+                                    type: object
+                                    properties:
+                                      metadata:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          ObjectMeta overrides for the pod used to solve HTTP01 challenges.
+                                          Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set.
+                                          If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here
+                                          will override the in-built values.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          annotations:
+                                            description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                          labels:
+                                            description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods.
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                      spec:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          PodSpec defines overrides for the HTTP01 challenge solver pod.
+                                          Check ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01IngressPodSpec to find out currently supported fields.
+                                          All other fields will be ignored.
+                                        type: object
+                                        properties:
+                                          affinity:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's scheduling constraints
+                                            type: object
+                                            properties:
+                                              nodeAffinity:
+                                                description: Describes node affinity scheduling rules for the pod.
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                      the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                      a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                      most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                      for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                      request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                      compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                      "weight" to the sum if the node matches the corresponding matchExpressions; the
+                                                      node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: |-
+                                                        An empty preferred scheduling term matches all objects with implicit weight 0
+                                                        (i.e. it's a no-op). A null preferred scheduling term matches no objects (i.e. is also a no-op).
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - preference
+                                                        - weight
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        preference:
+                                                          description: A node selector term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            matchFields:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        weight:
+                                                          description: Weight associated with matching the corresponding nodeSelectorTerm, in the range 1-100.
+                                                          type: integer
+                                                          format: int32
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                      scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                      at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to an update), the system
+                                                      may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                    type: object
+                                                    required:
+                                                      - nodeSelectorTerms
+                                                    properties:
+                                                      nodeSelectorTerms:
+                                                        description: Required. A list of node selector terms. The terms are ORed.
+                                                        type: array
+                                                        items:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A null or empty node selector term matches no objects. The requirements of
+                                                            them are ANDed.
+                                                            The TopologySelectorTerm type implements a subset of the NodeSelectorTerm.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            matchFields:
+                                                              description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator
+                                                                  that relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: The label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      Represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values
+                                                                      array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer.
+                                                                      This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                              podAffinity:
+                                                description: Describes pod affinity scheduling rules (e.g. co-locate this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                      the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                      a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                      most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                      for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                      request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                      compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                      "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the
+                                                      node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s)
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - podAffinityTerm
+                                                        - weight
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        podAffinityTerm:
+                                                          description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - topologyKey
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            labelSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                                If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaceSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                                and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                                null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                                An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaces:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                                and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                                null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            topologyKey:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                                the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                                whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                                selected pods is running.
+                                                                Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        weight:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm,
+                                                            in the range 1-100.
+                                                          type: integer
+                                                          format: int32
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                      scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                      If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                      at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the
+                                                      system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                      When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each
+                                                      podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: |-
+                                                        Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector
+                                                        relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be
+                                                        co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with,
+                                                        where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of
+                                                        the label with key <topologyKey> matches that of any node on which
+                                                        a pod of the set of pods is running
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - topologyKey
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        labelSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                            If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        matchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaceSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                            and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                            null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                            An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaces:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                            and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                            null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        topologyKey:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                            the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                            whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                            selected pods is running.
+                                                            Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                          type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                              podAntiAffinity:
+                                                description: Describes pod anti-affinity scheduling rules (e.g. avoid putting this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)).
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy
+                                                      the anti-affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose
+                                                      a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is
+                                                      most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e.
+                                                      for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource
+                                                      request, requiredDuringScheduling anti-affinity expressions, etc.),
+                                                      compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding
+                                                      "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the
+                                                      node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s)
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - podAffinityTerm
+                                                        - weight
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        podAffinityTerm:
+                                                          description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          required:
+                                                            - topologyKey
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            labelSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                                If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                                be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                                incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                                to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                                for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                                pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                                The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                                Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                                This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaceSelector:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                                and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                                null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                                An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              properties:
+                                                                matchExpressions:
+                                                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: array
+                                                                  items:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                      relates the key and values.
+                                                                    type: object
+                                                                    required:
+                                                                      - key
+                                                                      - operator
+                                                                    properties:
+                                                                      key:
+                                                                        description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      operator:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                        type: string
+                                                                      values:
+                                                                        description: |-
+                                                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                          merge patch.
+                                                                        type: array
+                                                                        items:
+                                                                          type: string
+                                                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                                matchLabels:
+                                                                  description: |-
+                                                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                                  type: object
+                                                                  additionalProperties:
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                            namespaces:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                                The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                                and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                                null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            topologyKey:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                                the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                                whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                                selected pods is running.
+                                                                Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                              type: string
+                                                        weight:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm,
+                                                            in the range 1-100.
+                                                          type: integer
+                                                          format: int32
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                  requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at
+                                                      scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node.
+                                                      If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met
+                                                      at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the
+                                                      system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node.
+                                                      When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each
+                                                      podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied.
+                                                    type: array
+                                                    items:
+                                                      description: |-
+                                                        Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector
+                                                        relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be
+                                                        co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with,
+                                                        where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of
+                                                        the label with key <topologyKey> matches that of any node on which
+                                                        a pod of the set of pods is running
+                                                      type: object
+                                                      required:
+                                                        - topologyKey
+                                                      properties:
+                                                        labelSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods.
+                                                            If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        matchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key in (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both matchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, matchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        mismatchLabelKeys:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will
+                                                            be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the
+                                                            incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `labelSelector` as `key notin (value)`
+                                                            to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration
+                                                            for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming
+                                                            pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty.
+                                                            The same key is forbidden to exist in both mismatchLabelKeys and labelSelector.
+                                                            Also, mismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when labelSelector isn't set.
+                                                            This is a beta field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate (enabled by default).
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaceSelector:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field
+                                                            and the ones listed in the namespaces field.
+                                                            null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                            An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces.
+                                                          type: object
+                                                          properties:
+                                                            matchExpressions:
+                                                              description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: array
+                                                              items:
+                                                                description: |-
+                                                                  A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                                                  relates the key and values.
+                                                                type: object
+                                                                required:
+                                                                  - key
+                                                                  - operator
+                                                                properties:
+                                                                  key:
+                                                                    description: key is the label key that the selector applies to.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  operator:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                                                      Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                                                    type: string
+                                                                  values:
+                                                                    description: |-
+                                                                      values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                                                      the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                                                      the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                                                      merge patch.
+                                                                    type: array
+                                                                    items:
+                                                                      type: string
+                                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                              x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                            matchLabels:
+                                                              description: |-
+                                                                matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                                                map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                                                operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                                              type: object
+                                                              additionalProperties:
+                                                                type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                                        namespaces:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to.
+                                                            The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field
+                                                            and the ones selected by namespaceSelector.
+                                                            null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace".
+                                                          type: array
+                                                          items:
+                                                            type: string
+                                                          x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                                        topologyKey:
+                                                          description: |-
+                                                            This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching
+                                                            the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node
+                                                            whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the
+                                                            selected pods is running.
+                                                            Empty topologyKey is not allowed.
+                                                          type: string
+                                                    x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                          imagePullSecrets:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's imagePullSecrets
+                                            type: array
+                                            items:
+                                              description: |-
+                                                LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the
+                                                referenced object inside the same namespace.
+                                              type: object
+                                              properties:
+                                                name:
+                                                  description: |-
+                                                    Name of the referent.
+                                                    This field is effectively required, but due to backwards compatibility is
+                                                    allowed to be empty. Instances of this type with an empty value here are
+                                                    almost certainly wrong.
+                                                    More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                                                  type: string
+                                                  default: ""
+                                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                                          nodeSelector:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              NodeSelector is a selector which must be true for the pod to fit on a node.
+                                              Selector which must match a node's labels for the pod to be scheduled on that node.
+                                              More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/
+                                            type: object
+                                            additionalProperties:
+                                              type: string
+                                          priorityClassName:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's priorityClassName.
+                                            type: string
+                                          securityContext:
+                                            description: If specified, the pod's security context
+                                            type: object
+                                            properties:
+                                              fsGroup:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  A special supplemental group that applies to all containers in a pod.
+                                                  Some volume types allow the Kubelet to change the ownership of that volume
+                                                  to be owned by the pod:
+
+                                                  1. The owning GID will be the FSGroup
+                                                  2. The setgid bit is set (new files created in the volume will be owned by FSGroup)
+                                                  3. The permission bits are OR'd with rw-rw----
+
+                                                  If unset, the Kubelet will not modify the ownership and permissions of any volume.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: integer
+                                                format: int64
+                                              fsGroupChangePolicy:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  fsGroupChangePolicy defines behavior of changing ownership and permission of the volume
+                                                  before being exposed inside Pod. This field will only apply to
+                                                  volume types which support fsGroup based ownership(and permissions).
+                                                  It will have no effect on ephemeral volume types such as: secret, configmaps
+                                                  and emptydir.
+                                                  Valid values are "OnRootMismatch" and "Always". If not specified, "Always" is used.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: string
+                                              runAsGroup:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process.
+                                                  Uses runtime default if unset.
+                                                  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                                  PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence
+                                                  for that container.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: integer
+                                                format: int64
+                                              runAsNonRoot:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user.
+                                                  If true, the Kubelet will validate the image at runtime to ensure that it
+                                                  does not run as UID 0 (root) and fail to start the container if it does.
+                                                  If unset or false, no such validation will be performed.
+                                                  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                                  PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+                                                type: boolean
+                                              runAsUser:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process.
+                                                  Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified.
+                                                  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in both SecurityContext and
+                                                  PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence
+                                                  for that container.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: integer
+                                                format: int64
+                                              seLinuxOptions:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The SELinux context to be applied to all containers.
+                                                  If unspecified, the container runtime will allocate a random SELinux context for each
+                                                  container.  May also be set in SecurityContext.  If set in
+                                                  both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext
+                                                  takes precedence for that container.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: object
+                                                properties:
+                                                  level:
+                                                    description: Level is SELinux level label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  role:
+                                                    description: Role is a SELinux role label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  type:
+                                                    description: Type is a SELinux type label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  user:
+                                                    description: User is a SELinux user label that applies to the container.
+                                                    type: string
+                                              seccompProfile:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  The seccomp options to use by the containers in this pod.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: object
+                                                required:
+                                                  - type
+                                                properties:
+                                                  localhostProfile:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      localhostProfile indicates a profile defined in a file on the node should be used.
+                                                      The profile must be preconfigured on the node to work.
+                                                      Must be a descending path, relative to the kubelet's configured seccomp profile location.
+                                                      Must be set if type is "Localhost". Must NOT be set for any other type.
+                                                    type: string
+                                                  type:
+                                                    description: |-
+                                                      type indicates which kind of seccomp profile will be applied.
+                                                      Valid options are:
+
+                                                      Localhost - a profile defined in a file on the node should be used.
+                                                      RuntimeDefault - the container runtime default profile should be used.
+                                                      Unconfined - no profile should be applied.
+                                                    type: string
+                                              supplementalGroups:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  A list of groups applied to the first process run in each container, in addition
+                                                  to the container's primary GID, the fsGroup (if specified), and group memberships
+                                                  defined in the container image for the uid of the container process. If unspecified,
+                                                  no additional groups are added to any container. Note that group memberships
+                                                  defined in the container image for the uid of the container process are still effective,
+                                                  even if they are not included in this list.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: array
+                                                items:
+                                                  type: integer
+                                                  format: int64
+                                              sysctls:
+                                                description: |-
+                                                  Sysctls hold a list of namespaced sysctls used for the pod. Pods with unsupported
+                                                  sysctls (by the container runtime) might fail to launch.
+                                                  Note that this field cannot be set when spec.os.name is windows.
+                                                type: array
+                                                items:
+                                                  description: Sysctl defines a kernel parameter to be set
+                                                  type: object
+                                                  required:
+                                                    - name
+                                                    - value
+                                                  properties:
+                                                    name:
+                                                      description: Name of a property to set
+                                                      type: string
+                                                    value:
+                                                      description: Value of a property to set
+                                                      type: string
                                           serviceAccountName:
                                             description: If specified, the pod's service account
                                             type: string
@@ -6779,6 +11302,14 @@
                       type: array
                       items:
                         type: string
+                    issuingCertificateURLs:
+                      description: |-
+                        IssuingCertificateURLs is a list of URLs which this issuer should embed into certificates
+                        it creates. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc5280#section-4.2.2.1 for more details.
+                        As an example, such a URL might be "http://ca.domain.com/ca.crt".
+                      type: array
+                      items:
+                        type: string
                     ocspServers:
                       description: |-
                         The OCSP server list is an X.509 v3 extension that defines a list of
@@ -6863,6 +11394,31 @@
                                     Name of the resource being referred to.
                                     More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
                                   type: string
+                        clientCertificate:
+                          description: |-
+                            ClientCertificate authenticates with Vault by presenting a client
+                            certificate during the request's TLS handshake.
+                            Works only when using HTTPS protocol.
+                          type: object
+                          properties:
+                            mountPath:
+                              description: |-
+                                The Vault mountPath here is the mount path to use when authenticating with
+                                Vault. For example, setting a value to `/v1/auth/foo`, will use the path
+                                `/v1/auth/foo/login` to authenticate with Vault. If unspecified, the
+                                default value "/v1/auth/cert" will be used.
+                              type: string
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                Name of the certificate role to authenticate against.
+                                If not set, matching any certificate role, if available.
+                              type: string
+                            secretName:
+                              description: |-
+                                Reference to Kubernetes Secret of type "kubernetes.io/tls" (hence containing
+                                tls.crt and tls.key) used to authenticate to Vault using TLS client
+                                authentication.
+                              type: string
                         kubernetes:
                           description: |-
                             Kubernetes authenticates with Vault by passing the ServiceAccount
@@ -6914,6 +11470,13 @@
                               required:
                                 - name
                               properties:
+                                audiences:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    TokenAudiences is an optional list of extra audiences to include in the token passed to Vault. The default token
+                                    consisting of the issuer's namespace and name is always included.
+                                  type: array
+                                  items:
+                                    type: string
                                 name:
                                   description: Name of the ServiceAccount used to request a token.
                                   type: string
@@ -6967,6 +11530,44 @@
                             Name of the resource being referred to.
                             More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
                           type: string
+                    clientCertSecretRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        Reference to a Secret containing a PEM-encoded Client Certificate to use when the
+                        Vault server requires mTLS.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - name
+                      properties:
+                        key:
+                          description: |-
+                            The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                            Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                            required.
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name of the resource being referred to.
+                            More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                          type: string
+                    clientKeySecretRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        Reference to a Secret containing a PEM-encoded Client Private Key to use when the
+                        Vault server requires mTLS.
+                      type: object
+                      required:
+                        - name
+                      properties:
+                        key:
+                          description: |-
+                            The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                            Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                            required.
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name of the resource being referred to.
+                            More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                          type: string
                     namespace:
                       description: |-
                         Name of the vault namespace. Namespaces is a set of features within Vault Enterprise that allows Vault environments to support Secure Multi-tenancy. e.g: "ns1"
@@ -7035,11 +11636,33 @@
                             is used to validate the chain.
                           type: string
                           format: byte
+                        caBundleSecretRef:
+                          description: |-
+                            Reference to a Secret containing a base64-encoded bundle of PEM CAs
+                            which will be used to validate the certificate chain presented by the TPP server.
+                            Only used if using HTTPS; ignored for HTTP. Mutually exclusive with CABundle.
+                            If neither CABundle nor CABundleSecretRef is defined, the certificate bundle in
+                            the cert-manager controller container is used to validate the TLS connection.
+                          type: object
+                          required:
+                            - name
+                          properties:
+                            key:
+                              description: |-
+                                The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used.
+                                Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be
+                                required.
+                              type: string
+                            name:
+                              description: |-
+                                Name of the resource being referred to.
+                                More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+                              type: string
                         credentialsRef:
                           description: |-
-                            CredentialsRef is a reference to a Secret containing the username and
-                            password for the TPP server.
-                            The secret must contain two keys, 'username' and 'password'.
+                            CredentialsRef is a reference to a Secret containing the Venafi TPP API credentials.
+                            The secret must contain the key 'access-token' for the Access Token Authentication,
+                            or two keys, 'username' and 'password' for the API Keys Authentication.
                           type: object
                           required:
                             - name
@@ -7141,15 +11764,24 @@
                   x-kubernetes-list-type: map
       served: true
       storage: true
+
+# END crd {{- end }}
+
 ---
+# START crd {{- if or .Values.crds.enabled .Values.installCRDs }}
 apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   name: orders.acme.cert-manager.io
+  # START annotations {{- if .Values.crds.keep }}
+  annotations:
+    helm.sh/resource-policy: keep
+  # END annotations {{- end }}
   labels:
     app: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
     app.kubernetes.io/name: '{{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}'
     app.kubernetes.io/instance: '{{ .Release.Name }}'
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "crds"
     # Generated labels {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
 spec:
   group: acme.cert-manager.io
@@ -7400,4 +12032,5 @@
                   type: string
       served: true
       storage: true
-{{- end }}
+
+# END crd {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/deployment.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/deployment.yaml
index aea5736..8a4a973 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/deployment.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/deployment.yaml
@@ -15,6 +15,10 @@
   {{- end }}
 spec:
   replicas: {{ .Values.replicaCount }}
+  {{- /* The if statement below is equivalent to {{- if $value }} but will also return true for 0. */ -}}
+  {{- if not (has (quote .Values.global.revisionHistoryLimit) (list "" (quote ""))) }}
+  revisionHistoryLimit: {{ .Values.global.revisionHistoryLimit }}
+  {{- end }}
   selector:
     matchLabels:
       app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}
@@ -39,7 +43,7 @@
       annotations:
         {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
       {{- end }}
-      {{- if and .Values.prometheus.enabled (not .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled) }}
+      {{- if and .Values.prometheus.enabled (not (or .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.enabled)) }}
       {{- if not .Values.podAnnotations }}
       annotations:
       {{- end }}
@@ -48,10 +52,17 @@
         prometheus.io/port: '9402'
       {{- end }}
     spec:
+      {{- if not .Values.serviceAccount.create }}
+      {{- with .Values.global.imagePullSecrets }}
+      imagePullSecrets:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- end }}
       serviceAccountName: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
       {{- if hasKey .Values "automountServiceAccountToken" }}
       automountServiceAccountToken: {{ .Values.automountServiceAccountToken }}
       {{- end }}
+      enableServiceLinks: {{ .Values.enableServiceLinks }}
       {{- with .Values.global.priorityClassName }}
       priorityClassName: {{ . | quote }}
       {{- end }}
@@ -59,20 +70,30 @@
       securityContext:
         {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
       {{- end }}
-      {{- with .Values.volumes }}
+      {{- if or .Values.volumes .Values.config}}
       volumes:
+        {{- if .Values.config }}
+        - name: config 
+          configMap: 
+            name: {{ include "cert-manager.fullname" . }}
+        {{- end }}
+        {{ with .Values.volumes }}
         {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+        {{- end }}
       {{- end }}
       containers:
         - name: {{ .Chart.Name }}-controller
-          {{- with .Values.image }}
-          image: "{{- if .registry -}}{{ .registry }}/{{- end -}}{{ .repository }}{{- if (.digest) -}} @{{ .digest }}{{- else -}}:{{ default $.Chart.AppVersion .tag }} {{- end -}}"
-          {{- end }}
+          image: "{{ template "image" (tuple .Values.image $.Chart.AppVersion) }}"
           imagePullPolicy: {{ .Values.image.pullPolicy }}
           args:
-          {{- if .Values.global.logLevel }}
+          {{- /* The if statement below is equivalent to {{- if $value }} but will also return true for 0. */ -}}
+          {{- if not (has (quote .Values.global.logLevel) (list "" (quote ""))) }}
           - --v={{ .Values.global.logLevel }}
           {{- end }}
+          {{- if .Values.config }}
+          - --config=/var/cert-manager/config/config.yaml
+          {{- end }}
+          {{- $config := default .Values.config "" }}
           {{- if .Values.clusterResourceNamespace }}
           - --cluster-resource-namespace={{ .Values.clusterResourceNamespace }}
           {{- else }}
@@ -122,6 +143,9 @@
           {{- with .Values.dns01RecursiveNameservers }}
           - --dns01-recursive-nameservers={{ . }}
           {{- end }}
+          {{- if .Values.disableAutoApproval }}
+          - --controllers=-certificaterequests-approver
+          {{- end }}
           ports:
           - containerPort: 9402
             name: http-metrics
@@ -133,9 +157,15 @@
           securityContext:
             {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
           {{- end }}
-          {{- with .Values.volumeMounts }}
+          {{- if or .Values.config .Values.volumeMounts }}
           volumeMounts:
+            {{- if .Values.config }}
+            - name: config 
+              mountPath: /var/cert-manager/config
+            {{- end }}
+            {{- with .Values.volumeMounts }}
             {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
+            {{- end }}
           {{- end }}
           env:
           - name: POD_NAMESPACE
@@ -202,3 +232,6 @@
       dnsConfig:
         {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
       {{- end }}
+      {{- with .Values.hostAliases }}
+      hostAliases: {{ toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/extras-objects.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/extras-objects.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ec3a7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/extras-objects.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+{{ range .Values.extraObjects }}
+---
+{{ tpl . $ }}
+{{ end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/networkpolicy-egress.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/networkpolicy-egress.yaml
index 0971200..37f90bd 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/networkpolicy-egress.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/networkpolicy-egress.yaml
@@ -11,13 +11,9 @@
     {{- end }}
   podSelector:
     matchLabels:
-      app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
       app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
       app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
       app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
-      {{- with .Values.webhook.podLabels }}
-      {{- toYaml . | nindent 6 }}
-      {{- end }}
   policyTypes:
   - Egress
 {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/networkpolicy-webhooks.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/networkpolicy-webhooks.yaml
index 349877a..3a0ed7a 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/networkpolicy-webhooks.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/networkpolicy-webhooks.yaml
@@ -12,13 +12,9 @@
     {{- end }}
   podSelector:
     matchLabels:
-        app: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
-        app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
-        app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
-        app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
-        {{- with .Values.webhook.podLabels }}
-        {{- toYaml . | nindent 6 }}
-        {{- end }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+      app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
   policyTypes:
   - Ingress
 
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/poddisruptionbudget.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/poddisruptionbudget.yaml
index dab75ce..ae71eed 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/poddisruptionbudget.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/poddisruptionbudget.yaml
@@ -17,10 +17,13 @@
       app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
       app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
 
-  {{- with .Values.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable }}
-  minAvailable: {{ . }}
+  {{- if not (or (hasKey .Values.podDisruptionBudget "minAvailable") (hasKey .Values.podDisruptionBudget "maxUnavailable")) }}
+  minAvailable: 1 # Default value because minAvailable and maxUnavailable are not set
   {{- end }}
-  {{- with .Values.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable }}
-  maxUnavailable: {{ . }}
+  {{- if hasKey .Values.podDisruptionBudget "minAvailable" }}
+  minAvailable: {{ .Values.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable }}
+  {{- end }}
+  {{- if hasKey .Values.podDisruptionBudget "maxUnavailable" }}
+  maxUnavailable: {{ .Values.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable }}
   {{- end }}
 {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/podmonitor.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/podmonitor.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83f7e1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/podmonitor.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+{{- if and .Values.prometheus.enabled (and .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.enabled .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled) }}
+{{- fail "Either .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.enabled or .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled can be enabled at a time, but not both." }}
+{{- else if and .Values.prometheus.enabled .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.enabled }}
+apiVersion: monitoring.coreos.com/v1
+kind: PodMonitor
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}
+{{- if .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.namespace }}
+  namespace: {{ .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.namespace }}
+{{- else }}
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- end }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+    prometheus: {{ .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.prometheusInstance }}
+    {{- with .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.labels }}
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
+{{- if .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.annotations }}
+  annotations:
+    {{- with .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.annotations }}
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
+{{- end }}
+spec:
+  jobLabel: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}
+  selector:
+    matchExpressions:
+      - key: app.kubernetes.io/name
+        operator: In
+        values:
+        - {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+        - {{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}
+        - {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+      - key: app.kubernetes.io/instance
+        operator: In
+        values:
+        - {{ .Release.Name }}
+      - key: app.kubernetes.io/component
+        operator: In
+        values:
+        - cainjector
+        - controller
+        - webhook
+{{- if .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.namespace }}
+  namespaceSelector:
+    matchNames:
+      - {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- end }}
+  podMetricsEndpoints:
+    - port: http-metrics
+      path: {{ .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.path }}
+      interval: {{ .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.interval }}
+      scrapeTimeout: {{ .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.scrapeTimeout }}
+      honorLabels: {{ .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.honorLabels }}
+      {{- with .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.endpointAdditionalProperties }}
+      {{- toYaml . | nindent 6 }}
+      {{- end }}
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml
index 830e372..baae425 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml
@@ -39,13 +39,56 @@
   kind: Role
   name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}:leaderelection
 subjects:
-  - apiGroup: ""
-    kind: ServiceAccount
+  - kind: ServiceAccount
     name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
     namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
 
 ---
 
+{{- if .Values.serviceAccount.create }}
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: Role
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}-tokenrequest
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: [""]
+    resources: ["serviceaccounts/token"]
+    resourceNames: ["{{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}"]
+    verbs: ["create"]
+
+---
+
+# grant cert-manager permission to create tokens for the serviceaccount
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: RoleBinding
+metadata:
+  name: {{ include "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-{{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" .  }}-tokenrequest
+  namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+roleRef:
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: Role
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}-tokenrequest
+subjects:
+  - kind: ServiceAccount
+    name: {{ template "cert-manager.serviceAccountName" . }}
+    namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+{{- end }}
+
+---
+
 # Issuer controller role
 apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
 kind: ClusterRole
@@ -398,6 +441,26 @@
     namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
     kind: ServiceAccount
 
+{{- if .Values.global.rbac.aggregateClusterRoles }}
+---
+
+apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
+kind: ClusterRole
+metadata:
+  name: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-cluster-view
+  labels:
+    app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
+    app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
+    rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-cluster-reader: "true"
+rules:
+  - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
+    resources: ["clusterissuers"]
+    verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"]
+
+{{- end }}
 ---
 
 apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
@@ -414,6 +477,7 @@
     rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-view: "true"
     rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-edit: "true"
     rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-admin: "true"
+    rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-cluster-reader: "true"
     {{- end }}
 rules:
   - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
@@ -453,6 +517,8 @@
 
 ---
 
+{{- if not .Values.disableAutoApproval -}}
+
 # Permission to approve CertificateRequests referencing cert-manager.io Issuers and ClusterIssuers
 apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
 kind: ClusterRole
@@ -468,7 +534,12 @@
   - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
     resources: ["signers"]
     verbs: ["approve"]
-    resourceNames: ["issuers.cert-manager.io/*", "clusterissuers.cert-manager.io/*"]
+    {{- with .Values.approveSignerNames }}
+    resourceNames:
+    {{- range . }}
+    - {{ . | quote }}
+    {{- end  }}
+    {{- end }}
 
 ---
 
@@ -493,8 +564,10 @@
 
 ---
 
+{{- end -}}
+
 # Permission to:
-# - Update and sign CertificatSigningeRequests referencing cert-manager.io Issuers and ClusterIssuers
+# - Update and sign CertificateSigningRequests referencing cert-manager.io Issuers and ClusterIssuers
 # - Perform SubjectAccessReviews to test whether users are able to reference Namespaced Issuers
 apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
 kind: ClusterRole
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/service.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/service.yaml
index ec34d58..360ec64 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/service.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/service.yaml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-{{- if .Values.prometheus.enabled }}
+{{- if and .Values.prometheus.enabled (not .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.enabled) }}
 apiVersion: v1
 kind: Service
 metadata:
@@ -19,6 +19,12 @@
     {{- end }}
 spec:
   type: ClusterIP
+  {{- if .Values.serviceIPFamilyPolicy }}
+  ipFamilyPolicy: {{ .Values.serviceIPFamilyPolicy }}
+  {{- end }}
+  {{- if .Values.serviceIPFamilies }}
+  ipFamilies: {{ .Values.serviceIPFamilies | toYaml | nindent 2 }}
+  {{- end }}
   ports:
   - protocol: TCP
     port: 9402
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/serviceaccount.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/serviceaccount.yaml
index 6026842..698ddef 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/serviceaccount.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/serviceaccount.yaml
@@ -11,7 +11,9 @@
   namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
   {{- with .Values.serviceAccount.annotations }}
   annotations:
-    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- range $k, $v := . }}
+      {{- printf "%s: %s" (tpl $k $) (tpl $v $) | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }} 
   {{- end }}
   labels:
     app: {{ include "cert-manager.name" . }}
@@ -20,6 +22,6 @@
     app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
     {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
     {{- with .Values.serviceAccount.labels }}
-      {{ toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+      {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
     {{- end }}
 {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/servicemonitor.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/servicemonitor.yaml
index 9d9e899..dd1beec 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/servicemonitor.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/servicemonitor.yaml
@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
-{{- if and .Values.prometheus.enabled .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled }}
+{{- if and .Values.prometheus.enabled (and .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.enabled .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled) }}
+{{- fail "Either .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.enabled or .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled can be enabled at a time, but not both." }}
+{{- else if and .Values.prometheus.enabled .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled }}
 apiVersion: monitoring.coreos.com/v1
 kind: ServiceMonitor
 metadata:
@@ -27,10 +29,23 @@
 spec:
   jobLabel: {{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}
   selector:
-    matchLabels:
-      app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}
-      app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
-      app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller"
+    matchExpressions:
+      - key: app.kubernetes.io/name
+        operator: In
+        values:
+        - {{ include "cainjector.name" . }}
+        - {{ template "cert-manager.name" . }}
+        - {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
+      - key: app.kubernetes.io/instance
+        operator: In
+        values:
+        - {{ .Release.Name }}
+      - key: app.kubernetes.io/component
+        operator: In
+        values:
+        - cainjector
+        - controller
+        - webhook
 {{- if .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.namespace }}
   namespaceSelector:
     matchNames:
@@ -42,4 +57,7 @@
     interval: {{ .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.interval }}
     scrapeTimeout: {{ .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.scrapeTimeout }}
     honorLabels: {{ .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.honorLabels }}
+    {{- with .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.endpointAdditionalProperties }}
+    {{- toYaml . | nindent 4 }}
+    {{- end }}
 {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/startupapicheck-job.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/startupapicheck-job.yaml
index a9b965e..183cff4 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/startupapicheck-job.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/startupapicheck-job.yaml
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@
       {{- if hasKey .Values.startupapicheck "automountServiceAccountToken" }}
       automountServiceAccountToken: {{ .Values.startupapicheck.automountServiceAccountToken }}
       {{- end }}
+      enableServiceLinks: {{ .Values.startupapicheck.enableServiceLinks }}
       {{- with .Values.global.priorityClassName }}
       priorityClassName: {{ . | quote }}
       {{- end }}
@@ -46,9 +47,7 @@
       {{- end }}
       containers:
         - name: {{ .Chart.Name }}-startupapicheck
-          {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.image }}
-          image: "{{- if .registry -}}{{ .registry }}/{{- end -}}{{ .repository }}{{- if (.digest) -}} @{{ .digest }}{{- else -}}:{{ default $.Chart.AppVersion .tag }} {{- end -}}"
-          {{- end }}
+          image: "{{ template "image" (tuple .Values.startupapicheck.image $.Chart.AppVersion) }}"
           imagePullPolicy: {{ .Values.startupapicheck.image.pullPolicy }}
           args:
           - check
@@ -61,6 +60,14 @@
           securityContext:
             {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
           {{- end }}
+          env:
+          - name: POD_NAMESPACE
+            valueFrom:
+              fieldRef:
+                fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.extraEnv }}
+          {{- toYaml . | nindent 10 }}
+          {{- end }}
           {{- with .Values.startupapicheck.resources }}
           resources:
             {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/startupapicheck-rbac.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/startupapicheck-rbac.yaml
index 606e725..ab8c30f 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/startupapicheck-rbac.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/startupapicheck-rbac.yaml
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
   {{- end }}
 rules:
   - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"]
-    resources: ["certificates"]
+    resources: ["certificaterequests"]
     verbs: ["create"]
 ---
 apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-config.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-config.yaml
index f3f72f0..cd8b67f 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-config.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-config.yaml
@@ -1,12 +1,7 @@
 {{- if .Values.webhook.config -}}
-  {{- if not .Values.webhook.config.apiVersion -}}
-    {{- fail "webhook.config.apiVersion must be set" -}}
-  {{- end -}}
-
-  {{- if not .Values.webhook.config.kind -}}
-    {{- fail "webhook.config.kind must be set" -}}
-  {{- end -}}
-{{- end -}}
+{{- $config := .Values.webhook.config -}}
+{{- $_ := set $config "apiVersion" (default "webhook.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1" $config.apiVersion) -}}
+{{- $_ := set $config "kind" (default "WebhookConfiguration" $config.kind) -}}
 apiVersion: v1
 kind: ConfigMap
 metadata:
@@ -19,7 +14,6 @@
     app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
     {{- include "labels" . | nindent 4 }}
 data:
-  {{- if .Values.webhook.config }}
   config.yaml: |
-    {{ .Values.webhook.config | toYaml | nindent 4 }}
-  {{- end }}
+    {{- $config | toYaml | nindent 4 }}
+{{- end -}}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-deployment.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-deployment.yaml
index 043c4b1..857cf35 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-deployment.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-deployment.yaml
@@ -15,6 +15,10 @@
   {{- end }}
 spec:
   replicas: {{ .Values.webhook.replicaCount }}
+  {{- /* The if statement below is equivalent to {{- if $value }} but will also return true for 0. */ -}}
+  {{- if not (has (quote .Values.global.revisionHistoryLimit) (list "" (quote ""))) }}
+  revisionHistoryLimit: {{ .Values.global.revisionHistoryLimit }}
+  {{- end }}
   selector:
     matchLabels:
       app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
@@ -39,11 +43,26 @@
       annotations:
         {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
       {{- end }}
+      {{- if and .Values.prometheus.enabled (not (or .Values.prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.enabled)) }}
+      {{- if not .Values.webhook.podAnnotations }}
+      annotations:
+      {{- end }}
+        prometheus.io/path: "/metrics"
+        prometheus.io/scrape: 'true'
+        prometheus.io/port: '9402'
+      {{- end }}
     spec:
+      {{- if not .Values.webhook.serviceAccount.create }}
+      {{- with .Values.global.imagePullSecrets }}
+      imagePullSecrets:
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
+      {{- end }}
+      {{- end }}
       serviceAccountName: {{ template "webhook.serviceAccountName" . }}
       {{- if hasKey .Values.webhook "automountServiceAccountToken" }}
       automountServiceAccountToken: {{ .Values.webhook.automountServiceAccountToken }}
       {{- end }}
+      enableServiceLinks: {{ .Values.webhook.enableServiceLinks }}
       {{- with .Values.global.priorityClassName }}
       priorityClassName: {{ . | quote }}
       {{- end }}
@@ -54,14 +73,16 @@
       {{- if .Values.webhook.hostNetwork }}
       hostNetwork: true
       {{- end }}
+      {{- if .Values.webhook.hostNetwork }}
+      dnsPolicy: ClusterFirstWithHostNet
+      {{- end }}
       containers:
         - name: {{ .Chart.Name }}-webhook
-          {{- with .Values.webhook.image }}
-          image: "{{- if .registry -}}{{ .registry }}/{{- end -}}{{ .repository }}{{- if (.digest) -}} @{{ .digest }}{{- else -}}:{{ default $.Chart.AppVersion .tag }} {{- end -}}"
-          {{- end }}
+          image: "{{ template "image" (tuple .Values.webhook.image $.Chart.AppVersion) }}"
           imagePullPolicy: {{ .Values.webhook.image.pullPolicy }}
           args:
-          {{- if .Values.global.logLevel }}
+          {{- /* The if statement below is equivalent to {{- if $value }} but will also return true for 0. */ -}}
+          {{- if not (has (quote .Values.global.logLevel) (list "" (quote ""))) }}
           - --v={{ .Values.global.logLevel }}
           {{- end }}
           {{- if .Values.webhook.config }}
@@ -71,8 +92,8 @@
           {{ if not $config.securePort -}}
           - --secure-port={{ .Values.webhook.securePort }}
           {{- end }}
-          {{- if .Values.featureGates }}
-          - --feature-gates={{ .Values.featureGates }}
+          {{- if .Values.webhook.featureGates }}
+          - --feature-gates={{ .Values.webhook.featureGates }}
           {{- end }}
           {{- $tlsConfig := default $config.tlsConfig "" }}
           {{ if or (not $config.tlsConfig) (and (not $tlsConfig.dynamic) (not $tlsConfig.filesystem) ) -}}
@@ -88,6 +109,9 @@
           {{- with .Values.webhook.extraArgs }}
           {{- toYaml . | nindent 10 }}
           {{- end }}
+          {{- if not .Values.prometheus.enabled }}
+          - --metrics-listen-address=0
+          {{- end }}
           ports:
           - name: https
             protocol: TCP
@@ -105,6 +129,11 @@
             {{- else }}
             containerPort: 6080
             {{- end }}
+          {{- if .Values.prometheus.enabled }}
+          - containerPort: 9402
+            name: http-metrics
+            protocol: TCP
+          {{- end }}
           livenessProbe:
             httpGet:
               path: /livez
@@ -142,6 +171,9 @@
             valueFrom:
               fieldRef:
                 fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          {{- with .Values.webhook.extraEnv }}
+          {{- toYaml . | nindent 10 }}
+          {{- end }}
           {{- with .Values.webhook.resources }}
           resources:
             {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
@@ -152,8 +184,8 @@
             - name: config
               mountPath: /var/cert-manager/config
             {{- end }}
-            {{- if .Values.webhook.volumeMounts }}
-            {{- toYaml .Values.webhook.volumeMounts | nindent 12 }}
+            {{- with .Values.webhook.volumeMounts }}
+            {{- toYaml . | nindent 12 }}
             {{- end }}
           {{- end }}
       {{- with .Values.webhook.nodeSelector }}
@@ -179,7 +211,7 @@
           configMap:
             name: {{ include "webhook.fullname" . }}
         {{- end }}
-        {{- if .Values.webhook.volumes }}
-        {{- toYaml .Values.webhook.volumes | nindent 8 }}
+        {{- with .Values.webhook.volumes }}
+        {{- toYaml . | nindent 8 }}
         {{- end }}
       {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-mutating-webhook.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-mutating-webhook.yaml
index f3db011..9ea2977 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-mutating-webhook.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-mutating-webhook.yaml
@@ -15,17 +15,19 @@
     {{- end }}
 webhooks:
   - name: webhook.cert-manager.io
+    {{- with .Values.webhook.mutatingWebhookConfiguration.namespaceSelector }}
+    namespaceSelector:
+      {{- toYaml . | nindent 6 }}
+    {{- end }}
     rules:
       - apiGroups:
           - "cert-manager.io"
-          - "acme.cert-manager.io"
         apiVersions:
           - "v1"
         operations:
           - CREATE
-          - UPDATE
         resources:
-          - "*/*"
+          - "certificaterequests"
     admissionReviewVersions: ["v1"]
     # This webhook only accepts v1 cert-manager resources.
     # Equivalent matchPolicy ensures that non-v1 resource requests are sent to
@@ -43,4 +45,4 @@
         name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}
         namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
         path: /mutate
-      {{- end }}
+      {{- end }}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-poddisruptionbudget.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-poddisruptionbudget.yaml
index c8a357c..ab2a481 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-poddisruptionbudget.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-poddisruptionbudget.yaml
@@ -17,10 +17,13 @@
       app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
       app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook"
 
-  {{- with .Values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable }}
-  minAvailable: {{ . }}
+  {{- if not (or (hasKey .Values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget "minAvailable") (hasKey .Values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget "maxUnavailable")) }}
+  minAvailable: 1 # Default value because minAvailable and maxUnavailable are not set
   {{- end }}
-  {{- with .Values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable }}
-  maxUnavailable: {{ . }}
+  {{- if hasKey .Values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget "minAvailable" }}
+  minAvailable: {{ .Values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable }}
+  {{- end }}
+  {{- if hasKey .Values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget "maxUnavailable" }}
+  maxUnavailable: {{ .Values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable }}
   {{- end }}
 {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-rbac.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-rbac.yaml
index b075ffd..b99325e 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-rbac.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-rbac.yaml
@@ -15,6 +15,15 @@
   resources: ["secrets"]
   resourceNames:
   - '{{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}-ca'
+  {{- $certmanagerNamespace := include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+  {{- with (.Values.webhook.config.metricsTLSConfig).dynamic }}
+  {{- if $certmanagerNamespace | eq .secretNamespace }}
+  # Allow webhook to read and update the metrics CA Secret when dynamic TLS is
+  # enabled for the metrics server and if the Secret is configured to be in the
+  # same namespace as cert-manager.
+  - {{ .secretName | quote }}
+  {{- end }}
+  {{- end }}
   verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "update"]
 # It's not possible to grant CREATE permission on a single resourceName.
 - apiGroups: [""]
@@ -38,8 +47,7 @@
   kind: Role
   name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}:dynamic-serving
 subjects:
-- apiGroup: ""
-  kind: ServiceAccount
+- kind: ServiceAccount
   name: {{ template "webhook.serviceAccountName" . }}
   namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
 
@@ -76,8 +84,7 @@
   kind: ClusterRole
   name: {{ template "webhook.fullname" . }}:subjectaccessreviews
 subjects:
-- apiGroup: ""
-  kind: ServiceAccount
+- kind: ServiceAccount
   name: {{ template "webhook.serviceAccountName" . }}
   namespace: {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
 {{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-service.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-service.yaml
index 5f93950..cd5010f 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-service.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-service.yaml
@@ -18,6 +18,12 @@
     {{- end }}
 spec:
   type: {{ .Values.webhook.serviceType }}
+  {{- if .Values.webhook.serviceIPFamilyPolicy }}
+  ipFamilyPolicy: {{ .Values.webhook.serviceIPFamilyPolicy }}
+  {{- end }}
+  {{- if .Values.webhook.serviceIPFamilies }}
+  ipFamilies: {{ .Values.webhook.serviceIPFamilies | toYaml | nindent 2 }}
+  {{- end }}
   {{- with .Values.webhook.loadBalancerIP }}
   loadBalancerIP: {{ . }}
   {{- end }}
@@ -26,6 +32,12 @@
     port: 443
     protocol: TCP
     targetPort: "https"
+{{- if and .Values.prometheus.enabled (not .Values.prometheus.podmonitor.enabled) }}
+  - name: metrics
+    port: 9402
+    protocol: TCP
+    targetPort: "http-metrics"
+{{- end }}
   selector:
     app.kubernetes.io/name: {{ include "webhook.name" . }}
     app.kubernetes.io/instance: {{ .Release.Name }}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-validating-webhook.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-validating-webhook.yaml
index a5d168e..76235fd 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-validating-webhook.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/templates/webhook-validating-webhook.yaml
@@ -15,16 +15,10 @@
     {{- end }}
 webhooks:
   - name: webhook.cert-manager.io
+    {{- with .Values.webhook.validatingWebhookConfiguration.namespaceSelector }}
     namespaceSelector:
-      matchExpressions:
-      - key: "cert-manager.io/disable-validation"
-        operator: "NotIn"
-        values:
-        - "true"
-      - key: "name"
-        operator: "NotIn"
-        values:
-        - {{ include "cert-manager.namespace" . }}
+      {{- toYaml . | nindent 6 }}
+    {{- end }}
     rules:
       - apiGroups:
           - "cert-manager.io"
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/values.schema.json b/charts/cert-manager/values.schema.json
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36d1d0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/values.schema.json
@@ -0,0 +1,2135 @@
+{
+  "$defs": {
+    "helm-values": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "acmesolver": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.acmesolver"
+        },
+        "affinity": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.affinity"
+        },
+        "approveSignerNames": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.approveSignerNames"
+        },
+        "automountServiceAccountToken": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.automountServiceAccountToken"
+        },
+        "cainjector": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector"
+        },
+        "clusterResourceNamespace": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.clusterResourceNamespace"
+        },
+        "config": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.config"
+        },
+        "containerSecurityContext": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.containerSecurityContext"
+        },
+        "crds": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.crds"
+        },
+        "creator": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.creator"
+        },
+        "deploymentAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.deploymentAnnotations"
+        },
+        "disableAutoApproval": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.disableAutoApproval"
+        },
+        "dns01RecursiveNameservers": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.dns01RecursiveNameservers"
+        },
+        "dns01RecursiveNameserversOnly": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.dns01RecursiveNameserversOnly"
+        },
+        "enableCertificateOwnerRef": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.enableCertificateOwnerRef"
+        },
+        "enableServiceLinks": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.enableServiceLinks"
+        },
+        "enabled": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.enabled"
+        },
+        "extraArgs": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.extraArgs"
+        },
+        "extraEnv": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.extraEnv"
+        },
+        "extraObjects": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.extraObjects"
+        },
+        "featureGates": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.featureGates"
+        },
+        "fullnameOverride": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.fullnameOverride"
+        },
+        "global": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global"
+        },
+        "hostAliases": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.hostAliases"
+        },
+        "http_proxy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.http_proxy"
+        },
+        "https_proxy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.https_proxy"
+        },
+        "image": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.image"
+        },
+        "ingressShim": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.ingressShim"
+        },
+        "installCRDs": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.installCRDs"
+        },
+        "livenessProbe": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.livenessProbe"
+        },
+        "maxConcurrentChallenges": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.maxConcurrentChallenges"
+        },
+        "nameOverride": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.nameOverride"
+        },
+        "namespace": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.namespace"
+        },
+        "no_proxy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.no_proxy"
+        },
+        "nodeSelector": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.nodeSelector"
+        },
+        "podAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.podAnnotations"
+        },
+        "podDisruptionBudget": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.podDisruptionBudget"
+        },
+        "podDnsConfig": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.podDnsConfig"
+        },
+        "podDnsPolicy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.podDnsPolicy"
+        },
+        "podLabels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.podLabels"
+        },
+        "prometheus": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus"
+        },
+        "replicaCount": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.replicaCount"
+        },
+        "resources": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.resources"
+        },
+        "securityContext": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.securityContext"
+        },
+        "serviceAccount": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.serviceAccount"
+        },
+        "serviceAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.serviceAnnotations"
+        },
+        "serviceIPFamilies": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.serviceIPFamilies"
+        },
+        "serviceIPFamilyPolicy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.serviceIPFamilyPolicy"
+        },
+        "serviceLabels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.serviceLabels"
+        },
+        "startupapicheck": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck"
+        },
+        "strategy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.strategy"
+        },
+        "tolerations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.tolerations"
+        },
+        "topologySpreadConstraints": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.topologySpreadConstraints"
+        },
+        "volumeMounts": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.volumeMounts"
+        },
+        "volumes": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.volumes"
+        },
+        "webhook": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.acmesolver": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "image": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.acmesolver.image"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.acmesolver.image": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "digest": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.acmesolver.image.digest"
+        },
+        "pullPolicy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.acmesolver.image.pullPolicy"
+        },
+        "registry": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.acmesolver.image.registry"
+        },
+        "repository": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.acmesolver.image.repository"
+        },
+        "tag": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.acmesolver.image.tag"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.acmesolver.image.digest": {
+      "description": "Setting a digest will override any tag.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.acmesolver.image.pullPolicy": {
+      "default": "IfNotPresent",
+      "description": "Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.acmesolver.image.registry": {
+      "description": "The container registry to pull the acmesolver image from.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.acmesolver.image.repository": {
+      "default": "quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-acmesolver",
+      "description": "The container image for the cert-manager acmesolver.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.acmesolver.image.tag": {
+      "description": "Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable. If no value is set, the chart's appVersion is used.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.affinity": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "A Kubernetes Affinity, if required. For more information, see [Affinity v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#affinity-v1-core).\n\nFor example:\naffinity:\n  nodeAffinity:\n   requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:\n     nodeSelectorTerms:\n     - matchExpressions:\n       - key: foo.bar.com/role\n         operator: In\n         values:\n         - master",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.approveSignerNames": {
+      "default": [
+        "issuers.cert-manager.io/*",
+        "clusterissuers.cert-manager.io/*"
+      ],
+      "description": "List of signer names that cert-manager will approve by default. CertificateRequests referencing these signer names will be auto-approved by cert-manager. Defaults to just approving the cert-manager.io Issuer and ClusterIssuer issuers. When set to an empty array, ALL issuers will be auto-approved by cert-manager. To disable the auto-approval, because eg. you are using approver-policy, you can enable 'disableAutoApproval'.\nref: https://cert-manager.io/docs/concepts/certificaterequest/#approval",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.automountServiceAccountToken": {
+      "description": "Automounting API credentials for a particular pod.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "affinity": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.affinity"
+        },
+        "automountServiceAccountToken": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.automountServiceAccountToken"
+        },
+        "config": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.config"
+        },
+        "containerSecurityContext": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.containerSecurityContext"
+        },
+        "deploymentAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.deploymentAnnotations"
+        },
+        "enableServiceLinks": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.enableServiceLinks"
+        },
+        "enabled": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.enabled"
+        },
+        "extraArgs": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.extraArgs"
+        },
+        "extraEnv": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.extraEnv"
+        },
+        "featureGates": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.featureGates"
+        },
+        "image": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.image"
+        },
+        "nodeSelector": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.nodeSelector"
+        },
+        "podAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.podAnnotations"
+        },
+        "podDisruptionBudget": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget"
+        },
+        "podLabels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.podLabels"
+        },
+        "replicaCount": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.replicaCount"
+        },
+        "resources": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.resources"
+        },
+        "securityContext": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.securityContext"
+        },
+        "serviceAccount": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.serviceAccount"
+        },
+        "serviceAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.serviceAnnotations"
+        },
+        "serviceLabels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.serviceLabels"
+        },
+        "strategy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.strategy"
+        },
+        "tolerations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.tolerations"
+        },
+        "topologySpreadConstraints": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.topologySpreadConstraints"
+        },
+        "volumeMounts": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.volumeMounts"
+        },
+        "volumes": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.volumes"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.affinity": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "A Kubernetes Affinity, if required. For more information, see [Affinity v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#affinity-v1-core).\n\nFor example:\naffinity:\n  nodeAffinity:\n   requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:\n     nodeSelectorTerms:\n     - matchExpressions:\n       - key: foo.bar.com/role\n         operator: In\n         values:\n         - master",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.automountServiceAccountToken": {
+      "description": "Automounting API credentials for a particular pod.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.config": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "This is used to configure options for the cainjector pod. It allows setting options that are usually provided via flags.\n\nIf `apiVersion` and `kind` are unspecified they default to the current latest version (currently `cainjector.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1`). You can pin the version by specifying the `apiVersion` yourself.\n\nFor example:\napiVersion: cainjector.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1\nkind: CAInjectorConfiguration\nlogging:\n verbosity: 2\n format: text\nleaderElectionConfig:\n namespace: kube-system\n# Configure the metrics server for TLS\n# See https://cert-manager.io/docs/devops-tips/prometheus-metrics/#tls\nmetricsTLSConfig:\n  dynamic:\n    secretNamespace: \"cert-manager\"\n    secretName: \"cert-manager-metrics-ca\"\n    dnsNames:\n    - cert-manager-metrics",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.containerSecurityContext": {
+      "default": {
+        "allowPrivilegeEscalation": false,
+        "capabilities": {
+          "drop": [
+            "ALL"
+          ]
+        },
+        "readOnlyRootFilesystem": true
+      },
+      "description": "Container Security Context to be set on the cainjector component container. For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.deploymentAnnotations": {
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector Deployment.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.enableServiceLinks": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "enableServiceLinks indicates whether information about services should be injected into the pod's environment variables, matching the syntax of Docker links.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.enabled": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Create the CA Injector deployment",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.extraArgs": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional command line flags to pass to cert-manager cainjector binary. To see all available flags run `docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector:<version> --help`.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.extraEnv": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional environment variables to pass to cert-manager cainjector binary.\nFor example:\nextraEnv:\n- name: SOME_VAR\n  value: 'some value'",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.featureGates": {
+      "default": "",
+      "description": "Comma separated list of feature gates that should be enabled on the cainjector pod.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.image": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "digest": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.image.digest"
+        },
+        "pullPolicy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.image.pullPolicy"
+        },
+        "registry": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.image.registry"
+        },
+        "repository": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.image.repository"
+        },
+        "tag": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.image.tag"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.image.digest": {
+      "description": "Setting a digest will override any tag.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.image.pullPolicy": {
+      "default": "IfNotPresent",
+      "description": "Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.image.registry": {
+      "description": "The container registry to pull the cainjector image from.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.image.repository": {
+      "default": "quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector",
+      "description": "The container image for the cert-manager cainjector",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.image.tag": {
+      "description": "Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable. If no value is set, the chart's appVersion will be used.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.nodeSelector": {
+      "default": {
+        "kubernetes.io/os": "linux"
+      },
+      "description": "The nodeSelector on Pods tells Kubernetes to schedule Pods on the nodes with matching labels. For more information, see [Assigning Pods to Nodes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/).\n\nThis default ensures that Pods are only scheduled to Linux nodes. It prevents Pods being scheduled to Windows nodes in a mixed OS cluster.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.podAnnotations": {
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector Pods.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "enabled": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.enabled"
+        },
+        "maxUnavailable": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable"
+        },
+        "minAvailable": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.enabled": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "Enable or disable the PodDisruptionBudget resource.\n\nThis prevents downtime during voluntary disruptions such as during a Node upgrade. For example, the PodDisruptionBudget will block `kubectl drain` if it is used on the Node where the only remaining cert-manager\nPod is currently running.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable": {
+      "description": "`maxUnavailable` configures the maximum unavailable pods for disruptions. It can either be set to\nan integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).\nCannot be used if `minAvailable` is set."
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable": {
+      "description": "`minAvailable` configures the minimum available pods for disruptions. It can either be set to\nan integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).\nCannot be used if `maxUnavailable` is set."
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.podLabels": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Optional additional labels to add to the CA Injector Pods.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.replicaCount": {
+      "default": 1,
+      "description": "The number of replicas of the cert-manager cainjector to run.\n\nThe default is 1, but in production set this to 2 or 3 to provide high availability.\n\nIf `replicas > 1`, consider setting `cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.enabled=true`.\n\nNote that cert-manager uses leader election to ensure that there can only be a single instance active at a time.",
+      "type": "number"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.resources": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Resources to provide to the cert-manager cainjector pod.\n\nFor example:\nrequests:\n  cpu: 10m\n  memory: 32Mi\nFor more information, see [Resource Management for Pods and Containers](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.securityContext": {
+      "default": {
+        "runAsNonRoot": true,
+        "seccompProfile": {
+          "type": "RuntimeDefault"
+        }
+      },
+      "description": "Pod Security Context to be set on the cainjector component Pod. For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.serviceAccount": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "annotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.serviceAccount.annotations"
+        },
+        "automountServiceAccountToken": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken"
+        },
+        "create": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.serviceAccount.create"
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.serviceAccount.labels"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.cainjector.serviceAccount.name"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.serviceAccount.annotations": {
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector's Service Account.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Automount API credentials for a Service Account.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.serviceAccount.create": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Specifies whether a service account should be created.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.serviceAccount.labels": {
+      "description": "Optional additional labels to add to the cainjector's Service Account.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.serviceAccount.name": {
+      "description": "The name of the service account to use.\nIf not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.serviceAnnotations": {
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector metrics Service.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.serviceLabels": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Optional additional labels to add to the CA Injector metrics Service.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.strategy": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Deployment update strategy for the cert-manager cainjector deployment. For more information, see the [Kubernetes documentation](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/controllers/deployment/#strategy).\n\nFor example:\nstrategy:\n  type: RollingUpdate\n  rollingUpdate:\n    maxSurge: 0\n    maxUnavailable: 1",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.tolerations": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "A list of Kubernetes Tolerations, if required. For more information, see [Toleration v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#toleration-v1-core).\n\nFor example:\ntolerations:\n- key: foo.bar.com/role\n  operator: Equal\n  value: master\n  effect: NoSchedule",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.topologySpreadConstraints": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "A list of Kubernetes TopologySpreadConstraints, if required. For more information, see [Topology spread constraint v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#topologyspreadconstraint-v1-core).\n\nFor example:\ntopologySpreadConstraints:\n- maxSkew: 2\n  topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone\n  whenUnsatisfiable: ScheduleAnyway\n  labelSelector:\n    matchLabels:\n      app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager\n      app.kubernetes.io/component: controller",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.volumeMounts": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional volume mounts to add to the cert-manager controller container.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.cainjector.volumes": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional volumes to add to the cert-manager controller pod.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.clusterResourceNamespace": {
+      "default": "",
+      "description": "Override the namespace used to store DNS provider credentials etc. for ClusterIssuer resources. By default, the same namespace as cert-manager is deployed within is used. This namespace will not be automatically created by the Helm chart.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.config": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "This property is used to configure options for the controller pod. This allows setting options that would usually be provided using flags.\n\nIf `apiVersion` and `kind` are unspecified they default to the current latest version (currently `controller.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1`). You can pin the version by specifying the `apiVersion` yourself.\n\nFor example:\nconfig:\n  apiVersion: controller.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1\n  kind: ControllerConfiguration\n  logging:\n    verbosity: 2\n    format: text\n  leaderElectionConfig:\n    namespace: kube-system\n  kubernetesAPIQPS: 9000\n  kubernetesAPIBurst: 9000\n  numberOfConcurrentWorkers: 200\n  enableGatewayAPI: true\n  # Feature gates as of v1.17.0. Listed with their default values.\n  # See https://cert-manager.io/docs/cli/controller/\n  featureGates:\n    AdditionalCertificateOutputFormats: true # BETA - default=true\n    AllAlpha: false # ALPHA - default=false\n    AllBeta: false # BETA - default=false\n    ExperimentalCertificateSigningRequestControllers: false # ALPHA - default=false\n    ExperimentalGatewayAPISupport: true # BETA - default=true\n    LiteralCertificateSubject: true # BETA - default=true\n    NameConstraints: true # BETA - default=true\n    OtherNames: false # ALPHA - default=false\n    SecretsFilteredCaching: true # BETA - default=true\n    ServerSideApply: false # ALPHA - default=false\n    StableCertificateRequestName: true # BETA - default=true\n    UseCertificateRequestBasicConstraints: false # ALPHA - default=false\n    UseDomainQualifiedFinalizer: true # BETA - default=false\n    ValidateCAA: false # ALPHA - default=false\n  # Configure the metrics server for TLS\n  # See https://cert-manager.io/docs/devops-tips/prometheus-metrics/#tls\n  metricsTLSConfig:\n    dynamic:\n      secretNamespace: \"cert-manager\"\n      secretName: \"cert-manager-metrics-ca\"\n      dnsNames:\n      - cert-manager-metrics",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.containerSecurityContext": {
+      "default": {
+        "allowPrivilegeEscalation": false,
+        "capabilities": {
+          "drop": [
+            "ALL"
+          ]
+        },
+        "readOnlyRootFilesystem": true
+      },
+      "description": "Container Security Context to be set on the controller component container. For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.crds": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "enabled": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.crds.enabled"
+        },
+        "keep": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.crds.keep"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.crds.enabled": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "This option decides if the CRDs should be installed as part of the Helm installation.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.crds.keep": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "This option makes it so that the \"helm.sh/resource-policy\": keep annotation is added to the CRD. This will prevent Helm from uninstalling the CRD when the Helm release is uninstalled. WARNING: when the CRDs are removed, all cert-manager custom resources\n(Certificates, Issuers, ...) will be removed too by the garbage collector.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.creator": {
+      "default": "helm",
+      "description": "Field used by our release pipeline to produce the static manifests. The field defaults to \"helm\" but is set to \"static\" when we render the static YAML manifests.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.deploymentAnnotations": {
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the controller Deployment.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.disableAutoApproval": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "Option to disable cert-manager's build-in auto-approver. The auto-approver approves all CertificateRequests that reference issuers matching the 'approveSignerNames' option. This 'disableAutoApproval' option is useful when you want to make all approval decisions using a different approver (like approver-policy - https://github.com/cert-manager/approver-policy).",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.dns01RecursiveNameservers": {
+      "default": "",
+      "description": "A comma-separated string with the host and port of the recursive nameservers cert-manager should query.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.dns01RecursiveNameserversOnly": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "Forces cert-manager to use only the recursive nameservers for verification. Enabling this option could cause the DNS01 self check to take longer owing to caching performed by the recursive nameservers.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.enableCertificateOwnerRef": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "When this flag is enabled, secrets will be automatically removed when the certificate resource is deleted.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.enableServiceLinks": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "enableServiceLinks indicates whether information about services should be injected into the pod's environment variables, matching the syntax of Docker links.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.enabled": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Field that can be used as a condition when cert-manager is a dependency. This definition is only here as a placeholder such that it is included in the json schema. See https://helm.sh/docs/chart_best_practices/dependencies/#conditions-and-tags for more info.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.extraArgs": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional command line flags to pass to cert-manager controller binary. To see all available flags run `docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-controller:<version> --help`.\n\nUse this flag to enable or disable arbitrary controllers. For example, to disable the CertificateRequests approver.\n\nFor example:\nextraArgs:\n  - --controllers=*,-certificaterequests-approver",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.extraEnv": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional environment variables to pass to cert-manager controller binary.\nFor example:\nextraEnv:\n- name: SOME_VAR\n  value: 'some value'",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.extraObjects": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Create dynamic manifests via values.\n\nFor example:\nextraObjects:\n  - |\n    apiVersion: v1\n    kind: ConfigMap\n    metadata:\n      name: '{{ template \"cert-manager.fullname\" . }}-extra-configmap'",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.featureGates": {
+      "default": "",
+      "description": "A comma-separated list of feature gates that should be enabled on the controller pod.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.fullnameOverride": {
+      "description": "Override the \"cert-manager.fullname\" value. This value is used as part of most of the names of the resources created by this Helm chart.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global": {
+      "description": "Global values shared across all (sub)charts",
+      "properties": {
+        "commonLabels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.commonLabels"
+        },
+        "imagePullSecrets": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.imagePullSecrets"
+        },
+        "leaderElection": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.leaderElection"
+        },
+        "logLevel": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.logLevel"
+        },
+        "podSecurityPolicy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.podSecurityPolicy"
+        },
+        "priorityClassName": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.priorityClassName"
+        },
+        "rbac": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.rbac"
+        },
+        "revisionHistoryLimit": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.revisionHistoryLimit"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.commonLabels": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Labels to apply to all resources.\nPlease note that this does not add labels to the resources created dynamically by the controllers. For these resources, you have to add the labels in the template in the cert-manager custom resource: For example, podTemplate/ ingressTemplate in ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01Ingress. For more information, see the [cert-manager documentation](https://cert-manager.io/docs/reference/api-docs/#acme.cert-manager.io/v1.ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01Ingress).\nFor example, secretTemplate in CertificateSpec\nFor more information, see the [cert-manager documentation](https://cert-manager.io/docs/reference/api-docs/#cert-manager.io/v1.CertificateSpec).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.imagePullSecrets": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Reference to one or more secrets to be used when pulling images. For more information, see [Pull an Image from a Private Registry](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/pull-image-private-registry/).\n\nFor example:\nimagePullSecrets:\n  - name: \"image-pull-secret\"",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.leaderElection": {
+      "properties": {
+        "leaseDuration": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.leaderElection.leaseDuration"
+        },
+        "namespace": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.leaderElection.namespace"
+        },
+        "renewDeadline": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.leaderElection.renewDeadline"
+        },
+        "retryPeriod": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.leaderElection.retryPeriod"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.leaderElection.leaseDuration": {
+      "description": "The duration that non-leader candidates will wait after observing a leadership renewal until attempting to acquire leadership of a led but unrenewed leader slot. This is effectively the maximum duration that a leader can be stopped before it is replaced by another candidate.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.leaderElection.namespace": {
+      "default": "kube-system",
+      "description": "Override the namespace used for the leader election lease.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.leaderElection.renewDeadline": {
+      "description": "The interval between attempts by the acting master to renew a leadership slot before it stops leading. This must be less than or equal to the lease duration.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.leaderElection.retryPeriod": {
+      "description": "The duration the clients should wait between attempting acquisition and renewal of a leadership.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.logLevel": {
+      "default": 2,
+      "description": "Set the verbosity of cert-manager. A range of 0 - 6, with 6 being the most verbose.",
+      "type": "number"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.podSecurityPolicy": {
+      "properties": {
+        "enabled": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled"
+        },
+        "useAppArmor": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.podSecurityPolicy.useAppArmor"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.podSecurityPolicy.enabled": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "Create PodSecurityPolicy for cert-manager.\n\nNote that PodSecurityPolicy was deprecated in Kubernetes 1.21 and removed in Kubernetes 1.25.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.podSecurityPolicy.useAppArmor": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Configure the PodSecurityPolicy to use AppArmor.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.priorityClassName": {
+      "default": "",
+      "description": "The optional priority class to be used for the cert-manager pods.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.rbac": {
+      "properties": {
+        "aggregateClusterRoles": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.rbac.aggregateClusterRoles"
+        },
+        "create": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.global.rbac.create"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.rbac.aggregateClusterRoles": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Aggregate ClusterRoles to Kubernetes default user-facing roles. For more information, see [User-facing roles](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/rbac/#user-facing-roles)",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.rbac.create": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Create required ClusterRoles and ClusterRoleBindings for cert-manager.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.global.revisionHistoryLimit": {
+      "description": "The number of old ReplicaSets to retain to allow rollback (if not set, the default Kubernetes value is set to 10).",
+      "type": "number"
+    },
+    "helm-values.hostAliases": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Optional hostAliases for cert-manager-controller pods. May be useful when performing ACME DNS-01 self checks.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.http_proxy": {
+      "description": "Configures the HTTP_PROXY environment variable where a HTTP proxy is required.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.https_proxy": {
+      "description": "Configures the HTTPS_PROXY environment variable where a HTTP proxy is required.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.image": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "digest": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.image.digest"
+        },
+        "pullPolicy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.image.pullPolicy"
+        },
+        "registry": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.image.registry"
+        },
+        "repository": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.image.repository"
+        },
+        "tag": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.image.tag"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.image.digest": {
+      "description": "Setting a digest will override any tag.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.image.pullPolicy": {
+      "default": "IfNotPresent",
+      "description": "Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.image.registry": {
+      "description": "The container registry to pull the manager image from.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.image.repository": {
+      "default": "quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-controller",
+      "description": "The container image for the cert-manager controller.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.image.tag": {
+      "description": "Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable. If no value is set, the chart's appVersion is used.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.ingressShim": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "defaultIssuerGroup": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.ingressShim.defaultIssuerGroup"
+        },
+        "defaultIssuerKind": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.ingressShim.defaultIssuerKind"
+        },
+        "defaultIssuerName": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.ingressShim.defaultIssuerName"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.ingressShim.defaultIssuerGroup": {
+      "description": "Optional default issuer group to use for ingress resources.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.ingressShim.defaultIssuerKind": {
+      "description": "Optional default issuer kind to use for ingress resources.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.ingressShim.defaultIssuerName": {
+      "description": "Optional default issuer to use for ingress resources.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.installCRDs": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "This option is equivalent to setting crds.enabled=true and crds.keep=true. Deprecated: use crds.enabled and crds.keep instead.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.livenessProbe": {
+      "default": {
+        "enabled": true,
+        "failureThreshold": 8,
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 10,
+        "periodSeconds": 10,
+        "successThreshold": 1,
+        "timeoutSeconds": 15
+      },
+      "description": "LivenessProbe settings for the controller container of the controller Pod.\n\nThis is enabled by default, in order to enable the clock-skew liveness probe that restarts the controller in case of a skew between the system clock and the monotonic clock. LivenessProbe durations and thresholds are based on those used for the Kubernetes controller-manager. For more information see the following on the\n[Kubernetes GitHub repository](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/806b30170c61a38fedd54cc9ede4cd6275a1ad3b/cmd/kubeadm/app/util/staticpod/utils.go#L241-L245)",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.maxConcurrentChallenges": {
+      "default": 60,
+      "description": "The maximum number of challenges that can be scheduled as 'processing' at once.",
+      "type": "number"
+    },
+    "helm-values.nameOverride": {
+      "description": "Override the \"cert-manager.name\" value, which is used to annotate some of the resources that are created by this Chart (using \"app.kubernetes.io/name\"). NOTE: There are some inconsistencies in the Helm chart when it comes to these annotations (some resources use eg. \"cainjector.name\" which resolves to the value \"cainjector\").",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.namespace": {
+      "default": "",
+      "description": "This namespace allows you to define where the services are installed into. If not set then they use the namespace of the release. This is helpful when installing cert manager as a chart dependency (sub chart).",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.no_proxy": {
+      "description": "Configures the NO_PROXY environment variable where a HTTP proxy is required, but certain domains should be excluded.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.nodeSelector": {
+      "default": {
+        "kubernetes.io/os": "linux"
+      },
+      "description": "The nodeSelector on Pods tells Kubernetes to schedule Pods on the nodes with matching labels. For more information, see [Assigning Pods to Nodes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/).\n\nThis default ensures that Pods are only scheduled to Linux nodes. It prevents Pods being scheduled to Windows nodes in a mixed OS cluster.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.podAnnotations": {
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the controller Pods.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.podDisruptionBudget": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "enabled": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.podDisruptionBudget.enabled"
+        },
+        "maxUnavailable": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable"
+        },
+        "minAvailable": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.podDisruptionBudget.enabled": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "Enable or disable the PodDisruptionBudget resource.\n\nThis prevents downtime during voluntary disruptions such as during a Node upgrade. For example, the PodDisruptionBudget will block `kubectl drain` if it is used on the Node where the only remaining cert-manager\nPod is currently running.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable": {
+      "description": "This configures the maximum unavailable pods for disruptions. It can either be set to an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%). it cannot be used if `minAvailable` is set."
+    },
+    "helm-values.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable": {
+      "description": "This configures the minimum available pods for disruptions. It can either be set to an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).\nIt cannot be used if `maxUnavailable` is set."
+    },
+    "helm-values.podDnsConfig": {
+      "description": "Pod DNS configuration. The podDnsConfig field is optional and can work with any podDnsPolicy settings. However, when a Pod's dnsPolicy is set to \"None\", the dnsConfig field has to be specified. For more information, see [Pod's DNS Config](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dns-pod-service/#pod-dns-config).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.podDnsPolicy": {
+      "description": "Pod DNS policy.\nFor more information, see [Pod's DNS Policy](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dns-pod-service/#pod-s-dns-policy).",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.podLabels": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Optional additional labels to add to the controller Pods.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "enabled": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.enabled"
+        },
+        "podmonitor": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor"
+        },
+        "servicemonitor": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.enabled": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Enable Prometheus monitoring for the cert-manager controller and webhook. If you use the Prometheus Operator, set prometheus.podmonitor.enabled or prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled, to create a PodMonitor or a\nServiceMonitor resource.\nOtherwise, 'prometheus.io' annotations are added to the cert-manager and cert-manager-webhook Deployments. Note that you can not enable both PodMonitor and ServiceMonitor as they are mutually exclusive. Enabling both will result in an error.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "annotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.annotations"
+        },
+        "enabled": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.enabled"
+        },
+        "endpointAdditionalProperties": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.endpointAdditionalProperties"
+        },
+        "honorLabels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.honorLabels"
+        },
+        "interval": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.interval"
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.labels"
+        },
+        "namespace": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.namespace"
+        },
+        "path": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.path"
+        },
+        "prometheusInstance": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.prometheusInstance"
+        },
+        "scrapeTimeout": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.scrapeTimeout"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.annotations": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Additional annotations to add to the PodMonitor.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.enabled": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "Create a PodMonitor to add cert-manager to Prometheus.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.endpointAdditionalProperties": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "EndpointAdditionalProperties allows setting additional properties on the endpoint such as relabelings, metricRelabelings etc.\n\nFor example:\nendpointAdditionalProperties:\n relabelings:\n - action: replace\n   sourceLabels:\n   - __meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name\n   targetLabel: instance\n # Configure the PodMonitor for TLS connections\n # See https://cert-manager.io/docs/devops-tips/prometheus-metrics/#tls\n scheme: https\n tlsConfig:\n   serverName: cert-manager-metrics\n   ca:\n     secret:\n       name: cert-manager-metrics-ca\n       key: \"tls.crt\"",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.honorLabels": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "Keep labels from scraped data, overriding server-side labels.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.interval": {
+      "default": "60s",
+      "description": "The interval to scrape metrics.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.labels": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Additional labels to add to the PodMonitor.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.namespace": {
+      "description": "The namespace that the pod monitor should live in, defaults to the cert-manager namespace.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.path": {
+      "default": "/metrics",
+      "description": "The path to scrape for metrics.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.prometheusInstance": {
+      "default": "default",
+      "description": "Specifies the `prometheus` label on the created PodMonitor. This is used when different Prometheus instances have label selectors matching different PodMonitors.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.podmonitor.scrapeTimeout": {
+      "default": "30s",
+      "description": "The timeout before a metrics scrape fails.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "annotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.annotations"
+        },
+        "enabled": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled"
+        },
+        "endpointAdditionalProperties": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.endpointAdditionalProperties"
+        },
+        "honorLabels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.honorLabels"
+        },
+        "interval": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.interval"
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.labels"
+        },
+        "namespace": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.namespace"
+        },
+        "path": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.path"
+        },
+        "prometheusInstance": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.prometheusInstance"
+        },
+        "scrapeTimeout": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.scrapeTimeout"
+        },
+        "targetPort": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.targetPort"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.annotations": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Additional annotations to add to the ServiceMonitor.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "Create a ServiceMonitor to add cert-manager to Prometheus.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.endpointAdditionalProperties": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "EndpointAdditionalProperties allows setting additional properties on the endpoint such as relabelings, metricRelabelings etc.\n\nFor example:\nendpointAdditionalProperties:\n relabelings:\n - action: replace\n   sourceLabels:\n   - __meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name\n   targetLabel: instance",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.honorLabels": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "Keep labels from scraped data, overriding server-side labels.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.interval": {
+      "default": "60s",
+      "description": "The interval to scrape metrics.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.labels": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Additional labels to add to the ServiceMonitor.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.namespace": {
+      "description": "The namespace that the service monitor should live in, defaults to the cert-manager namespace.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.path": {
+      "default": "/metrics",
+      "description": "The path to scrape for metrics.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.prometheusInstance": {
+      "default": "default",
+      "description": "Specifies the `prometheus` label on the created ServiceMonitor. This is used when different Prometheus instances have label selectors matching different ServiceMonitors.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.scrapeTimeout": {
+      "default": "30s",
+      "description": "The timeout before a metrics scrape fails.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.prometheus.servicemonitor.targetPort": {
+      "default": 9402,
+      "description": "The target port to set on the ServiceMonitor. This must match the port that the cert-manager controller is listening on for metrics.",
+      "type": "number"
+    },
+    "helm-values.replicaCount": {
+      "default": 1,
+      "description": "The number of replicas of the cert-manager controller to run.\n\nThe default is 1, but in production set this to 2 or 3 to provide high availability.\n\nIf `replicas > 1`, consider setting `podDisruptionBudget.enabled=true`.\n\nNote that cert-manager uses leader election to ensure that there can only be a single instance active at a time.",
+      "type": "number"
+    },
+    "helm-values.resources": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Resources to provide to the cert-manager controller pod.\n\nFor example:\nrequests:\n  cpu: 10m\n  memory: 32Mi\nFor more information, see [Resource Management for Pods and Containers](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.securityContext": {
+      "default": {
+        "runAsNonRoot": true,
+        "seccompProfile": {
+          "type": "RuntimeDefault"
+        }
+      },
+      "description": "Pod Security Context.\nFor more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.serviceAccount": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "annotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.serviceAccount.annotations"
+        },
+        "automountServiceAccountToken": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken"
+        },
+        "create": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.serviceAccount.create"
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.serviceAccount.labels"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.serviceAccount.name"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.serviceAccount.annotations": {
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the controller's Service Account. Templates are allowed for both keys and values.\nExample using templating:\nannotations:\n  \"{{ .Chart.Name }}-helm-chart/version\": \"{{ .Chart.Version }}\"",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Automount API credentials for a Service Account.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.serviceAccount.create": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Specifies whether a service account should be created.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.serviceAccount.labels": {
+      "description": "Optional additional labels to add to the controller's Service Account.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.serviceAccount.name": {
+      "description": "The name of the service account to use.\nIf not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.serviceAnnotations": {
+      "description": "Optional annotations to add to the controller Service.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.serviceIPFamilies": {
+      "description": "Optionally set the IP families for the controller Service that should be supported, in the order in which they should be applied to ClusterIP. Can be IPv4 and/or IPv6.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.serviceIPFamilyPolicy": {
+      "description": "Optionally set the IP family policy for the controller Service to configure dual-stack; see [Configure dual-stack](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dual-stack/#services).",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.serviceLabels": {
+      "description": "Optional additional labels to add to the controller Service.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "affinity": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.affinity"
+        },
+        "automountServiceAccountToken": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.automountServiceAccountToken"
+        },
+        "backoffLimit": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.backoffLimit"
+        },
+        "containerSecurityContext": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.containerSecurityContext"
+        },
+        "enableServiceLinks": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.enableServiceLinks"
+        },
+        "enabled": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.enabled"
+        },
+        "extraArgs": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.extraArgs"
+        },
+        "extraEnv": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.extraEnv"
+        },
+        "image": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.image"
+        },
+        "jobAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.jobAnnotations"
+        },
+        "nodeSelector": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.nodeSelector"
+        },
+        "podAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.podAnnotations"
+        },
+        "podLabels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.podLabels"
+        },
+        "rbac": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.rbac"
+        },
+        "resources": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.resources"
+        },
+        "securityContext": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.securityContext"
+        },
+        "serviceAccount": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount"
+        },
+        "timeout": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.timeout"
+        },
+        "tolerations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.tolerations"
+        },
+        "volumeMounts": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.volumeMounts"
+        },
+        "volumes": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.volumes"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.affinity": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "A Kubernetes Affinity, if required. For more information, see [Affinity v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#affinity-v1-core).\nFor example:\naffinity:\n  nodeAffinity:\n   requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:\n     nodeSelectorTerms:\n     - matchExpressions:\n       - key: foo.bar.com/role\n         operator: In\n         values:\n         - master",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.automountServiceAccountToken": {
+      "description": "Automounting API credentials for a particular pod.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.backoffLimit": {
+      "default": 4,
+      "description": "Job backoffLimit",
+      "type": "number"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.containerSecurityContext": {
+      "default": {
+        "allowPrivilegeEscalation": false,
+        "capabilities": {
+          "drop": [
+            "ALL"
+          ]
+        },
+        "readOnlyRootFilesystem": true
+      },
+      "description": "Container Security Context to be set on the controller component container. For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.enableServiceLinks": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "enableServiceLinks indicates whether information about services should be injected into pod's environment variables, matching the syntax of Docker links.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.enabled": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Enables the startup api check.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.extraArgs": {
+      "default": [
+        "-v"
+      ],
+      "description": "Additional command line flags to pass to startupapicheck binary. To see all available flags run `docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-startupapicheck:<version> --help`.\n\nVerbose logging is enabled by default so that if startupapicheck fails, you can know what exactly caused the failure. Verbose logs include details of the webhook URL, IP address and TCP connect errors for example.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.extraEnv": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional environment variables to pass to cert-manager startupapicheck binary.\nFor example:\nextraEnv:\n- name: SOME_VAR\n  value: 'some value'",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.image": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "digest": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.image.digest"
+        },
+        "pullPolicy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.image.pullPolicy"
+        },
+        "registry": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.image.registry"
+        },
+        "repository": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.image.repository"
+        },
+        "tag": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.image.tag"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.image.digest": {
+      "description": "Setting a digest will override any tag.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.image.pullPolicy": {
+      "default": "IfNotPresent",
+      "description": "Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.image.registry": {
+      "description": "The container registry to pull the startupapicheck image from.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.image.repository": {
+      "default": "quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-startupapicheck",
+      "description": "The container image for the cert-manager startupapicheck.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.image.tag": {
+      "description": "Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable. If no value is set, the chart's appVersion is used.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.jobAnnotations": {
+      "default": {
+        "helm.sh/hook": "post-install",
+        "helm.sh/hook-delete-policy": "before-hook-creation,hook-succeeded",
+        "helm.sh/hook-weight": "1"
+      },
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the startupapicheck Job.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.nodeSelector": {
+      "default": {
+        "kubernetes.io/os": "linux"
+      },
+      "description": "The nodeSelector on Pods tells Kubernetes to schedule Pods on the nodes with matching labels. For more information, see [Assigning Pods to Nodes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/).\n\nThis default ensures that Pods are only scheduled to Linux nodes. It prevents Pods being scheduled to Windows nodes in a mixed OS cluster.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.podAnnotations": {
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the startupapicheck Pods.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.podLabels": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Optional additional labels to add to the startupapicheck Pods.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.rbac": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "annotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.rbac.annotations"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.rbac.annotations": {
+      "default": {
+        "helm.sh/hook": "post-install",
+        "helm.sh/hook-delete-policy": "before-hook-creation,hook-succeeded",
+        "helm.sh/hook-weight": "-5"
+      },
+      "description": "annotations for the startup API Check job RBAC and PSP resources.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.resources": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Resources to provide to the cert-manager controller pod.\n\nFor example:\nrequests:\n  cpu: 10m\n  memory: 32Mi\nFor more information, see [Resource Management for Pods and Containers](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.securityContext": {
+      "default": {
+        "runAsNonRoot": true,
+        "seccompProfile": {
+          "type": "RuntimeDefault"
+        }
+      },
+      "description": "Pod Security Context to be set on the startupapicheck component Pod. For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "annotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.annotations"
+        },
+        "automountServiceAccountToken": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken"
+        },
+        "create": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.create"
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.labels"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.name"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.annotations": {
+      "default": {
+        "helm.sh/hook": "post-install",
+        "helm.sh/hook-delete-policy": "before-hook-creation,hook-succeeded",
+        "helm.sh/hook-weight": "-5"
+      },
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the Job's Service Account.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Automount API credentials for a Service Account.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.create": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Specifies whether a service account should be created.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.labels": {
+      "description": "Optional additional labels to add to the startupapicheck's Service Account.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.serviceAccount.name": {
+      "description": "The name of the service account to use.\nIf not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.timeout": {
+      "default": "1m",
+      "description": "Timeout for 'kubectl check api' command.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.tolerations": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "A list of Kubernetes Tolerations, if required. For more information, see [Toleration v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#toleration-v1-core).\n\nFor example:\ntolerations:\n- key: foo.bar.com/role\n  operator: Equal\n  value: master\n  effect: NoSchedule",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.volumeMounts": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional volume mounts to add to the cert-manager controller container.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.startupapicheck.volumes": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional volumes to add to the cert-manager controller pod.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.strategy": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Deployment update strategy for the cert-manager controller deployment. For more information, see the [Kubernetes documentation](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/controllers/deployment/#strategy).\n\nFor example:\nstrategy:\n  type: RollingUpdate\n  rollingUpdate:\n    maxSurge: 0\n    maxUnavailable: 1",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.tolerations": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "A list of Kubernetes Tolerations, if required. For more information, see [Toleration v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#toleration-v1-core).\n\nFor example:\ntolerations:\n- key: foo.bar.com/role\n  operator: Equal\n  value: master\n  effect: NoSchedule",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.topologySpreadConstraints": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "A list of Kubernetes TopologySpreadConstraints, if required. For more information, see [Topology spread constraint v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#topologyspreadconstraint-v1-core\n\nFor example:\ntopologySpreadConstraints:\n- maxSkew: 2\n  topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone\n  whenUnsatisfiable: ScheduleAnyway\n  labelSelector:\n    matchLabels:\n      app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager\n      app.kubernetes.io/component: controller",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.volumeMounts": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional volume mounts to add to the cert-manager controller container.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.volumes": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional volumes to add to the cert-manager controller pod.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "affinity": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.affinity"
+        },
+        "automountServiceAccountToken": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.automountServiceAccountToken"
+        },
+        "config": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.config"
+        },
+        "containerSecurityContext": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.containerSecurityContext"
+        },
+        "deploymentAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.deploymentAnnotations"
+        },
+        "enableServiceLinks": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.enableServiceLinks"
+        },
+        "extraArgs": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.extraArgs"
+        },
+        "extraEnv": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.extraEnv"
+        },
+        "featureGates": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.featureGates"
+        },
+        "hostNetwork": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.hostNetwork"
+        },
+        "image": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.image"
+        },
+        "livenessProbe": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.livenessProbe"
+        },
+        "loadBalancerIP": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.loadBalancerIP"
+        },
+        "mutatingWebhookConfiguration": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.mutatingWebhookConfiguration"
+        },
+        "mutatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.mutatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations"
+        },
+        "networkPolicy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.networkPolicy"
+        },
+        "nodeSelector": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.nodeSelector"
+        },
+        "podAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.podAnnotations"
+        },
+        "podDisruptionBudget": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget"
+        },
+        "podLabels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.podLabels"
+        },
+        "readinessProbe": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.readinessProbe"
+        },
+        "replicaCount": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.replicaCount"
+        },
+        "resources": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.resources"
+        },
+        "securePort": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.securePort"
+        },
+        "securityContext": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.securityContext"
+        },
+        "serviceAccount": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.serviceAccount"
+        },
+        "serviceAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.serviceAnnotations"
+        },
+        "serviceIPFamilies": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.serviceIPFamilies"
+        },
+        "serviceIPFamilyPolicy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.serviceIPFamilyPolicy"
+        },
+        "serviceLabels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.serviceLabels"
+        },
+        "serviceType": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.serviceType"
+        },
+        "strategy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.strategy"
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.timeoutSeconds"
+        },
+        "tolerations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.tolerations"
+        },
+        "topologySpreadConstraints": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.topologySpreadConstraints"
+        },
+        "url": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.url"
+        },
+        "validatingWebhookConfiguration": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.validatingWebhookConfiguration"
+        },
+        "validatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.validatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations"
+        },
+        "volumeMounts": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.volumeMounts"
+        },
+        "volumes": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.volumes"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.affinity": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "A Kubernetes Affinity, if required. For more information, see [Affinity v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#affinity-v1-core).\n\nFor example:\naffinity:\n  nodeAffinity:\n   requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:\n     nodeSelectorTerms:\n     - matchExpressions:\n       - key: foo.bar.com/role\n         operator: In\n         values:\n         - master",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.automountServiceAccountToken": {
+      "description": "Automounting API credentials for a particular pod.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.config": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "This is used to configure options for the webhook pod. This allows setting options that would usually be provided using flags.\n\nIf `apiVersion` and `kind` are unspecified they default to the current latest version (currently `webhook.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1`). You can pin the version by specifying the `apiVersion` yourself.\n\nFor example:\napiVersion: webhook.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1\nkind: WebhookConfiguration\n# The port that the webhook listens on for requests.\n# In GKE private clusters, by default Kubernetes apiservers are allowed to\n# talk to the cluster nodes only on 443 and 10250. Configuring\n# securePort: 10250 therefore will work out-of-the-box without needing to add firewall\n# rules or requiring NET_BIND_SERVICE capabilities to bind port numbers < 1000.\n# This should be uncommented and set as a default by the chart once\n# the apiVersion of WebhookConfiguration graduates beyond v1alpha1.\nsecurePort: 10250\n# Configure the metrics server for TLS\n# See https://cert-manager.io/docs/devops-tips/prometheus-metrics/#tls\nmetricsTLSConfig:\n  dynamic:\n    secretNamespace: \"cert-manager\"\n    secretName: \"cert-manager-metrics-ca\"\n    dnsNames:\n    - cert-manager-metrics",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.containerSecurityContext": {
+      "default": {
+        "allowPrivilegeEscalation": false,
+        "capabilities": {
+          "drop": [
+            "ALL"
+          ]
+        },
+        "readOnlyRootFilesystem": true
+      },
+      "description": "Container Security Context to be set on the webhook component container. For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.deploymentAnnotations": {
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Deployment.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.enableServiceLinks": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "enableServiceLinks indicates whether information about services should be injected into the pod's environment variables, matching the syntax of Docker links.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.extraArgs": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional command line flags to pass to cert-manager webhook binary. To see all available flags run `docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-webhook:<version> --help`.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.extraEnv": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional environment variables to pass to cert-manager webhook binary.\nFor example:\nextraEnv:\n- name: SOME_VAR\n  value: 'some value'",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.featureGates": {
+      "default": "",
+      "description": "Comma separated list of feature gates that should be enabled on the webhook pod.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.hostNetwork": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "Specifies if the webhook should be started in hostNetwork mode.\n\nRequired for use in some managed kubernetes clusters (such as AWS EKS) with custom. CNI (such as calico), because control-plane managed by AWS cannot communicate with pods' IP CIDR and admission webhooks are not working\n\nSince the default port for the webhook conflicts with kubelet on the host network, `webhook.securePort` should be changed to an available port if running in hostNetwork mode.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.image": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "digest": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.image.digest"
+        },
+        "pullPolicy": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.image.pullPolicy"
+        },
+        "registry": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.image.registry"
+        },
+        "repository": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.image.repository"
+        },
+        "tag": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.image.tag"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.image.digest": {
+      "description": "Setting a digest will override any tag",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.image.pullPolicy": {
+      "default": "IfNotPresent",
+      "description": "Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.image.registry": {
+      "description": "The container registry to pull the webhook image from.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.image.repository": {
+      "default": "quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-webhook",
+      "description": "The container image for the cert-manager webhook",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.image.tag": {
+      "description": "Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable. If no value is set, the chart's appVersion will be used.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.livenessProbe": {
+      "default": {
+        "failureThreshold": 3,
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 60,
+        "periodSeconds": 10,
+        "successThreshold": 1,
+        "timeoutSeconds": 1
+      },
+      "description": "Liveness probe values.\nFor more information, see [Container probes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#container-probes).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.loadBalancerIP": {
+      "description": "Specify the load balancer IP for the created service.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.mutatingWebhookConfiguration": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "namespaceSelector": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.mutatingWebhookConfiguration.namespaceSelector"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.mutatingWebhookConfiguration.namespaceSelector": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Configure spec.namespaceSelector for mutating webhooks.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.mutatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations": {
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook MutatingWebhookConfiguration.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.networkPolicy": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "egress": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.networkPolicy.egress"
+        },
+        "enabled": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.networkPolicy.enabled"
+        },
+        "ingress": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.networkPolicy.ingress"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.networkPolicy.egress": {
+      "default": [
+        {
+          "ports": [
+            {
+              "port": 80,
+              "protocol": "TCP"
+            },
+            {
+              "port": 443,
+              "protocol": "TCP"
+            },
+            {
+              "port": 53,
+              "protocol": "TCP"
+            },
+            {
+              "port": 53,
+              "protocol": "UDP"
+            },
+            {
+              "port": 6443,
+              "protocol": "TCP"
+            }
+          ],
+          "to": [
+            {
+              "ipBlock": {
+                "cidr": "0.0.0.0/0"
+              }
+            }
+          ]
+        }
+      ],
+      "description": "Egress rule for the webhook network policy. By default, it allows all outbound traffic to ports 80 and 443, as well as DNS ports.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.networkPolicy.enabled": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "Create network policies for the webhooks.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.networkPolicy.ingress": {
+      "default": [
+        {
+          "from": [
+            {
+              "ipBlock": {
+                "cidr": "0.0.0.0/0"
+              }
+            }
+          ]
+        }
+      ],
+      "description": "Ingress rule for the webhook network policy. By default, it allows all inbound traffic.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.nodeSelector": {
+      "default": {
+        "kubernetes.io/os": "linux"
+      },
+      "description": "The nodeSelector on Pods tells Kubernetes to schedule Pods on the nodes with matching labels. For more information, see [Assigning Pods to Nodes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/).\n\nThis default ensures that Pods are only scheduled to Linux nodes. It prevents Pods being scheduled to Windows nodes in a mixed OS cluster.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.podAnnotations": {
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Pods.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "enabled": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget.enabled"
+        },
+        "maxUnavailable": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable"
+        },
+        "minAvailable": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget.enabled": {
+      "default": false,
+      "description": "Enable or disable the PodDisruptionBudget resource.\n\nThis prevents downtime during voluntary disruptions such as during a Node upgrade. For example, the PodDisruptionBudget will block `kubectl drain` if it is used on the Node where the only remaining cert-manager\nPod is currently running.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget.maxUnavailable": {
+      "description": "This property configures the maximum unavailable pods for disruptions. Can either be set to an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).\nIt cannot be used if `minAvailable` is set."
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.podDisruptionBudget.minAvailable": {
+      "description": "This property configures the minimum available pods for disruptions. Can either be set to an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).\nIt cannot be used if `maxUnavailable` is set."
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.podLabels": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Optional additional labels to add to the Webhook Pods.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.readinessProbe": {
+      "default": {
+        "failureThreshold": 3,
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 5,
+        "periodSeconds": 5,
+        "successThreshold": 1,
+        "timeoutSeconds": 1
+      },
+      "description": "Readiness probe values.\nFor more information, see [Container probes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#container-probes).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.replicaCount": {
+      "default": 1,
+      "description": "Number of replicas of the cert-manager webhook to run.\n\nThe default is 1, but in production set this to 2 or 3 to provide high availability.\n\nIf `replicas > 1`, consider setting `webhook.podDisruptionBudget.enabled=true`.",
+      "type": "number"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.resources": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Resources to provide to the cert-manager webhook pod.\n\nFor example:\nrequests:\n  cpu: 10m\n  memory: 32Mi\nFor more information, see [Resource Management for Pods and Containers](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.securePort": {
+      "default": 10250,
+      "description": "The port that the webhook listens on for requests. In GKE private clusters, by default Kubernetes apiservers are allowed to talk to the cluster nodes only on 443 and 10250. Configuring securePort: 10250, therefore will work out-of-the-box without needing to add firewall rules or requiring NET_BIND_SERVICE capabilities to bind port numbers <1000.",
+      "type": "number"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.securityContext": {
+      "default": {
+        "runAsNonRoot": true,
+        "seccompProfile": {
+          "type": "RuntimeDefault"
+        }
+      },
+      "description": "Pod Security Context to be set on the webhook component Pod. For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.serviceAccount": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "annotations": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.serviceAccount.annotations"
+        },
+        "automountServiceAccountToken": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken"
+        },
+        "create": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.serviceAccount.create"
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.serviceAccount.labels"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.serviceAccount.name"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.serviceAccount.annotations": {
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook's Service Account.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.serviceAccount.automountServiceAccountToken": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Automount API credentials for a Service Account.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.serviceAccount.create": {
+      "default": true,
+      "description": "Specifies whether a service account should be created.",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.serviceAccount.labels": {
+      "description": "Optional additional labels to add to the webhook's Service Account.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.serviceAccount.name": {
+      "description": "The name of the service account to use.\nIf not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.serviceAnnotations": {
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Service.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.serviceIPFamilies": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Optionally set the IP families for the controller Service that should be supported, in the order in which they should be applied to ClusterIP. Can be IPv4 and/or IPv6.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.serviceIPFamilyPolicy": {
+      "default": "",
+      "description": "Optionally set the IP family policy for the controller Service to configure dual-stack; see [Configure dual-stack](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dual-stack/#services).",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.serviceLabels": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Optional additional labels to add to the Webhook Service.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.serviceType": {
+      "default": "ClusterIP",
+      "description": "Specifies how the service should be handled. Useful if you want to expose the webhook outside of the cluster. In some cases, the control plane cannot reach internal services.",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.strategy": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "The update strategy for the cert-manager webhook deployment. For more information, see the [Kubernetes documentation](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/controllers/deployment/#strategy)\n\nFor example:\nstrategy:\n  type: RollingUpdate\n  rollingUpdate:\n    maxSurge: 0\n    maxUnavailable: 1",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.timeoutSeconds": {
+      "default": 30,
+      "description": "The number of seconds the API server should wait for the webhook to respond before treating the call as a failure. The value must be between 1 and 30 seconds. For more information, see\n[Validating webhook configuration v1](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/extend-resources/validating-webhook-configuration-v1/).\n\nThe default is set to the maximum value of 30 seconds as users sometimes report that the connection between the K8S API server and the cert-manager webhook server times out. If *this* timeout is reached, the error message will be \"context deadline exceeded\", which doesn't help the user diagnose what phase of the HTTPS connection timed out. For example, it could be during DNS resolution, TCP connection, TLS negotiation, HTTP negotiation, or slow HTTP response from the webhook server. By setting this timeout to its maximum value the underlying timeout error message has more chance of being returned to the end user.",
+      "type": "number"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.tolerations": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "A list of Kubernetes Tolerations, if required. For more information, see [Toleration v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#toleration-v1-core).\n\nFor example:\ntolerations:\n- key: foo.bar.com/role\n  operator: Equal\n  value: master\n  effect: NoSchedule",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.topologySpreadConstraints": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "A list of Kubernetes TopologySpreadConstraints, if required. For more information, see [Topology spread constraint v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#topologyspreadconstraint-v1-core).\n\nFor example:\ntopologySpreadConstraints:\n- maxSkew: 2\n  topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone\n  whenUnsatisfiable: ScheduleAnyway\n  labelSelector:\n    matchLabels:\n      app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager\n      app.kubernetes.io/component: controller",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.url": {
+      "default": {},
+      "description": "Overrides the mutating webhook and validating webhook so they reach the webhook service using the `url` field instead of a service.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.validatingWebhookConfiguration": {
+      "additionalProperties": false,
+      "properties": {
+        "namespaceSelector": {
+          "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values.webhook.validatingWebhookConfiguration.namespaceSelector"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.validatingWebhookConfiguration.namespaceSelector": {
+      "default": {
+        "matchExpressions": [
+          {
+            "key": "cert-manager.io/disable-validation",
+            "operator": "NotIn",
+            "values": [
+              "true"
+            ]
+          }
+        ]
+      },
+      "description": "Configure spec.namespaceSelector for validating webhooks.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.validatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations": {
+      "description": "Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook ValidatingWebhookConfiguration.",
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.volumeMounts": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional volume mounts to add to the cert-manager controller container.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    },
+    "helm-values.webhook.volumes": {
+      "default": [],
+      "description": "Additional volumes to add to the cert-manager controller pod.",
+      "items": {},
+      "type": "array"
+    }
+  },
+  "$ref": "#/$defs/helm-values",
+  "$schema": "http://json-schema.org/draft-07/schema#"
+}
diff --git a/charts/cert-manager/values.yaml b/charts/cert-manager/values.yaml
index 66df39a..a8c94f8 100644
--- a/charts/cert-manager/values.yaml
+++ b/charts/cert-manager/values.yaml
@@ -1,96 +1,161 @@
+# +docs:section=Global
+
 # Default values for cert-manager.
 # This is a YAML-formatted file.
 # Declare variables to be passed into your templates.
 global:
-  # Reference to one or more secrets to be used when pulling images
-  # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/pull-image-private-registry/
+  # Reference to one or more secrets to be used when pulling images.
+  # For more information, see [Pull an Image from a Private Registry](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/pull-image-private-registry/).
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #  imagePullSecrets:
+  #    - name: "image-pull-secret"
   imagePullSecrets: []
-  # - name: "image-pull-secret"
 
-  # Labels to apply to all resources
+  # Labels to apply to all resources.
   # Please note that this does not add labels to the resources created dynamically by the controllers.
   # For these resources, you have to add the labels in the template in the cert-manager custom resource:
-  # eg. podTemplate/ ingressTemplate in ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01Ingress
-  #    ref: https://cert-manager.io/docs/reference/api-docs/#acme.cert-manager.io/v1.ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01Ingress
-  # eg. secretTemplate in CertificateSpec
-  #    ref: https://cert-manager.io/docs/reference/api-docs/#cert-manager.io/v1.CertificateSpec
+  # For example, podTemplate/ ingressTemplate in ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01Ingress
+  # For more information, see the [cert-manager documentation](https://cert-manager.io/docs/reference/api-docs/#acme.cert-manager.io/v1.ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01Ingress).
+  # For example, secretTemplate in CertificateSpec
+  # For more information, see the [cert-manager documentation](https://cert-manager.io/docs/reference/api-docs/#cert-manager.io/v1.CertificateSpec).
   commonLabels: {}
-  # team_name: dev
 
-  # Optional priority class to be used for the cert-manager pods
+  # The number of old ReplicaSets to retain to allow rollback (if not set, the default Kubernetes value is set to 10).
+  # +docs:property
+  # revisionHistoryLimit: 1
+
+  # The optional priority class to be used for the cert-manager pods.
   priorityClassName: ""
+
   rbac:
+    # Create required ClusterRoles and ClusterRoleBindings for cert-manager.
     create: true
-    # Aggregate ClusterRoles to Kubernetes default user-facing roles. Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/rbac/#user-facing-roles
+    # Aggregate ClusterRoles to Kubernetes default user-facing roles. For more information, see [User-facing roles](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/rbac/#user-facing-roles)
     aggregateClusterRoles: true
 
   podSecurityPolicy:
+    # Create PodSecurityPolicy for cert-manager.
+    #
+    # Note that PodSecurityPolicy was deprecated in Kubernetes 1.21 and removed in Kubernetes 1.25.
     enabled: false
+    # Configure the PodSecurityPolicy to use AppArmor.
     useAppArmor: true
 
-  # Set the verbosity of cert-manager. Range of 0 - 6 with 6 being the most verbose.
+  # Set the verbosity of cert-manager. A range of 0 - 6, with 6 being the most verbose.
   logLevel: 2
 
   leaderElection:
-    # Override the namespace used for the leader election lease
+    # Override the namespace used for the leader election lease.
     namespace: "kube-system"
 
     # The duration that non-leader candidates will wait after observing a
     # leadership renewal until attempting to acquire leadership of a led but
     # unrenewed leader slot. This is effectively the maximum duration that a
     # leader can be stopped before it is replaced by another candidate.
+    # +docs:property
     # leaseDuration: 60s
 
     # The interval between attempts by the acting master to renew a leadership
     # slot before it stops leading. This must be less than or equal to the
     # lease duration.
+    # +docs:property
     # renewDeadline: 40s
 
     # The duration the clients should wait between attempting acquisition and
     # renewal of a leadership.
+    # +docs:property
     # retryPeriod: 15s
 
+# This option is equivalent to setting crds.enabled=true and crds.keep=true.
+# Deprecated: use crds.enabled and crds.keep instead.
 installCRDs: false
 
-replicaCount: 1
-
-strategy: {}
-  # type: RollingUpdate
-  # rollingUpdate:
-  #   maxSurge: 0
-  #   maxUnavailable: 1
-
-podDisruptionBudget:
+crds:
+  # This option decides if the CRDs should be installed
+  # as part of the Helm installation.
   enabled: false
 
-  minAvailable: 1
+  # This option makes it so that the "helm.sh/resource-policy": keep
+  # annotation is added to the CRD. This will prevent Helm from uninstalling
+  # the CRD when the Helm release is uninstalled.
+  # WARNING: when the CRDs are removed, all cert-manager custom resources
+  # (Certificates, Issuers, ...) will be removed too by the garbage collector.
+  keep: true
+
+# +docs:section=Controller
+
+# The number of replicas of the cert-manager controller to run.
+#
+# The default is 1, but in production set this to 2 or 3 to provide high
+# availability.
+#
+# If `replicas > 1`, consider setting `podDisruptionBudget.enabled=true`.
+#
+# Note that cert-manager uses leader election to ensure that there can
+# only be a single instance active at a time.
+replicaCount: 1
+
+# Deployment update strategy for the cert-manager controller deployment.
+# For more information, see the [Kubernetes documentation](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/controllers/deployment/#strategy).
+#
+# For example:
+#  strategy:
+#    type: RollingUpdate
+#    rollingUpdate:
+#      maxSurge: 0
+#      maxUnavailable: 1
+strategy: {}
+
+podDisruptionBudget:
+  # Enable or disable the PodDisruptionBudget resource.
+  #
+  # This prevents downtime during voluntary disruptions such as during a Node upgrade.
+  # For example, the PodDisruptionBudget will block `kubectl drain`
+  # if it is used on the Node where the only remaining cert-manager
+  # Pod is currently running.
+  enabled: false
+
+  # This configures the minimum available pods for disruptions. It can either be set to
+  # an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).
+  # It cannot be used if `maxUnavailable` is set.
+  # +docs:property
+  # +docs:type=unknown
+  # minAvailable: 1
+
+  # This configures the maximum unavailable pods for disruptions. It can either be set to
+  # an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).
+  # it cannot be used if `minAvailable` is set.
+  # +docs:property
+  # +docs:type=unknown
   # maxUnavailable: 1
 
-  # minAvailable and maxUnavailable can either be set to an integer (e.g. 1)
-  # or a percentage value (e.g. 25%)
-
-# Comma separated list of feature gates that should be enabled on the controller
-# Note: do not use this field to pass feature gate values into webhook
-# component as this behaviour relies on a bug that will be fixed in cert-manager 1.13
-# https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/pull/6093
-# Use webhook.extraArgs to pass --feature-gates flag directly instead.
+# A comma-separated list of feature gates that should be enabled on the
+# controller pod.
 featureGates: ""
 
-# The maximum number of challenges that can be scheduled as 'processing' at once
+# The maximum number of challenges that can be scheduled as 'processing' at once.
 maxConcurrentChallenges: 60
 
 image:
-  repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-controller
-  # You can manage a registry with
+  # The container registry to pull the manager image from.
+  # +docs:property
   # registry: quay.io
-  # repository: jetstack/cert-manager-controller
+
+  # The container image for the cert-manager controller.
+  # +docs:property
+  repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-controller
 
   # Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable.
-  # If no value is set, the chart's appVersion will be used.
-  # tag: canary
+  # If no value is set, the chart's appVersion is used.
+  # +docs:property
+  # tag: vX.Y.Z
 
-  # Setting a digest will override any tag
+  # Setting a digest will override any tag.
+  # +docs:property
   # digest: sha256:0e072dddd1f7f8fc8909a2ca6f65e76c5f0d2fcfb8be47935ae3457e8bbceb20
+
+  # Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.
   pullPolicy: IfNotPresent
 
 # Override the namespace used to store DNS provider credentials etc. for ClusterIssuer
@@ -98,130 +163,281 @@
 # used. This namespace will not be automatically created by the Helm chart.
 clusterResourceNamespace: ""
 
-# This namespace allows you to define where the services will be installed into
-# if not set then they will use the namespace of the release
-# This is helpful when installing cert manager as a chart dependency (sub chart)
+# This namespace allows you to define where the services are installed into.
+# If not set then they use the namespace of the release.
+# This is helpful when installing cert manager as a chart dependency (sub chart).
 namespace: ""
 
+# Override the "cert-manager.fullname" value. This value is used as part of
+# most of the names of the resources created by this Helm chart.
+# +docs:property
+# fullnameOverride: "my-cert-manager"
+
+# Override the "cert-manager.name" value, which is used to annotate some of
+# the resources that are created by this Chart (using "app.kubernetes.io/name").
+# NOTE: There are some inconsistencies in the Helm chart when it comes to
+# these annotations (some resources use eg. "cainjector.name" which resolves
+# to the value "cainjector").
+# +docs:property
+# nameOverride: "my-cert-manager"
+
 serviceAccount:
-  # Specifies whether a service account should be created
+  # Specifies whether a service account should be created.
   create: true
+
   # The name of the service account to use.
-  # If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template
+  # If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template.
+  # +docs:property
   # name: ""
-  # Optional additional annotations to add to the controller's ServiceAccount
+
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the controller's Service Account. Templates are allowed for both keys and values.
+  # Example using templating:
+  # annotations:
+  #   "{{ .Chart.Name }}-helm-chart/version": "{{ .Chart.Version }}"
+  # +docs:property
   # annotations: {}
-  # Automount API credentials for a Service Account.
-  # Optional additional labels to add to the controller's ServiceAccount
+
+  # Optional additional labels to add to the controller's Service Account.
+  # +docs:property
   # labels: {}
+
+  # Automount API credentials for a Service Account.
   automountServiceAccountToken: true
 
-# Automounting API credentials for a particular pod
+# Automounting API credentials for a particular pod.
+# +docs:property
 # automountServiceAccountToken: true
 
-# When this flag is enabled, secrets will be automatically removed when the certificate resource is deleted
+# When this flag is enabled, secrets will be automatically removed when the certificate resource is deleted.
 enableCertificateOwnerRef: false
 
-# Setting Nameservers for DNS01 Self Check
-# See: https://cert-manager.io/docs/configuration/acme/dns01/#setting-nameservers-for-dns01-self-check
+# This property is used to configure options for the controller pod.
+# This allows setting options that would usually be provided using flags.
+#
+# If `apiVersion` and `kind` are unspecified they default to the current latest
+# version (currently `controller.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1`). You can pin
+# the version by specifying the `apiVersion` yourself.
+#
+# For example:
+#  config:
+#    apiVersion: controller.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1
+#    kind: ControllerConfiguration
+#    logging:
+#      verbosity: 2
+#      format: text
+#    leaderElectionConfig:
+#      namespace: kube-system
+#    kubernetesAPIQPS: 9000
+#    kubernetesAPIBurst: 9000
+#    numberOfConcurrentWorkers: 200
+#    enableGatewayAPI: true
+#    # Feature gates as of v1.17.0. Listed with their default values.
+#    # See https://cert-manager.io/docs/cli/controller/
+#    featureGates:
+#      AdditionalCertificateOutputFormats: true # BETA - default=true
+#      AllAlpha: false # ALPHA - default=false
+#      AllBeta: false # BETA - default=false
+#      ExperimentalCertificateSigningRequestControllers: false # ALPHA - default=false
+#      ExperimentalGatewayAPISupport: true # BETA - default=true
+#      LiteralCertificateSubject: true # BETA - default=true
+#      NameConstraints: true # BETA - default=true
+#      OtherNames: false # ALPHA - default=false
+#      SecretsFilteredCaching: true # BETA - default=true
+#      ServerSideApply: false # ALPHA - default=false
+#      StableCertificateRequestName: true # BETA - default=true
+#      UseCertificateRequestBasicConstraints: false # ALPHA - default=false
+#      UseDomainQualifiedFinalizer: true # BETA - default=false
+#      ValidateCAA: false # ALPHA - default=false
+#    # Configure the metrics server for TLS
+#    # See https://cert-manager.io/docs/devops-tips/prometheus-metrics/#tls
+#    metricsTLSConfig:
+#      dynamic:
+#        secretNamespace: "cert-manager"
+#        secretName: "cert-manager-metrics-ca"
+#        dnsNames:
+#        - cert-manager-metrics
+config: {}
 
-# Comma separated string with host and port of the recursive nameservers cert-manager should query
+# Setting Nameservers for DNS01 Self Check.
+# For more information, see the [cert-manager documentation](https://cert-manager.io/docs/configuration/acme/dns01/#setting-nameservers-for-dns01-self-check).
+
+# A comma-separated string with the host and port of the recursive nameservers cert-manager should query.
 dns01RecursiveNameservers: ""
 
-# Forces cert-manager to only use the recursive nameservers for verification.
-# Enabling this option could cause the DNS01 self check to take longer due to caching performed by the recursive nameservers
+# Forces cert-manager to use only the recursive nameservers for verification.
+# Enabling this option could cause the DNS01 self check to take longer owing to caching performed by the recursive nameservers.
 dns01RecursiveNameserversOnly: false
 
+# Option to disable cert-manager's build-in auto-approver. The auto-approver
+# approves all CertificateRequests that reference issuers matching the 'approveSignerNames'
+# option. This 'disableAutoApproval' option is useful when you want to make all approval decisions
+# using a different approver (like approver-policy - https://github.com/cert-manager/approver-policy).
+disableAutoApproval: false
+
+# List of signer names that cert-manager will approve by default. CertificateRequests
+# referencing these signer names will be auto-approved by cert-manager. Defaults to just
+# approving the cert-manager.io Issuer and ClusterIssuer issuers. When set to an empty
+# array, ALL issuers will be auto-approved by cert-manager. To disable the auto-approval,
+# because eg. you are using approver-policy, you can enable 'disableAutoApproval'.
+# ref: https://cert-manager.io/docs/concepts/certificaterequest/#approval
+# +docs:property
+approveSignerNames:
+- issuers.cert-manager.io/*
+- clusterissuers.cert-manager.io/*
+
 # Additional command line flags to pass to cert-manager controller binary.
-# To see all available flags run docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-controller:<version> --help
+# To see all available flags run `docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-controller:<version> --help`.
+#
+# Use this flag to enable or disable arbitrary controllers. For example, to disable the CertificateRequests approver.
+#
+# For example:
+#  extraArgs:
+#    - --controllers=*,-certificaterequests-approver
 extraArgs: []
-  # Use this flag to enable or disable arbitrary controllers, for example, disable the CertificiateRequests approver
-  # - --controllers=*,-certificaterequests-approver
 
+# Additional environment variables to pass to cert-manager controller binary.
+# For example:
+#  extraEnv:
+#  - name: SOME_VAR
+#    value: 'some value'
 extraEnv: []
-# - name: SOME_VAR
-#   value: 'some value'
 
+# Resources to provide to the cert-manager controller pod.
+#
+# For example:
+#  requests:
+#    cpu: 10m
+#    memory: 32Mi
+#
+# For more information, see [Resource Management for Pods and Containers](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/).
 resources: {}
-  # requests:
-  #   cpu: 10m
-  #   memory: 32Mi
 
-# Pod Security Context
-# ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+# Pod Security Context.
+# For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+# +docs:property
 securityContext:
   runAsNonRoot: true
   seccompProfile:
     type: RuntimeDefault
 
-# Container Security Context to be set on the controller component container
-# ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+# Container Security Context to be set on the controller component container.
+# For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+# +docs:property
 containerSecurityContext:
   allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
   capabilities:
     drop:
     - ALL
-  # readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
-  # runAsNonRoot: true
+  readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
 
-
+# Additional volumes to add to the cert-manager controller pod.
 volumes: []
 
+# Additional volume mounts to add to the cert-manager controller container.
 volumeMounts: []
 
-# Optional additional annotations to add to the controller Deployment
+# Optional additional annotations to add to the controller Deployment.
+# +docs:property
 # deploymentAnnotations: {}
 
-# Optional additional annotations to add to the controller Pods
+# Optional additional annotations to add to the controller Pods.
+# +docs:property
 # podAnnotations: {}
 
+# Optional additional labels to add to the controller Pods.
 podLabels: {}
 
-# Optional annotations to add to the controller Service
+# Optional annotations to add to the controller Service.
+# +docs:property
 # serviceAnnotations: {}
 
-# Optional additional labels to add to the controller Service
+# Optional additional labels to add to the controller Service.
+# +docs:property
 # serviceLabels: {}
 
-# Optional DNS settings, useful if you have a public and private DNS zone for
-# the same domain on Route 53. What follows is an example of ensuring
+# Optionally set the IP family policy for the controller Service to configure dual-stack; see [Configure dual-stack](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dual-stack/#services).
+# +docs:property
+# serviceIPFamilyPolicy: ""
+
+# Optionally set the IP families for the controller Service that should be supported, in the order in which they should be applied to ClusterIP. Can be IPv4 and/or IPv6.
+# +docs:property
+# serviceIPFamilies: []
+
+# Optional DNS settings. These are useful if you have a public and private DNS zone for
+# the same domain on Route 53. The following is an example of ensuring
 # cert-manager can access an ingress or DNS TXT records at all times.
-# NOTE: This requires Kubernetes 1.10 or `CustomPodDNS` feature gate enabled for
+# Note that this requires Kubernetes 1.10 or `CustomPodDNS` feature gate enabled for
 # the cluster to work.
+
+# Pod DNS policy.
+# For more information, see [Pod's DNS Policy](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dns-pod-service/#pod-s-dns-policy).
+# +docs:property
 # podDnsPolicy: "None"
+
+# Pod DNS configuration. The podDnsConfig field is optional and can work with any podDnsPolicy
+# settings. However, when a Pod's dnsPolicy is set to "None", the dnsConfig field has to be specified.
+# For more information, see [Pod's DNS Config](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dns-pod-service/#pod-dns-config).
+# +docs:property
 # podDnsConfig:
 #   nameservers:
 #     - "1.1.1.1"
 #     - "8.8.8.8"
 
+# Optional hostAliases for cert-manager-controller pods. May be useful when performing ACME DNS-01 self checks.
+hostAliases: []
+# - ip: 127.0.0.1
+#   hostnames:
+#   - foo.local
+#   - bar.local
+# - ip: 10.1.2.3
+#   hostnames:
+#   - foo.remote
+#   - bar.remote
+
+# The nodeSelector on Pods tells Kubernetes to schedule Pods on the nodes with
+# matching labels.
+# For more information, see [Assigning Pods to Nodes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/).
+#
+# This default ensures that Pods are only scheduled to Linux nodes.
+# It prevents Pods being scheduled to Windows nodes in a mixed OS cluster.
+# +docs:property
 nodeSelector:
   kubernetes.io/os: linux
 
+# +docs:ignore
 ingressShim: {}
+
+  # Optional default issuer to use for ingress resources.
+  # +docs:property=ingressShim.defaultIssuerName
   # defaultIssuerName: ""
+
+  # Optional default issuer kind to use for ingress resources.
+  # +docs:property=ingressShim.defaultIssuerKind
   # defaultIssuerKind: ""
+
+  # Optional default issuer group to use for ingress resources.
+  # +docs:property=ingressShim.defaultIssuerGroup
   # defaultIssuerGroup: ""
 
-prometheus:
-  enabled: true
-  servicemonitor:
-    enabled: false
-    prometheusInstance: default
-    targetPort: 9402
-    path: /metrics
-    interval: 60s
-    scrapeTimeout: 30s
-    labels: {}
-    annotations: {}
-    honorLabels: false
+# Use these variables to configure the HTTP_PROXY environment variables.
 
-# Use these variables to configure the HTTP_PROXY environment variables
+# Configures the HTTP_PROXY environment variable where a HTTP proxy is required.
+# +docs:property
 # http_proxy: "http://proxy:8080"
+
+# Configures the HTTPS_PROXY environment variable where a HTTP proxy is required.
+# +docs:property
 # https_proxy: "https://proxy:8080"
+
+# Configures the NO_PROXY environment variable where a HTTP proxy is required,
+# but certain domains should be excluded.
+# +docs:property
 # no_proxy: 127.0.0.1,localhost
 
-# A Kubernetes Affinty, if required; see https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#affinity-v1-core
-# for example:
+
+# A Kubernetes Affinity, if required. For more information, see [Affinity v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#affinity-v1-core).
+#
+# For example:
 #   affinity:
 #     nodeAffinity:
 #      requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
@@ -233,8 +449,9 @@
 #            - master
 affinity: {}
 
-# A list of Kubernetes Tolerations, if required; see https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#toleration-v1-core
-# for example:
+# A list of Kubernetes Tolerations, if required. For more information, see [Toleration v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#toleration-v1-core).
+#
+# For example:
 #   tolerations:
 #   - key: foo.bar.com/role
 #     operator: Equal
@@ -242,8 +459,9 @@
 #     effect: NoSchedule
 tolerations: []
 
-# A list of Kubernetes TopologySpreadConstraints, if required; see https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#topologyspreadconstraint-v1-core
-# for example:
+# A list of Kubernetes TopologySpreadConstraints, if required. For more information, see [Topology spread constraint v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#topologyspreadconstraint-v1-core
+#
+# For example:
 #   topologySpreadConstraints:
 #   - maxSkew: 2
 #     topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone
@@ -256,108 +474,336 @@
 
 # LivenessProbe settings for the controller container of the controller Pod.
 #
-# Disabled by default, because the controller has a leader election mechanism
-# which should cause it to exit if it is unable to renew its leader election
-# record.
+# This is enabled by default, in order to enable the clock-skew liveness probe that
+# restarts the controller in case of a skew between the system clock and the monotonic clock.
 # LivenessProbe durations and thresholds are based on those used for the Kubernetes
-# controller-manager. See:
-# https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/806b30170c61a38fedd54cc9ede4cd6275a1ad3b/cmd/kubeadm/app/util/staticpod/utils.go#L241-L245
+# controller-manager. For more information see the following on the
+# [Kubernetes GitHub repository](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/806b30170c61a38fedd54cc9ede4cd6275a1ad3b/cmd/kubeadm/app/util/staticpod/utils.go#L241-L245)
+# +docs:property
 livenessProbe:
-  enabled: false
+  enabled: true
   initialDelaySeconds: 10
   periodSeconds: 10
   timeoutSeconds: 15
   successThreshold: 1
   failureThreshold: 8
 
+# enableServiceLinks indicates whether information about services should be
+# injected into the pod's environment variables, matching the syntax of Docker
+# links.
+enableServiceLinks: false
+
+# +docs:section=Prometheus
+
+prometheus:
+  # Enable Prometheus monitoring for the cert-manager controller and webhook.
+  # If you use the Prometheus Operator, set prometheus.podmonitor.enabled or
+  # prometheus.servicemonitor.enabled, to create a PodMonitor or a
+  # ServiceMonitor resource.
+  # Otherwise, 'prometheus.io' annotations are added to the cert-manager and
+  # cert-manager-webhook Deployments.
+  # Note that you can not enable both PodMonitor and ServiceMonitor as they are
+  # mutually exclusive. Enabling both will result in an error.
+  enabled: true
+
+  servicemonitor:
+    # Create a ServiceMonitor to add cert-manager to Prometheus.
+    enabled: false
+
+    # The namespace that the service monitor should live in, defaults
+    # to the cert-manager namespace.
+    # +docs:property
+    # namespace: cert-manager
+
+    # Specifies the `prometheus` label on the created ServiceMonitor. This is
+    # used when different Prometheus instances have label selectors matching
+    # different ServiceMonitors.
+    prometheusInstance: default
+
+    # The target port to set on the ServiceMonitor. This must match the port that the
+    # cert-manager controller is listening on for metrics.
+    targetPort: 9402
+
+    # The path to scrape for metrics.
+    path: /metrics
+
+    # The interval to scrape metrics.
+    interval: 60s
+
+    # The timeout before a metrics scrape fails.
+    scrapeTimeout: 30s
+
+    # Additional labels to add to the ServiceMonitor.
+    labels: {}
+
+    # Additional annotations to add to the ServiceMonitor.
+    annotations: {}
+
+    # Keep labels from scraped data, overriding server-side labels.
+    honorLabels: false
+
+    # EndpointAdditionalProperties allows setting additional properties on the
+    # endpoint such as relabelings, metricRelabelings etc.
+    #
+    # For example:
+    #  endpointAdditionalProperties:
+    #   relabelings:
+    #   - action: replace
+    #     sourceLabels:
+    #     - __meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name
+    #     targetLabel: instance
+    #
+    # +docs:property
+    endpointAdditionalProperties: {}
+
+  # Note that you can not enable both PodMonitor and ServiceMonitor as they are mutually exclusive. Enabling both will result in an error.
+  podmonitor:
+    # Create a PodMonitor to add cert-manager to Prometheus.
+    enabled: false
+
+    # The namespace that the pod monitor should live in, defaults
+    # to the cert-manager namespace.
+    # +docs:property
+    # namespace: cert-manager
+
+    # Specifies the `prometheus` label on the created PodMonitor. This is
+    # used when different Prometheus instances have label selectors matching
+    # different PodMonitors.
+    prometheusInstance: default
+
+    # The path to scrape for metrics.
+    path: /metrics
+
+    # The interval to scrape metrics.
+    interval: 60s
+
+    # The timeout before a metrics scrape fails.
+    scrapeTimeout: 30s
+
+    # Additional labels to add to the PodMonitor.
+    labels: {}
+
+    # Additional annotations to add to the PodMonitor.
+    annotations: {}
+
+    # Keep labels from scraped data, overriding server-side labels.
+    honorLabels: false
+
+    # EndpointAdditionalProperties allows setting additional properties on the
+    # endpoint such as relabelings, metricRelabelings etc.
+    #
+    # For example:
+    #  endpointAdditionalProperties:
+    #   relabelings:
+    #   - action: replace
+    #     sourceLabels:
+    #     - __meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name
+    #     targetLabel: instance
+    #   # Configure the PodMonitor for TLS connections
+    #   # See https://cert-manager.io/docs/devops-tips/prometheus-metrics/#tls
+    #   scheme: https
+    #   tlsConfig:
+    #     serverName: cert-manager-metrics
+    #     ca:
+    #       secret:
+    #         name: cert-manager-metrics-ca
+    #         key: "tls.crt"
+    #
+    # +docs:property
+    endpointAdditionalProperties: {}
+
+# +docs:section=Webhook
+
 webhook:
+  # Number of replicas of the cert-manager webhook to run.
+  #
+  # The default is 1, but in production set this to 2 or 3 to provide high
+  # availability.
+  #
+  # If `replicas > 1`, consider setting `webhook.podDisruptionBudget.enabled=true`.
   replicaCount: 1
-  timeoutSeconds: 10
 
-  # Used to configure options for the webhook pod.
-  # This allows setting options that'd usually be provided via flags.
-  # An APIVersion and Kind must be specified in your values.yaml file.
-  # Flags will override options that are set here.
-  config:
-    # apiVersion: webhook.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1
-    # kind: WebhookConfiguration
+  # The number of seconds the API server should wait for the webhook to respond before treating the call as a failure.
+  # The value must be between 1 and 30 seconds. For more information, see
+  # [Validating webhook configuration v1](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/extend-resources/validating-webhook-configuration-v1/).
+  #
+  # The default is set to the maximum value of 30 seconds as
+  # users sometimes report that the connection between the K8S API server and
+  # the cert-manager webhook server times out.
+  # If *this* timeout is reached, the error message will be "context deadline exceeded",
+  # which doesn't help the user diagnose what phase of the HTTPS connection timed out.
+  # For example, it could be during DNS resolution, TCP connection, TLS
+  # negotiation, HTTP negotiation, or slow HTTP response from the webhook
+  # server.
+  # By setting this timeout to its maximum value the underlying timeout error
+  # message has more chance of being returned to the end user.
+  timeoutSeconds: 30
 
-    # The port that the webhook should listen on for requests.
-    # In GKE private clusters, by default kubernetes apiservers are allowed to
-    # talk to the cluster nodes only on 443 and 10250. so configuring
-    # securePort: 10250, will work out of the box without needing to add firewall
-    # rules or requiring NET_BIND_SERVICE capabilities to bind port numbers <1000.
-    # This should be uncommented and set as a default by the chart once we graduate
-    # the apiVersion of WebhookConfiguration past v1alpha1.
-    # securePort: 10250
+  # This is used to configure options for the webhook pod.
+  # This allows setting options that would usually be provided using flags.
+  #
+  # If `apiVersion` and `kind` are unspecified they default to the current latest
+  # version (currently `webhook.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1`). You can pin
+  # the version by specifying the `apiVersion` yourself.
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #  apiVersion: webhook.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1
+  #  kind: WebhookConfiguration
+  #  # The port that the webhook listens on for requests.
+  #  # In GKE private clusters, by default Kubernetes apiservers are allowed to
+  #  # talk to the cluster nodes only on 443 and 10250. Configuring
+  #  # securePort: 10250 therefore will work out-of-the-box without needing to add firewall
+  #  # rules or requiring NET_BIND_SERVICE capabilities to bind port numbers < 1000.
+  #  # This should be uncommented and set as a default by the chart once
+  #  # the apiVersion of WebhookConfiguration graduates beyond v1alpha1.
+  #  securePort: 10250
+  #  # Configure the metrics server for TLS
+  #  # See https://cert-manager.io/docs/devops-tips/prometheus-metrics/#tls
+  #  metricsTLSConfig:
+  #    dynamic:
+  #      secretNamespace: "cert-manager"
+  #      secretName: "cert-manager-metrics-ca"
+  #      dnsNames:
+  #      - cert-manager-metrics
+  config: {}
 
+  # The update strategy for the cert-manager webhook deployment.
+  # For more information, see the [Kubernetes documentation](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/controllers/deployment/#strategy)
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #  strategy:
+  #    type: RollingUpdate
+  #    rollingUpdate:
+  #      maxSurge: 0
+  #      maxUnavailable: 1
   strategy: {}
-    # type: RollingUpdate
-    # rollingUpdate:
-    #   maxSurge: 0
-    #   maxUnavailable: 1
 
-  # Pod Security Context to be set on the webhook component Pod
-  # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+  # Pod Security Context to be set on the webhook component Pod.
+  # For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+  # +docs:property
   securityContext:
     runAsNonRoot: true
     seccompProfile:
       type: RuntimeDefault
 
-  podDisruptionBudget:
-    enabled: false
-
-    minAvailable: 1
-    # maxUnavailable: 1
-
-    # minAvailable and maxUnavailable can either be set to an integer (e.g. 1)
-    # or a percentage value (e.g. 25%)
-
-  # Container Security Context to be set on the webhook component container
-  # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+  # Container Security Context to be set on the webhook component container.
+  # For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+  # +docs:property
   containerSecurityContext:
     allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
     capabilities:
       drop:
       - ALL
-    # readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
-    # runAsNonRoot: true
+    readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
 
-  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Deployment
+  podDisruptionBudget:
+    # Enable or disable the PodDisruptionBudget resource.
+    #
+    # This prevents downtime during voluntary disruptions such as during a Node upgrade.
+    # For example, the PodDisruptionBudget will block `kubectl drain`
+    # if it is used on the Node where the only remaining cert-manager
+    # Pod is currently running.
+    enabled: false
+
+    # This property configures the minimum available pods for disruptions. Can either be set to
+    # an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).
+    # It cannot be used if `maxUnavailable` is set.
+    # +docs:property
+    # +docs:type=unknown
+    # minAvailable: 1
+
+    # This property configures the maximum unavailable pods for disruptions. Can either be set to
+    # an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).
+    # It cannot be used if `minAvailable` is set.
+    # +docs:property
+    # +docs:type=unknown
+    # maxUnavailable: 1
+
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Deployment.
+  # +docs:property
   # deploymentAnnotations: {}
 
-  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Pods
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Pods.
+  # +docs:property
   # podAnnotations: {}
 
-  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Service
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook Service.
+  # +docs:property
   # serviceAnnotations: {}
 
-  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook MutatingWebhookConfiguration
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook MutatingWebhookConfiguration.
+  # +docs:property
   # mutatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations: {}
 
-  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook ValidatingWebhookConfiguration
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook ValidatingWebhookConfiguration.
+  # +docs:property
   # validatingWebhookConfigurationAnnotations: {}
 
+  validatingWebhookConfiguration:
+    # Configure spec.namespaceSelector for validating webhooks.
+    # +docs:property
+    namespaceSelector:
+      matchExpressions:
+        - key: "cert-manager.io/disable-validation"
+          operator: "NotIn"
+          values:
+            - "true"
+
+  mutatingWebhookConfiguration:
+    # Configure spec.namespaceSelector for mutating webhooks.
+    # +docs:property
+    namespaceSelector: {}
+    #  matchLabels:
+    #    key: value
+    #  matchExpressions:
+    #    - key: kubernetes.io/metadata.name
+    #      operator: NotIn
+    #      values:
+    #        - kube-system
+
+
   # Additional command line flags to pass to cert-manager webhook binary.
-  # To see all available flags run docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-webhook:<version> --help
+  # To see all available flags run `docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-webhook:<version> --help`.
   extraArgs: []
-  # Path to a file containing a WebhookConfiguration object used to configure the webhook
+  # Path to a file containing a WebhookConfiguration object used to configure the webhook.
   # - --config=<path-to-config-file>
 
-  resources: {}
-    # requests:
-    #   cpu: 10m
-    #   memory: 32Mi
+  # Additional environment variables to pass to cert-manager webhook binary.
+  # For example:
+  #  extraEnv:
+  #  - name: SOME_VAR
+  #    value: 'some value'
+  extraEnv: []
 
-  ## Liveness and readiness probe values
-  ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#container-probes
-  ##
+  # Comma separated list of feature gates that should be enabled on the
+  # webhook pod.
+  featureGates: ""
+
+  # Resources to provide to the cert-manager webhook pod.
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #  requests:
+  #    cpu: 10m
+  #    memory: 32Mi
+  #
+  # For more information, see [Resource Management for Pods and Containers](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/).
+  resources: {}
+
+  # Liveness probe values.
+  # For more information, see [Container probes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#container-probes).
+  #
+  # +docs:property
   livenessProbe:
     failureThreshold: 3
     initialDelaySeconds: 60
     periodSeconds: 10
     successThreshold: 1
     timeoutSeconds: 1
+
+  # Readiness probe values.
+  # For more information, see [Container probes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#container-probes).
+  #
+  # +docs:property
   readinessProbe:
     failureThreshold: 3
     initialDelaySeconds: 5
@@ -365,57 +811,115 @@
     successThreshold: 1
     timeoutSeconds: 1
 
+  # The nodeSelector on Pods tells Kubernetes to schedule Pods on the nodes with
+  # matching labels.
+  # For more information, see [Assigning Pods to Nodes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/).
+  #
+  # This default ensures that Pods are only scheduled to Linux nodes.
+  # It prevents Pods being scheduled to Windows nodes in a mixed OS cluster.
+  # +docs:property
   nodeSelector:
     kubernetes.io/os: linux
 
+  # A Kubernetes Affinity, if required. For more information, see [Affinity v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#affinity-v1-core).
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #   affinity:
+  #     nodeAffinity:
+  #      requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+  #        nodeSelectorTerms:
+  #        - matchExpressions:
+  #          - key: foo.bar.com/role
+  #            operator: In
+  #            values:
+  #            - master
   affinity: {}
 
+  # A list of Kubernetes Tolerations, if required. For more information, see [Toleration v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#toleration-v1-core).
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #   tolerations:
+  #   - key: foo.bar.com/role
+  #     operator: Equal
+  #     value: master
+  #     effect: NoSchedule
   tolerations: []
 
+  # A list of Kubernetes TopologySpreadConstraints, if required. For more information, see [Topology spread constraint v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#topologyspreadconstraint-v1-core).
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #   topologySpreadConstraints:
+  #   - maxSkew: 2
+  #     topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone
+  #     whenUnsatisfiable: ScheduleAnyway
+  #     labelSelector:
+  #       matchLabels:
+  #         app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager
+  #         app.kubernetes.io/component: controller
   topologySpreadConstraints: []
 
-  # Optional additional labels to add to the Webhook Pods
+  # Optional additional labels to add to the Webhook Pods.
   podLabels: {}
 
-  # Optional additional labels to add to the Webhook Service
+  # Optional additional labels to add to the Webhook Service.
   serviceLabels: {}
 
+  # Optionally set the IP family policy for the controller Service to configure dual-stack; see [Configure dual-stack](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dual-stack/#services).
+  serviceIPFamilyPolicy: ""
+
+  # Optionally set the IP families for the controller Service that should be supported, in the order in which they should be applied to ClusterIP. Can be IPv4 and/or IPv6.
+  serviceIPFamilies: []
+
   image:
-    repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-webhook
-    # You can manage a registry with
+    # The container registry to pull the webhook image from.
+    # +docs:property
     # registry: quay.io
-    # repository: jetstack/cert-manager-webhook
+
+    # The container image for the cert-manager webhook
+    # +docs:property
+    repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-webhook
 
     # Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable.
     # If no value is set, the chart's appVersion will be used.
-    # tag: canary
+    # +docs:property
+    # tag: vX.Y.Z
 
     # Setting a digest will override any tag
+    # +docs:property
     # digest: sha256:0e072dddd1f7f8fc8909a2ca6f65e76c5f0d2fcfb8be47935ae3457e8bbceb20
 
+    # Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.
     pullPolicy: IfNotPresent
 
   serviceAccount:
-    # Specifies whether a service account should be created
+    # Specifies whether a service account should be created.
     create: true
+
     # The name of the service account to use.
-    # If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template
+    # If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template.
+    # +docs:property
     # name: ""
-    # Optional additional annotations to add to the controller's ServiceAccount
+
+    # Optional additional annotations to add to the webhook's Service Account.
+    # +docs:property
     # annotations: {}
-    # Optional additional labels to add to the webhook's ServiceAccount
+
+    # Optional additional labels to add to the webhook's Service Account.
+    # +docs:property
     # labels: {}
+
     # Automount API credentials for a Service Account.
     automountServiceAccountToken: true
 
-  # Automounting API credentials for a particular pod
+  # Automounting API credentials for a particular pod.
+  # +docs:property
   # automountServiceAccountToken: true
 
-  # The port that the webhook should listen on for requests.
-  # In GKE private clusters, by default kubernetes apiservers are allowed to
-  # talk to the cluster nodes only on 443 and 10250. so configuring
-  # securePort: 10250, will work out of the box without needing to add firewall
-  # rules or requiring NET_BIND_SERVICE capabilities to bind port numbers <1000
+  # The port that the webhook listens on for requests.
+  # In GKE private clusters, by default Kubernetes apiservers are allowed to
+  # talk to the cluster nodes only on 443 and 10250. Configuring
+  # securePort: 10250, therefore will work out-of-the-box without needing to add firewall
+  # rules or requiring NET_BIND_SERVICE capabilities to bind port numbers <1000.
   securePort: 10250
 
   # Specifies if the webhook should be started in hostNetwork mode.
@@ -430,10 +934,13 @@
   hostNetwork: false
 
   # Specifies how the service should be handled. Useful if you want to expose the
-  # webhook to outside of the cluster. In some cases, the control plane cannot
+  # webhook outside of the cluster. In some cases, the control plane cannot
   # reach internal services.
   serviceType: ClusterIP
-  # loadBalancerIP:
+
+  # Specify the load balancer IP for the created service.
+  # +docs:property
+  # loadBalancerIP: "10.10.10.10"
 
   # Overrides the mutating webhook and validating webhook so they reach the webhook
   # service using the `url` field instead of a service.
@@ -442,11 +949,20 @@
 
   # Enables default network policies for webhooks.
   networkPolicy:
+    # Create network policies for the webhooks.
     enabled: false
+
+    # Ingress rule for the webhook network policy. By default, it allows all
+    # inbound traffic.
+    # +docs:property
     ingress:
     - from:
       - ipBlock:
           cidr: 0.0.0.0/0
+
+    # Egress rule for the webhook network policy. By default, it allows all
+    # outbound traffic to ports 80 and 443, as well as DNS ports.
+    # +docs:property
     egress:
     - ports:
       - port: 80
@@ -457,7 +973,7 @@
         protocol: TCP
       - port: 53
         protocol: UDP
-      # On OpenShift and OKD, the Kubernetes API server listens on
+      # On OpenShift and OKD, the Kubernetes API server listens on.
       # port 6443.
       - port: 6443
         protocol: TCP
@@ -465,228 +981,485 @@
       - ipBlock:
           cidr: 0.0.0.0/0
 
+  # Additional volumes to add to the cert-manager controller pod.
   volumes: []
+
+  # Additional volume mounts to add to the cert-manager controller container.
   volumeMounts: []
 
+  # enableServiceLinks indicates whether information about services should be
+  # injected into the pod's environment variables, matching the syntax of Docker
+  # links.
+  enableServiceLinks: false
+
+# +docs:section=CA Injector
+
 cainjector:
+  # Create the CA Injector deployment
   enabled: true
+
+  # The number of replicas of the cert-manager cainjector to run.
+  #
+  # The default is 1, but in production set this to 2 or 3 to provide high
+  # availability.
+  #
+  # If `replicas > 1`, consider setting `cainjector.podDisruptionBudget.enabled=true`.
+  #
+  # Note that cert-manager uses leader election to ensure that there can
+  # only be a single instance active at a time.
   replicaCount: 1
 
+  # This is used to configure options for the cainjector pod.
+  # It allows setting options that are usually provided via flags.
+  #
+  # If `apiVersion` and `kind` are unspecified they default to the current latest
+  # version (currently `cainjector.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1`). You can pin
+  # the version by specifying the `apiVersion` yourself.
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #  apiVersion: cainjector.config.cert-manager.io/v1alpha1
+  #  kind: CAInjectorConfiguration
+  #  logging:
+  #   verbosity: 2
+  #   format: text
+  #  leaderElectionConfig:
+  #   namespace: kube-system
+  #  # Configure the metrics server for TLS
+  #  # See https://cert-manager.io/docs/devops-tips/prometheus-metrics/#tls
+  #  metricsTLSConfig:
+  #    dynamic:
+  #      secretNamespace: "cert-manager"
+  #      secretName: "cert-manager-metrics-ca"
+  #      dnsNames:
+  #      - cert-manager-metrics
+  config: {}
+
+  # Deployment update strategy for the cert-manager cainjector deployment.
+  # For more information, see the [Kubernetes documentation](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/controllers/deployment/#strategy).
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #  strategy:
+  #    type: RollingUpdate
+  #    rollingUpdate:
+  #      maxSurge: 0
+  #      maxUnavailable: 1
   strategy: {}
-    # type: RollingUpdate
-    # rollingUpdate:
-    #   maxSurge: 0
-    #   maxUnavailable: 1
 
   # Pod Security Context to be set on the cainjector component Pod
-  # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+  # For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+  # +docs:property
   securityContext:
     runAsNonRoot: true
     seccompProfile:
       type: RuntimeDefault
 
-  podDisruptionBudget:
-    enabled: false
-
-    minAvailable: 1
-    # maxUnavailable: 1
-
-    # minAvailable and maxUnavailable can either be set to an integer (e.g. 1)
-    # or a percentage value (e.g. 25%)
-
   # Container Security Context to be set on the cainjector component container
-  # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+  # For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+  # +docs:property
   containerSecurityContext:
     allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
     capabilities:
       drop:
       - ALL
-    # readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
-    # runAsNonRoot: true
+    readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
 
+  podDisruptionBudget:
+    # Enable or disable the PodDisruptionBudget resource.
+    #
+    # This prevents downtime during voluntary disruptions such as during a Node upgrade.
+    # For example, the PodDisruptionBudget will block `kubectl drain`
+    # if it is used on the Node where the only remaining cert-manager
+    # Pod is currently running.
+    enabled: false
 
-  # Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector Deployment
+    # `minAvailable` configures the minimum available pods for disruptions. It can either be set to
+    # an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).
+    # Cannot be used if `maxUnavailable` is set.
+    # +docs:property
+    # +docs:type=unknown
+    # minAvailable: 1
+
+    # `maxUnavailable` configures the maximum unavailable pods for disruptions. It can either be set to
+    # an integer (e.g. 1) or a percentage value (e.g. 25%).
+    # Cannot be used if `minAvailable` is set.
+    # +docs:property
+    # +docs:type=unknown
+    # maxUnavailable: 1
+
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector Deployment.
+  # +docs:property
   # deploymentAnnotations: {}
 
-  # Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector Pods
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector Pods.
+  # +docs:property
   # podAnnotations: {}
 
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector metrics Service.
+  # +docs:property
+  # serviceAnnotations: {}
+
   # Additional command line flags to pass to cert-manager cainjector binary.
-  # To see all available flags run docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector:<version> --help
+  # To see all available flags run `docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector:<version> --help`.
   extraArgs: []
-  # Enable profiling for cainjector
+  # Enable profiling for cainjector.
   # - --enable-profiling=true
 
-  resources: {}
-    # requests:
-    #   cpu: 10m
-    #   memory: 32Mi
+  # Additional environment variables to pass to cert-manager cainjector binary.
+  # For example:
+  #  extraEnv:
+  #  - name: SOME_VAR
+  #    value: 'some value'
+  extraEnv: []
 
+  # Comma separated list of feature gates that should be enabled on the
+  # cainjector pod.
+  featureGates: ""
+
+  # Resources to provide to the cert-manager cainjector pod.
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #  requests:
+  #    cpu: 10m
+  #    memory: 32Mi
+  #
+  # For more information, see [Resource Management for Pods and Containers](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/).
+  resources: {}
+
+
+  # The nodeSelector on Pods tells Kubernetes to schedule Pods on the nodes with
+  # matching labels.
+  # For more information, see [Assigning Pods to Nodes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/).
+  #
+  # This default ensures that Pods are only scheduled to Linux nodes.
+  # It prevents Pods being scheduled to Windows nodes in a mixed OS cluster.
+  # +docs:property
   nodeSelector:
     kubernetes.io/os: linux
 
+  # A Kubernetes Affinity, if required. For more information, see [Affinity v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#affinity-v1-core).
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #   affinity:
+  #     nodeAffinity:
+  #      requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+  #        nodeSelectorTerms:
+  #        - matchExpressions:
+  #          - key: foo.bar.com/role
+  #            operator: In
+  #            values:
+  #            - master
   affinity: {}
 
+  # A list of Kubernetes Tolerations, if required. For more information, see [Toleration v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#toleration-v1-core).
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #   tolerations:
+  #   - key: foo.bar.com/role
+  #     operator: Equal
+  #     value: master
+  #     effect: NoSchedule
   tolerations: []
 
+  # A list of Kubernetes TopologySpreadConstraints, if required. For more information, see [Topology spread constraint v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#topologyspreadconstraint-v1-core).
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #   topologySpreadConstraints:
+  #   - maxSkew: 2
+  #     topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone
+  #     whenUnsatisfiable: ScheduleAnyway
+  #     labelSelector:
+  #       matchLabels:
+  #         app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager
+  #         app.kubernetes.io/component: controller
   topologySpreadConstraints: []
 
-  # Optional additional labels to add to the CA Injector Pods
+  # Optional additional labels to add to the CA Injector Pods.
   podLabels: {}
 
+  # Optional additional labels to add to the CA Injector metrics Service.
+  serviceLabels: {}
+
   image:
-    repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector
-    # You can manage a registry with
+    # The container registry to pull the cainjector image from.
+    # +docs:property
     # registry: quay.io
-    # repository: jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector
+
+    # The container image for the cert-manager cainjector
+    # +docs:property
+    repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector
 
     # Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable.
     # If no value is set, the chart's appVersion will be used.
-    # tag: canary
+    # +docs:property
+    # tag: vX.Y.Z
 
-    # Setting a digest will override any tag
+    # Setting a digest will override any tag.
+    # +docs:property
     # digest: sha256:0e072dddd1f7f8fc8909a2ca6f65e76c5f0d2fcfb8be47935ae3457e8bbceb20
 
+    # Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.
     pullPolicy: IfNotPresent
 
   serviceAccount:
-    # Specifies whether a service account should be created
+    # Specifies whether a service account should be created.
     create: true
+
     # The name of the service account to use.
     # If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template
+    # +docs:property
     # name: ""
-    # Optional additional annotations to add to the controller's ServiceAccount
+
+    # Optional additional annotations to add to the cainjector's Service Account.
+    # +docs:property
     # annotations: {}
-    # Automount API credentials for a Service Account.
-    # Optional additional labels to add to the cainjector's ServiceAccount
+
+    # Optional additional labels to add to the cainjector's Service Account.
+    # +docs:property
     # labels: {}
+
+    # Automount API credentials for a Service Account.
     automountServiceAccountToken: true
 
-  # Automounting API credentials for a particular pod
+  # Automounting API credentials for a particular pod.
+  # +docs:property
   # automountServiceAccountToken: true
 
+  # Additional volumes to add to the cert-manager controller pod.
   volumes: []
+
+  # Additional volume mounts to add to the cert-manager controller container.
   volumeMounts: []
 
+  # enableServiceLinks indicates whether information about services should be
+  # injected into the pod's environment variables, matching the syntax of Docker
+  # links.
+  enableServiceLinks: false
+
+# +docs:section=ACME Solver
+
 acmesolver:
   image:
-    repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-acmesolver
-    # You can manage a registry with
+    # The container registry to pull the acmesolver image from.
+    # +docs:property
     # registry: quay.io
-    # repository: jetstack/cert-manager-acmesolver
+
+    # The container image for the cert-manager acmesolver.
+    # +docs:property
+    repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-acmesolver
 
     # Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable.
-    # If no value is set, the chart's appVersion will be used.
-    # tag: canary
+    # If no value is set, the chart's appVersion is used.
+    # +docs:property
+    # tag: vX.Y.Z
 
-    # Setting a digest will override any tag
+    # Setting a digest will override any tag.
+    # +docs:property
     # digest: sha256:0e072dddd1f7f8fc8909a2ca6f65e76c5f0d2fcfb8be47935ae3457e8bbceb20
 
+    # Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.
+    pullPolicy: IfNotPresent
+
+# +docs:section=Startup API Check
 # This startupapicheck is a Helm post-install hook that waits for the webhook
 # endpoints to become available.
-# The check is implemented using a Kubernetes Job- if you are injecting mesh
-# sidecar proxies into cert-manager pods, you probably want to ensure that they
-# are not injected into this Job's pod. Otherwise the installation may time out
-# due to the Job never being completed because the sidecar proxy does not exit.
-# See https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/pull/4414 for context.
+# The check is implemented using a Kubernetes Job - if you are injecting mesh
+# sidecar proxies into cert-manager pods, ensure that they
+# are not injected into this Job's pod. Otherwise, the installation may time out
+# owing to the Job never being completed because the sidecar proxy does not exit.
+# For more information, see [this note](https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/pull/4414).
+
 startupapicheck:
+  # Enables the startup api check.
   enabled: true
 
-  # Pod Security Context to be set on the startupapicheck component Pod
-  # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+  # Pod Security Context to be set on the startupapicheck component Pod.
+  # For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+  # +docs:property
   securityContext:
     runAsNonRoot: true
     seccompProfile:
       type: RuntimeDefault
 
-  # Container Security Context to be set on the controller component container
-  # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+  # Container Security Context to be set on the controller component container.
+  # For more information, see [Configure a Security Context for a Pod or Container](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/).
+  # +docs:property
   containerSecurityContext:
     allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
     capabilities:
       drop:
       - ALL
-    # readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
-    # runAsNonRoot: true
+    readOnlyRootFilesystem: true
 
-  # Timeout for 'kubectl check api' command
+  # Timeout for 'kubectl check api' command.
   timeout: 1m
 
   # Job backoffLimit
   backoffLimit: 4
 
-  # Optional additional annotations to add to the startupapicheck Job
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the startupapicheck Job.
+  # +docs:property
   jobAnnotations:
     helm.sh/hook: post-install
     helm.sh/hook-weight: "1"
     helm.sh/hook-delete-policy: before-hook-creation,hook-succeeded
 
-  # Optional additional annotations to add to the startupapicheck Pods
+  # Optional additional annotations to add to the startupapicheck Pods.
+  # +docs:property
   # podAnnotations: {}
 
   # Additional command line flags to pass to startupapicheck binary.
-  # To see all available flags run docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-ctl:<version> --help
-  extraArgs: []
+  # To see all available flags run `docker run quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-startupapicheck:<version> --help`.
+  #
+  # Verbose logging is enabled by default so that if startupapicheck fails, you
+  # can know what exactly caused the failure. Verbose logs include details of
+  # the webhook URL, IP address and TCP connect errors for example.
+  # +docs:property
+  extraArgs:
+  - -v
 
+  # Additional environment variables to pass to cert-manager startupapicheck binary.
+  # For example:
+  #  extraEnv:
+  #  - name: SOME_VAR
+  #    value: 'some value'
+  extraEnv: []
+
+  # Resources to provide to the cert-manager controller pod.
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #  requests:
+  #    cpu: 10m
+  #    memory: 32Mi
+  #
+  # For more information, see [Resource Management for Pods and Containers](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/).
   resources: {}
-    # requests:
-    #   cpu: 10m
-    #   memory: 32Mi
 
+
+  # The nodeSelector on Pods tells Kubernetes to schedule Pods on the nodes with
+  # matching labels.
+  # For more information, see [Assigning Pods to Nodes](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/).
+  #
+  # This default ensures that Pods are only scheduled to Linux nodes.
+  # It prevents Pods being scheduled to Windows nodes in a mixed OS cluster.
+  # +docs:property
   nodeSelector:
     kubernetes.io/os: linux
 
+  # A Kubernetes Affinity, if required. For more information, see [Affinity v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#affinity-v1-core).
+  # For example:
+  #   affinity:
+  #     nodeAffinity:
+  #      requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
+  #        nodeSelectorTerms:
+  #        - matchExpressions:
+  #          - key: foo.bar.com/role
+  #            operator: In
+  #            values:
+  #            - master
   affinity: {}
 
+  # A list of Kubernetes Tolerations, if required. For more information, see [Toleration v1 core](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#toleration-v1-core).
+  #
+  # For example:
+  #   tolerations:
+  #   - key: foo.bar.com/role
+  #     operator: Equal
+  #     value: master
+  #     effect: NoSchedule
   tolerations: []
 
-  # Optional additional labels to add to the startupapicheck Pods
+  # Optional additional labels to add to the startupapicheck Pods.
   podLabels: {}
 
   image:
-    repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-ctl
-    # You can manage a registry with
+    # The container registry to pull the startupapicheck image from.
+    # +docs:property
     # registry: quay.io
-    # repository: jetstack/cert-manager-ctl
+
+    # The container image for the cert-manager startupapicheck.
+    # +docs:property
+    repository: quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-startupapicheck
 
     # Override the image tag to deploy by setting this variable.
-    # If no value is set, the chart's appVersion will be used.
-    # tag: canary
+    # If no value is set, the chart's appVersion is used.
+    # +docs:property
+    # tag: vX.Y.Z
 
-    # Setting a digest will override any tag
+    # Setting a digest will override any tag.
+    # +docs:property
     # digest: sha256:0e072dddd1f7f8fc8909a2ca6f65e76c5f0d2fcfb8be47935ae3457e8bbceb20
 
+    # Kubernetes imagePullPolicy on Deployment.
     pullPolicy: IfNotPresent
 
   rbac:
-    # annotations for the startup API Check job RBAC and PSP resources
+    # annotations for the startup API Check job RBAC and PSP resources.
+    # +docs:property
     annotations:
       helm.sh/hook: post-install
       helm.sh/hook-weight: "-5"
       helm.sh/hook-delete-policy: before-hook-creation,hook-succeeded
 
-  # Automounting API credentials for a particular pod
+  # Automounting API credentials for a particular pod.
+  # +docs:property
   # automountServiceAccountToken: true
 
   serviceAccount:
-    # Specifies whether a service account should be created
+    # Specifies whether a service account should be created.
     create: true
 
     # The name of the service account to use.
-    # If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template
+    # If not set and create is true, a name is generated using the fullname template.
+    # +docs:property
     # name: ""
 
-    # Optional additional annotations to add to the Job's ServiceAccount
+    # Optional additional annotations to add to the Job's Service Account.
+    # +docs:property
     annotations:
       helm.sh/hook: post-install
       helm.sh/hook-weight: "-5"
       helm.sh/hook-delete-policy: before-hook-creation,hook-succeeded
 
     # Automount API credentials for a Service Account.
+    # +docs:property
     automountServiceAccountToken: true
 
-    # Optional additional labels to add to the startupapicheck's ServiceAccount
+    # Optional additional labels to add to the startupapicheck's Service Account.
+    # +docs:property
     # labels: {}
 
+  # Additional volumes to add to the cert-manager controller pod.
   volumes: []
+
+  # Additional volume mounts to add to the cert-manager controller container.
   volumeMounts: []
+
+  # enableServiceLinks indicates whether information about services should be
+  # injected into pod's environment variables, matching the syntax of Docker
+  # links.
+  enableServiceLinks: false
+
+# Create dynamic manifests via values.
+#
+# For example:
+# extraObjects:
+#   - |
+#     apiVersion: v1
+#     kind: ConfigMap
+#     metadata:
+#       name: '{{ template "cert-manager.fullname" . }}-extra-configmap'
+extraObjects: []
+
+# Field used by our release pipeline to produce the static manifests.
+# The field defaults to "helm" but is set to "static" when we render
+# the static YAML manifests.
+# +docs:hidden
+creator: "helm"
+
+# Field that can be used as a condition when cert-manager is a dependency.
+# This definition is only here as a placeholder such that it is included in
+# the json schema.
+# See https://helm.sh/docs/chart_best_practices/dependencies/#conditions-and-tags
+# for more info.
+# +docs:hidden
+enabled: true